IGF 2025 Reports

IGF 2025 Launch / Award Event #159 Book launch: NETmundial+10 Statement in the 6 UN languages

Updated:
Session Report

The session NETmundial+10 Multistakeholder Statement Book Launch, held on 25 June 2025 at the IGF Open Stage, marked the launch of the NETmundial+10 Multistakeholder Statement in the 6 official UN languages. The session brought together representatives from different stakeholder groups, including civil society, the technical community, government, and academia, to reflect on the outcomes of the NETmundial+10 process and discuss the publication of the São Paulo Multistakeholder Guidelines (SPMGs).

Speakers emphasized that both the NETmundial+10 Statement and the São Paulo Guidelines are key contributions to strengthening multistakeholder Internet governance. The Guidelines were recognized as a practical and adaptable tool to enhance inclusiveness, transparency, and accountability in governance processes. Several interventions illustrated how the document is already being used in different contexts, such as in Switzerland and Japan, where it has informed discussions on improving participatory and bottom-up decision-making models.

A central part of the discussion focused on the translation of the document into multiple languages. Speakers noted that translation is not merely a linguistic task but a political and cultural process that enables broader inclusion and local ownership. Translating the Statement into various languages was described as essential to ensuring that its principles are understood and applied across diverse contexts. Speakers also highlighted how the availability of the publication in several languages helps strengthen community engagement and accessibility, particularly for stakeholders from the Global South.

The panel also linked the NETmundial+10 outcomes to ongoing global debates, especially the WSIS+20 review process. Participants underlined that the São Paulo Guidelines can serve as a concrete instrument to support more inclusive and representative digital governance practices at the national, regional, and global levels.

Throughout the discussion, speakers such as Valeria Betancourt (APC), Jennifer Chung (DotAsia), Pierre Bonis (Afnic), Jorge Cancio (Swiss Government) shared reflections on both the process and its results. They praised the collaborative editing and translation efforts, describing them as a living example of effective multistakeholder collaboration. Although the session did not include remote participation, onsite attendees actively engaged with the speakers and expressed strong interest in expanding the translation initiative to additional languages.

In conclusion, the discussion reaffirmed the importance of the NETmundial+10 outcomes as a foundation for strengthening multistakeholder Internet governance. The São Paulo Guidelines were acknowledged as a living document that continues to inspire action and reflection, promoting inclusivity, transparency, and collaboration across digital governance arenas. Participants agreed on the need to continue disseminating and applying the guidelines globally, ensuring that the principles and lessons of NETmundial+10 remain a reference for future governance processes.

IGF 2025 Open Forum #72 Digital Governance Reimagined: Youth Ambitions&Policy Vision

Updated:
Session Report

REPORT - IGF 2025
Open Forum 72 — Digital Governance Reimagined: Youth Ambitions & Policy Vision

Introduction
The IGF 2025 Open Forum 72, Digital Governance Reimagined: Youth Ambitions & Policy Vision, brought together Members of the European Parliament and young leaders from across the globe in a high-level dialogue. The session aimed to bridge youth perspectives with long-term EU policy priorities on digital governance, focusing on trust, resilience, sovereignty, and the role of emerging technologies. Designed as a hybrid exchange, the discussion created space for both onsite and remote participants to engage, ensuring a diverse and inclusive debate on the future of the digital sphere.

Objectives vs. Outcomes

1. Governance & Youth Participation
Youth leaders raised concerns about AI’s impact on jobs, education, and digital rights. Policymakers acknowledged these challenges and pointed to initiatives like Youth Policy Dialogues as ways to integrate youth voices, though embedding them in formal policy remains a work in progress.

2. Trust, Resilience & Safe Online Spaces
The need to build trust in digital platforms was a recurring theme. Youth highlighted risks such as ransomware and misinformation, while EU representatives showcased measures like the Digital Services Act and NIS2 Directive. Speakers agreed that resilience will rely not only on regulation but also on digital literacy and transparency.

3. Digital Sovereignty & Future Technologies
The debate clarified sovereignty as freedom of choice, not isolation. The EU’s strategy includes fostering open source, developing 5G/6G, and supporting local providers. At the same time, Global South participants reminded the forum that in many regions, basic connectivity remains the more urgent challenge.

Overall Assessment
The Open Forum largely achieved its aims by facilitating a genuine exchange between youth and policymakers on the future of digital governance. It confirmed Europe’s ambition to lead on democratic and sovereign digital leadership, while also acknowledging gaps in translating youth input into binding frameworks and in addressing education reform at EU level. Contributions from the Global South enriched the dialogue, highlighting infrastructure and access gaps that must be addressed alongside European priorities. Overall, the session demonstrated progress but reinforced the need for continued youth engagement and global cooperation to achieve an inclusive and resilient digital future.
 

IGF 2025 Securing Access to the Internet and Protecting Core Internet Resources in Contexts of Conflict and Crises

Updated:
Session Report

IGF2025 BPF - session summary report

The Best Practice Forum (BPF) is an IGF intersessional activity that provides a platform for community-driven discussion on Internet policy issues and the sharing of experiences. Its aim is to contribute to an understanding of global good practices and to inform policy discussions, standards development, business decisions, and public awareness. The 2025 BPF Securing Access to the Internet and Protecting Core Internet Resources in Contexts of Conflict and Crises builds on the thematic main session at IGF 2024 on Protecting Internet Infrastructure and General Access during times of crisis and conflict.

A video message was delivered on behalf of the UN Under-Secretary General and High Representative for the Office of Disarmament Affairs (ODA). It stressed that safeguarding the digital components that ensure the availability and integrity of the Internet across borders is essential for a shared digital future and recalled that international humanitarian law forbids deliberate attacks on civilian infrastructure, and that states have committed to norms prohibiting ICT activities that damage or impair critical public infrastructure.

The BPF’s work is guided by a draft problem statement noting that ‘there is a clear and pressing need to clarify the roles and responsibilities of the multistakeholder community - and the institutions within it - in securing core Internet resources and ensuring civilian access to the Internet during conflict and crises.’ The statement is open for written community feedback..

The discussion examined how armed conflict is increasingly weaponising the Internet, with Gaza, Sudan and Syria as examples. The loss of internet access during conflict arises from complex dynamics that make it extremely difficult for civil society to secure alternative connectivity. Armed conflict has become the leading driver of internet shutdowns globally, as warring parties deliberately target civilian infrastructure. 

In Gaza, deliberate blackouts, destruction of fibre and landline infrastructure, and bans on repair missions have left over two million people digitally cut off with serious consequences for medical aid coordination, access to emergency services, and left civilians unable to communicate or receive warnings. In Sudan, cell towers, fibre cables, data centres, and ISP facilities, as well as the crews that maintain them, have been attacked, destroyed, or occupied resulting in country-wide blackouts. Access is further weaponised by restricting spare parts, critical repair equipment, and even fuel. In Syria, years of conflict combined with international sanctions have left half of the country’s telecommunications infrastructure in ruins. Internet access is unreliable and fragmented, with some areas dependent on providers tied to warring parties. Sanctions further compound the crisis by preventing companies from importing the equipment necessary to repair and maintain what remains of the infrastructure.

Viewed from a different angle, Internet resilience is about institutions as much as physical cables. Regional Internet registries and governance bodies are vital to the stability of the global Internet, yet dysfunction, weak governance, or legal pressures can put them at risk. Non-interference alone cannot always protect these institutions and sometimes proactive support may be necessary to ensure stability.

Human rights law prohibits blanket shutdowns, while humanitarian law prohibits attacks on civilian objects but often treats telecoms as dual-use infrastructure, making proportionality assessments flexible. There is a need to integrate human rights concerns more systematically into humanitarian law. 

Since 2015, the notion of the Internet’s “public core” (the core Internet protocols and  infrastructure that must remain protected) has gained traction internationally. However, because it is formulated as a negative norm (‘thou shall not norm’), political commitment and implementation is hard. The protection of the public core requires action at three levels: the technical and physical level (infrastructure), the logical level (Internet protocols) and the organisational level (organisations ensuring the global coordination and management of core resources).

It was also noted that the multistakeholder community’s ability to cope with conflict and crises also depends on the people and organisations that sustain the public core of the Internet. Just as cybersecurity is no longer seen purely as a technical issue, the protection of the public core must be understood as a human and political process. The multistakeholder model needs to be more proactive in safeguarding the public core. If the model cannot function as intended in such circumstances, then it is necessary to openly acknowledge its limits and discuss what must change.

In closing reflections, it was noted that discussions on civilian Internet access and the protection of the public core are complex in the current environment, not strongly supportive of rule-based systems or international cooperation. The world and the multistakeholder community have changed, and it is essential to having difficult conversations and confront uncomfortable issues, rather than avoiding them as has too often been the case in the Internet community. The Internet is a critical lifeline and life-saving tool during conflict and crisis. There should be a multistakeholder mechanism that can raise the alarm with states, the private sector, and civil society, and foster concrete responses and actions. It is important to address the missing links between human rights and humanitarian law frameworks so that protections are coherent and enforceable.

More on the activities of the BPF Securing Access to the Internet and Protecting Core Internet Resources in Contexts of Conflict and Crises, including a detailed meeting summary, can be found on the BPF webpage .

 

 

IGF 2025 Open Forum #47 Demystifying WSIS+20

Updated:
Session Report

Key Themes & Takeaways

1. Process and Timeline

  • Yu Ping Chan (UNDP) outlined the WSIS+20 review process: a complex, multistage UN process with numerous agencies (ITU, UNDP, UNESCO) producing reports and gathering input. A formal outcome document is expected by the end of 2025.
  • Speakers emphasized that the multistakeholder model is a foundational strength of WSIS and a priority to retain moving forward.

2. Government Engagement and Digital Divide

  • Jarno Syrjälä (Finland) highlighted Finland’s strong support for the IGF, multistakeholderism, and digital inclusion.
  • Discussion highlighted that bridging the digital divide—including issues of affordability, access, and skills—is critical. This includes support for women, rural communities, and human rights online.

3. Maintaining the Multistakeholder Model

  • Fiona Alexander (American University) emphasized the need for civil society and all stakeholders to be meaningfully included in WSIS+20 decision-making.
  • Cautioned against taking inclusivity for granted—stakeholders must "demand a seat and show up" in the process.
  • Applauded current openness by WSIS+20 co-facilitators but stressed vigilance and active participation.

Key Achievements and Gaps

Successes
●    Kurtis Lindqvist, emphasized WSIS-driven success in areas such as:

  • Domain Name System (DNS) security
  • Internationalized Domain Names (IDNs)
  • Universal Acceptance (UA), supporting multilingualism online

●    ICANN, the technical community, and the IGF, including regional IGFs, have helped build robust, decentralized infrastructures like IXPs (Internet Exchange Points). 

Remaining Gaps
●    Lacina Koné outlined four policy gaps critical for Africa:

  1. Meaningful Connectivity (including affordability and local relevance)
  2. Regulatory Harmonization (interoperable legal frameworks)
  3. Capacity Building (AI, cybersecurity, digital literacy)
  4. Digital Sovereignty and Coordination

He called for significantly increased African leadership and ownership in the next phase of global internet governance.

Poll Results (Live Audience & Zoom)

Participants were asked which WSIS initiatives need greater support:
●    Top results:

  • Digital capacity building (41%)
  • Universal Acceptance and multilingual support (35%)

●    Lower results:

  • IGF as a platform (8%)
  • Cybersecurity collaboration (16%)
  • Open technical standards (0%) – possibly because they’re more mature now.

Practical Actions & Final Messages

Recommendations for stakeholders before December 2025:

  • Share success stories, data, and tangible results from WSIS-linked initiatives.
  • Use clear and accessible language when engaging UN diplomats—terms like "sovereignty" can be misinterpreted.
  • Engage in upcoming consultations, particularly through the WSIS+20 High-Level Event and stakeholder feedback groups.
  • Support and strengthen the IGF, including calls for regular UN budget funding.

Key Quotes:

  • "We must not bypass what works—we must double down on multistakeholderism." – Fiona Alexander
  • "Smart Africa is building the bridge between WSIS commitments and real results." – Lacina Koné
  • "Language clarity matters—fragmentation risks losing what we’ve gained." – Kurtis Lindqvist
     
IGF 2025 Policy Network on Internet Fragmentation (PNIF)

Updated:
Session Report

The IGF Policy Network on Internet Fragmentation (PNIF), created in 2022, raises awareness of risks to the Internet’s integrity and provides a framework covering fragmentation of the user experience, governance and coordination, the technical layer, and political/commercial developments. The Global Digital Compact commits states to preventing fragmentation and refraining from shutdowns (SDG16).

Marilia Maciel, Director of Digital Trade and Economic Security, Diplo Foundation, noted that geopolitical tensions, national security concerns, and protectionist policies are driving reterritorialisation and digital sovereignty, dismantling open markets and value chains—particularly impacting the Global South. She called for PNIF to examine economic fragmentation, effects on intermediary users, and mobilise companies as key actors.

Naim Gjokaj, State Secretary, Montenegro stressed regional alignment of laws and strategies, inclusive dialogue, and local capacity building, citing Montenegro’s cyberattack experience.

Michel Lambert, General Manager,  eQualitie, warned of the normalisation of censorship and shutdowns, absent from much of the IGF agenda, and urged stronger human rights mechanisms, sustained funding for Internet freedom tools, and political-level engagement to counter state-led fragmentation.

Dhruv Dhody, Internet Architecture Board (IAB), highlighted risks to interoperability at the technical layer from national regulations, urging trust and cooperation between governments and the technical community.

Joyce Chen, Senior Advisor Strategic Engagement, APNIC underlined the risk of coordination breakdown, citing ICANN’s RIR governance review and TCCM’s policy coordination role, and called for capacity building and inclusive cooperation. She noted funding cuts affecting anti-fragmentation work, especially in the Pacific, and the importance of PNIF’s voice in WSIS+20.

Discussion raised questions over who will champion interdependence amid sovereignty trends, the definition of fragmentation, and the need to clarify what openness means. Market fragmentation, polarisation, and closed trade negotiations were flagged as ongoing risks.

Next steps suggested for PNIF include mapping initiatives, strengthening local capacity, articulating technical risks, prioritising fragmentation types per work cycle, and addressing political drivers directly.


 

IGF 2025 WS #226 Strengthening Multistakeholder Participation

Updated:
Session Report

Workshop Summary Report: IGF 2025 WS #226 Strengthening Multistakeholder Participation in Technical Internet Governance (Thursday, June 26, 09:00 CEST)

Moderator: Anne-Rachel Inné, IGF MAG Member, Director General, Niger Information Society
Agency (ANSI)

Speakers:

  • Guilherme Canela de Souza Godoi, Director of UNESCO's Division for Digital Inclusion and Policies and Digital Transformation on UNESCO's Memory of the World Register
  • Theresa Swinehart, SVP, Global Domains & Strategy, ICANN
  • Valts Ernštreits, Director of the University of Latvia Livonian Institute / Representative of Latvia, Co-Chair of Ad-Ho Group IV on Digital Equality and Domains, Global Task Force, Member, International Decade of Indigenous Languages
  • Elizabeth Bacon, Senior Director, Policy and Privacy at Public Interest Registry
  • Amrita Choudhury, Director, Cybercafe Association of India (CCAOI)

Workshop Overview

Digital Cooperation and Empowerment: Strengthening Multistakeholder Participation in Technical Internet Governance 

Building effective digital cooperation requires a balanced and diverse representation from all sectors, including governments, international organizations, the private sector, civil society, academia, and the technical community. Fostering meaningful participation among diverse stakeholders goes beyond connectivity and skills development; it involves active participation in technical internet governance.

This session highlighted tangible opportunities to foster more active, balanced, and diverse participation in key elements of technical internet governance such as ICANN’s new generic Top-Level Domains (gTLDs) Program, its Applicant Support Program (ASP), Internationalized Domain Names (IDNs), and enabling users to engage online in their languages, scripts, and preferred digital identities via Universal Acceptance (UA). 

In line with the UNESCO 2003 Recommendation Concerning the Promotion and Use of Multilingualism and Universal Access to Cyberspace, fostering linguistic diversity in digital spaces is crucial to ensuring equitable access to information and knowledge. The workshop also explored how language technologies can address linguistic diversity in the digital space, referencing UNESCO's Roadmap on Language Technologies that aims to provide strategic guidance for stakeholders to collaboratively develop and use language technologies as a means to ensuring inclusivity and accessibility for all language communities. 

By exploring opportunities for stakeholder participation and global collaboration, workshop participants will engage in discussion on how technical internet governance –and efforts to ensure linguistic diversity– can offer underserved communities’ meaningful opportunities to contribute to digital cooperation, fostering more fulsome participation in the digital economy, governance, and society.

Key Themes and Insights:
1. Multilingualism as a Gateway to Inclusion:

  • UNESCO underscored multilingualism as central to equitable digital participation and freedom of expression.
  • UNESCO’s forthcoming Global Roadmap on Language Technologies will guide stakeholders in fostering linguistic diversity online.
  • The role of linguistic representation in cyber governance was described as foundational for true digital cooperation.
  • Valts Ernštreits reinforced that digital multilingualism is not just about translation—it requires infrastructure that reflects the full diversity of scripts and language systems, especially for indigenous and under-resourced languages.

2. Universal Acceptance (UA) and IDNs:

  • Universal Acceptance ensures that domain names and email addresses in any valid script or format function seamlessly.
  • ICANN and its community continue promoting UA across platforms and service providers, emphasizing inclusivity for users of all languages and scripts.
  • Internationalized Domain Names (IDNs) allow domain names to be registered in local scripts, expanding cultural and linguistic autonomy in digital spaces.

3. Practical Opportunities for Underrepresented Groups:

  • Global-to-local impact: Participation in international forums led to local policy change in Latvia, where indigenous language – Livonian – is now being integrated into national digital infrastructure.
  • Multistakeholder necessity: Language technology requires diverse participation—governments, linguists, technologists, academia, and communities must co-create inclusive solutions.
  • Survey-led engagement: Global surveys on indigenous language use in digital spaces can catalyze reflection within communities, triggering local capacity-building and participation.
  • Dedicated Platforms: There’s a need for tailored repositories, forums, and networking platforms to connect expertise and share resources for multilingual and indigenous digital innovation.
  • Theresa Swinehart detailed upcoming opportunities in ICANN’s ecosystem that support participation:
  • New gTLD Program: Next Round (launching April 2026) offers communities, nonprofits, and organizations a pathway to establish digital identities.
  • Community-Based gTLDs and Community Priority Evaluation (CPE) prioritize qualified groups (e.g., cultural or linguistic communities) when multiple applicants compete for the same domain name.
  • Applicant Support Program (ASP): A key instrument of digital cooperation, the ASP offers financial and technical support (similar to a scholarship model) to nonprofits, indigenous groups, small businesses, and NGOs seeking to participate in the New gTLD Program.

4. Bridging Technical and Non-Technical Communities:

  • Panelists highlighted the importance of bridging gaps between technical experts, policy leaders, and grassroots users.
  • Digital cooperation must be human-centered—emphasizing mentorship, inclusive language, and accessible frameworks to empower new voices.
  • Diverse Skillsets Are Essential: Internet governance shouldn’t be limited to technical voices—policy, legal, and user perspectives are vital for balanced and effective governance.
  • Non-technical “translation” and “Bridge Roles”: There is a pressing need for individuals who can interpret and mediate between the technical, policy, and end-user communities. Without this, policy risks being either ineffective or technically unworkable.

5. Grassroots and Regional Engagement: 

  • Amrita Choudhury shared examples from Asia-Pacific, including youth engagement through local IGFs, WhatsApp communities, and sustained mentorship.
  • Regional and community-led approaches are essential for building long-term capacity and surfacing local priorities in global governance.
  • Mentorship and Fellowship Programs: Regional IGFs and ICANN fellowships (e.g., NextGen) help build local capacity and interest.
  • Sustained Engagement through Peer Networks: Creating WhatsApp groups, newsletters, and peer mentorship models keeps alumni engaged and supported.
  • Localized Awareness Tools: Community education modules on phishing, DNS security, and UA were developed to improve digital literacy and feedback loops in underrepresented areas.

Outcomes & Opportunities:

  • Create Dedicated Spaces for Knowledge Exchange:

o    Establish structured platforms, forums, and repositories focused on indigenous language inclusion, language technology, and multilingual innovation. These should foster cross-sector collaboration and help underrepresented communities find relevant expertise and tools.

  • Support Youth, Local Leaders, and Regional Forums: 

o    Foster intergenerational learning and locally grounded initiatives through fellowships, mentorship, community-led awareness campaigns, and inclusive digital literacy training tailored to local needs and languages.

  • Promote Inclusive Digital Participation Through Multilingualism and Access to Technical Governance: 

o    Advance initiatives like Internationalized Domain Names (IDNs) and Universal Acceptance (UA) to ensure users can access and engage with the internet in their native scripts and languages. At the same time, expand awareness of tangible participation pathways—such as ICANN’s upcoming New gTLD Program, Applicant Support Program (ASP), and Community Priority Evaluation (CPE)—to enable underrepresented groups to establish a meaningful digital presence and shape internet infrastructure in ways that reflect their linguistic and cultural identities.

  • Support UNESCO’s Global Roadmap on Language Technologies:

o    Contribute to and implement the roadmap’s recommendations, ensuring linguistically diverse communities are at the center of digital transformation.

Conclusion
This session highlighted that meaningful participation in technical internet governance is not just a matter of infrastructure, but of collaboration and opportunity. By advancing multilingualism, expanding representation in technical programs, and strengthening global partnerships like that between ICANN and UNESCO, the internet governance community can foster a digital future that works for—and with—everyone.
 

IGF 2025 Open Forum #33 Building an International AI Cooperation Ecosystem

Updated:
Session Report

The Open Forum Building an International Al Cooperation Ecosystem, hosted by the International Cooperation Bureau of the Cyberspace Administration of China, was held on June 24, 2025 in Lillestrøm, Norway. Nine speakers shared their insights regarding two topics: “Fostering a Favorable Policy Environment for AI Development and Building an AI Innovation and Cooperation Ecosystem.

The following are the main viewpoints put forward by the panelists

- It is important for us to stay focused on sustainable development and ensuring technology for good, to make proactive responses to risks and challenges and ensuring AI safety and controllability, and to foster consensus on AI governance and deepening collaborative governance.

- Tackling new challenges brought by AI requires joint efforts of governments, international organizations, enterprises and scientific institutions to develop open, fair, and efficient AI governing mechanisms, so as to minimize possible negative impacts while fully amplifying and accelerating the positive effects of AI.

- AI should be used for achieving SDGs, but we should also use SDGs to govern AI. We need bottom‑up AI. It is proposed to insist on the shared weights, and to insist that the UN develops opensource AI models for the UN activities.

- If AI is a global problem, we need all countries on the table, and only the United Nations offers this opportunity.

- The full potential of AI can only be unlocked if we create a framework that fosters innovation while promoting cooperation across borders, sectors, and disciplines.

- We believe that only by uniting all stakeholders, government, industry, universities, and civil society can we harness the potential of AI while managing these risks.

 - It's not whether we should cooperate. It's if we do it wisely enough to steer toward the greatest aspiration rather than the greater fears.

- Building a strong ecosystem involves three key pillars, including regulatory development, digital infrastructure and international cooperation.

- There are five key pathways to build an innovative ecosystem, including strengthening top‑level design, improving the AI industrial change and the innovation collaboration ecosystem, deepening industry-academia-research integration, driving AI innovation through industrial integration ecosystem development, deepening international cooperation.

- Al is driving a new wave of technological revolution and industrial transformation. Looking to the future, we need to uphold the principles of joint consultation, joint contribution, and shared benefits.

IGF 2025 Launch / Award Event #205 Launch of the Global CyberPeace Index

Updated:
Session Report

OVERVIEW

At the 2025 Internet Governance Forum, the CyberPeace Foundation (CPF) hosted a session to launch the CyberPeace Index (CPI), a global index designed to foster trust, resilience, inclusion, and security in the digital space. The session brought together experts from government, industry, academia, and civil society, reflecting the IGF’s vision of multistakeholderism,  to discuss the CPI’s significance in shaping a safer and more inclusive digital future.  

KEY HIGHLIGHTS

  • (Moderator) Mr. Vineet Kumar, Founder & Global President, CyberPeace Foundation 

Mr. Vineet Kumar opened the session by sharing CPF’s vision of a digital future built on trust, resilience, rights and responsibilities. He announced the CyberPeace Index (CPI) as a global initiative to measure security and cyber peace in the digital world, designed to be an evolving,  dynamic framework to keep pace with the dynamic nature of technology. He emphasized that the CPI is to be built through a multistakeholder approach involving governments, regulators, technology platforms, civil society, the technical community, academia, digital rights advocates, and citizens. The CPI aims to support national strategies, challenge platforms to build better guardrail,s and equip citizens to demand digital dignity. It conceptually aligns with initiatives like the WSIS+20, Global Digital Compact, and UN SDGs, to create a safe, inclusiv,e and trustworthy digital ecosystem. He concluded by asserting that cyber peace is not an option but an imperative.

  • (Co-moderator) Dr. Subi Chaturvedi, Global SVP & Chief Corporate Affairs & Public Policy Officer, InMobi 

Dr. Subi Chaturvedi underscored the urgency of addressing cybersecurity as a present global reality rather than an emerging threat, citing the sharp rise in cybercrime, disinformation, and AI-driven attacks. She reflected on the historical trajectory of cyber threats, from the Morris worm of 1988 to today’s sophisticated influence operations targeting critical infrastructure and democratic institutions. She highlighted India’s role in championing responsible cyber behavior and called for ethical technology design, digital literacy, and capacity building to close the digital divide and safeguard human rights. She praised the CPI for its inclusive and multistakeholder approach, providing a roadmap to ensure security, stability, and inclusivity in cyberspace.

  • Mr. Suresh Yadav, Deputy Chief of Staff, Commonwealth Secretariat

Suresh Yadav discussed that AI will contribute substantially to the growth of the global economy. But with this increase, global cybercrime damages are projected to reach $10.5 trillion annually by 2025, comparable to the GDP of some of the world’s largest economies. He noted that the CPI will be valuable in guiding governments and investors by identifying where trust, resilience, and responsible practices are strongest, which in turn can attract investment and foster sustainable growth. He emphasized that aligning the CPI with the SDGs will provide actionable insights for strengthening national and global cyber strategies.

  • Mr. Nico Caballero, Government Advisory Chair Liaison to the ICANN Board

Mr. Nico Caballero characterized the CPI as a critical step towards quantifying abstract concepts such as security and inclusivity in the digital ecosystem.  By providing actionable metrics to measure gaps, the CPI will inform policies and investments more effectively. He stressed the importance of its open-source nature, which will allow governments, civil society, and technical communities to engage transparently and collaboratively to improve this tool. This fosters trust, mitigates geopolitical bias, and treats cyber peace as a global public good. He urged all stakeholders to adopt the CPI in national and international strategies, contribute to its ongoing evolution, and ensure it remains inclusive of vulnerable communities, particularly in regions with significant digital divides. Thus, the CPI is a manifesto for collective action, not just a static metric

  • Dr. Anna Sytnik, Assistant Professor, Saint Petersburg State University

Dr. Anna Sytnik welcomed the CPI’s bottom-up citizen-centered vision, calling it a much-needed shift from top-down approaches to one rooted in the lived digital experiences of ordinary people. She noted that this perspective can help identify areas of global consensus even in a fragmented geopolitical climate. She pointed to expected challenges such as measuring abstract concepts, assigning weightages, and ensuring comparability across diverse nations, especially where transparency and data availability are limited. Anna suggested incorporating citizen-level surveys and partnerships with local organizations to improve sensitivity and relevance. She commended the CPI as a visionary initiative that could help reimagine global governance for the digital age.

 

  • Ms. Marlena Wisniak, Senior Legal Advisor at European Centre for Not-For-Profit Law (ECNL)

Marlena Wisniak highlighted the global power imbalances inherent in digital infrastructure and AI development, where resources and decision-making are concentrated in a few countries and corporations. She warned that this dynamic risks marginalizing local voices and widening inequalities. However, she noted emerging models of decentralized and participatory AI development that demonstrate promising alternatives. She encouraged the CPI to factor in these structural inequalities and ensure the participation and inclusion of local communities in shaping digital governance.

  • Mr. Edmon Chung, CEO, DotAsia Organisation

Mr. Edmon Chung concluded the panel by offering three key suggestions: first, to reframe digital security in terms of resilience rather than retaliation, second, to balance personal digital sovereignty and rights alongside national sovereignty and third, to move toward a multilingual, inclusive approach to digital governance. He echoed earlier speakers in stressing the importance of open-source and transparency and congratulated the CyberPeace Foundation on this groundbreaking initiative.

RECOMMENDATIONS FROM THE PANEL

The panel called on all stakeholders to:

  • Adopt the CPI as a collaborative framework to strengthen cyber resilience globally.
  • Use the CPI as a platform for ongoing dialogue and coordinated action, rather than a static ranking system.
  • Focus on effectively quantifying abstract concepts. 
  • Ensure the CPI reflects diverse voices, particularly those of marginalized or vulnerable groups.
  • Promote open-source, transparent, and inclusive approaches in the development and use of the index.
  • Reframe policies to emphasize resilience and peace rather than control.

 

CONCLUSION


The panel highlighted that the launch of the CPI marks a significant step toward securing cyberspace as a global public good. They described the CPI as a manifesto for inclusive action, offering a common ground for governments, civil society, academia, and industry to collaborate. Speakers praised India’s leadership in cyber diplomacy, digital infrastructur,e and responsible innovation as an inspiring model of how national efforts can align with global priorities. The session closed with optimism and a shared commitment to building a more resilient, inclusive and trustworthy digital future through the collaborative spirit embodied in the CPI.

IGF 2025 Open Forum #70 The Future of DPI: Unpacking the Open Source AI Model

Updated:
Session Report


Time and Date: Wednesday June 25 | 10:45 - 11:45CEST | Workshop Room 6
Session Speakers: 

  • Melinda Claybaugh, Policy Privacy Director, Meta
  • Larry Wade, Global Head of Compliance for PayPal's Blockchain, Crypto, & Digital Currencies, PayPal 
  • Judith Okonkwo, Founder, Imisi 3D 

Session Description: Digital Public Infrastructure (DPI) represents a global, multi trillion-dollar opportunity based on essential digital systems that allows users to participate in the digital economy and society.  As our future digital backbone, it is critical DPI protocols be future ready, interoperable, scalable and global. What is the best way to achieve this? Do the answers lie in open-source AI? If so, what does AI and other DPI products mean as a public good? What roles should the private and public sector play in advancing open-source AI? 

Session Structure
10:30 AM: Panellists arrive to Workshop Room 6 for introduction and preparatory briefing 
10:45 AM: Moderator introduces topic and sets context
10:47-11:20: Panel Discussion 

  • Questions For Meta: 

o    How does Meta view open-source AI? 
    How does it view Ai integration across regionally- cross jurisdictionally? 
o    How do you see open-source AI contributing to the development of interoperable and scalable DPI protocols globally?
o    What is Meta’s vision for AI product/ service integration and scalable hardware? How will this change the future internet?

  • Questions for PayPal:

o    As a leader in digital payments, how does PayPal envision AI transforming financial inclusion?
o    How does PayPal see AI integrated payment systems transforming value transfers through either centralized or decentralized currencies? 
o    Do you see a future where DPI enables seamless integration between public digital wallets and private financial services? 

  • Question for Imisi 3D 

o    How does open-source AI enhance innovation for other emerging technologies like AR/VR? 
o    Are there any barriers to integrating open-source AI? How is interoperability affected? What kind of public support is needed for seamless and updated operating systems.
o    What can we do to avoid fragmented DPI protocols developing sub regionally? 

11:20- 11:40 AM: Q&A from audience 
11:40 – 11:45 AM: Wrap Up and Final Thoughts

Outcome Report:
Meta has developed an open source AI approach to promote innovation and support adoption. They underscore the importance of making technology that is useful and helpful and view AI as the future of solving tech issues. Similarly, PayPal sees AI as the means to supporting KYC and KYB solutions, while the global south benefits from open source AI integration as it removes various barriers to access and accelerates adoption and usage. Still challenges remain as scalable hardware is critical to adoption and privacy must be kept at the forefront of open source protocols to truly center the user. 
 

 

IGF 2025 Open Forum #15 Building bridges for WSIS Plus : a multistakeholder dialogue

Updated:
Session Report

Summary Report 09.07.2025
Open Forum #15: Building bridges for WSIS Plus: a multistakeholder dialogue 

Moderator: Isabelle Lois, Online Moderator: Luisa Lendi
Speakers: Anita Gurumurthy, Flávio Rech Wagner, Maria Fernanda Garza, Min Jiang, Juan Fernandez, Olaf Kolkman, Eugenio V. Garcia
The Open Forum focused on the WSIS+20 review process and how to strengthen the digital governance architecture beyond 2025. It brought together diverse stakeholders, both geographically and across stakeholder groups, to discuss improvements to the WSIS framework and priorities for the WSIS+20 review. The basis for discussion was the (Swiss) WSIS non-paper, which outlines concrete ideas for a strengthened and updated WSIS framework. The paper reflects inputs gathered from numerous multistakeholder discussions over the past year.
In the first part, each speaker responded to a personalized question, drawing on their individual experiences as stakeholders. In the second part, the floor was opened to allow for a fruitful and open exchange between panelists and participants. The conversation was solution-oriented, with speakers building on each other’s ideas rather than engaging in conflict. As moderator, Isabelle Lois ensured a balanced discussion and provided space for all participants to contribute on equal footing. The tone remained optimistic and forward-looking, with speakers expressing hope for meaningful outcomes by the December 2025 deadline despite acknowledging the challenging geopolitical context and time constraints.
The relatively high number of in-person participants, including the presence of the WSIS+20 Review Co-Facilitators, Suela Janina (Albania) and Ekitela Lokaale (Kenya), was very much appreciated and underscored the strong interest in this forum.
Key themes emerged around meaningful connectivity, artificial intelligence governance, data sovereignty, and the need for better coordination between WSIS and the GDC, for example, by using a joint implementation roadmap to avoid duplication. Panelists emphasized the critical importance of including Global South perspectives and ensuring equitable participation in digital governance processes. The discussion also highlighted major concerns about the lack of sufficient public financing for WSIS implementation and the need for improved metrics to measure progress on digital inclusion and equity. With regard to the IGF, there was strong consensus on making it permanent with sustainable funding, while also expanding its scope beyond internet governance to address broader digital policy issues. Some participants debated whether a rebranding of the IGF might be needed to reflect its evolving role, while others argued that the current name remains relevant, as digital technologies remain fundamentally internet-based. The conversation also addressed structural gaps in the current system and proposed stronger institutional linkages between the IGF, the CSTD, the WSIS Forum, and the UN General Assembly. WSIS was described as a proven "toolbox," one that is flexible and technology-neutral, capable of addressing new and emerging challenges.
Isabelle Lois concluded by thanking all participants for the rich and forward-looking discussion, expressing optimism about achieving a “fair deal for all” through the WSIS+20 review. She emphasized the importance of inclusive participation and meaningful stakeholder engagement in shaping a just and sustainable digital future.

IGF 2025 The Impact of the IGF in the Information Society

Updated:
Session Report

Date & Time: 26 June 2025, 11:30 - 1:00pm, Norway,  Plenary Hall
Location: Internet Governance Forum (IGF), Norway
Key Theme: The Role of IGF in a People-Centered Digital Future

Executive Summary
This Main Session explored the Internet Governance Forum (IGF)’s impact as a multistakeholder platform and its role in fostering inclusive, transparent and people-centered digital governance since 2006. The discussion reflected on how the IGF and its ecosystem, comprising National and Regional IGFs (NRIs), Dynamic Coalitions (DCs), Policy Networks (PNs) and Best Practice Forums (BPFs), have contributed to shaping global and local digital policy dialogues.

Participants emphasized the IGF’s success as a key outcome of the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS), and its evolving role within the broader context of digital governance, particularly in relation to the Global Digital Compact (GDC). They also highlighted the need for its institutionalization, the establishment of a permanent mandate, and stronger integration with other global and regional digital governance frameworks. Stakeholders called for enhancing IGF’s output implementation capacity at local and regional levels, sustaining bottom-up engagement, and reinforcing human rights and inclusion as core principles of digital policy.

Key Takeaway 1: IGF as an Evolving Ecosystem, Not Just an Annual Event
Speakers emphasized that the IGF has grown into a year-round, dynamic platform bringing together diverse actors, from civil society and governments to the technical community, the private sector, and the youth. Through NRIs, DCs, BPFs, and PNs, the IGF enables meaningful exchange, capacity development, and knowledge transfer on pressing digital issues.

Key Takeaway 2: IGF’s Role in Infrastructure, Capacity Development & Digital Inclusion
Notable panelists such as Prof. Bitange Ndemo and Ms. Funke Opeke highlighted IGF’s contribution to infrastructure development and inclusive access in Africa. Early IGF forums were instrumental in sharing best practices that empowered underserved regions with strategies for closing the digital divide and driving equitable connectivity.

Key Takeaway 3: A Permanent Mandate Is Critical to IGF’s Sustainability
Participants expressed a strong consensus on the need for a permanent mandate and sustainable funding model for the IGF. This would ensure its continuity and legitimacy as a platform that supports global, regional, and national processes, including the GDC and WSIS follow-up mechanisms.

Key Takeaway 4: IGF as a Proven Model for Multistakeholder Digital Governance
Speakers underscored that the IGF remains one of the most successful mechanisms born from the WSIS process. It is widely recognized for enabling inclusive governance, empowering marginalized voices, and reciprocally supporting national digital policy development such as Brazil’s Civil Rights Framework and its Brazilian Internet Steering Committee (CGI), community connectivity in Kenya, and digital inclusion efforts in West Africa.

Key Takeaway 5: IGF Must Be More Action-Oriented
Stakeholders highlighted the need for outputs from IGF sessions, NRIs, and DCs to inform concrete, localized actions. The IGF’s value lies not only in convening dialogue but also in enabling technical capacity-building and implementation of community-driven digital policies.

Session Call to Action 1: Institutionalize and Fund the IGF Permanently
To ensure its long-term relevance, the IGF should be granted a permanent mandate within the UN system, alongside consistent funding, in order to enhance its contributions to digital governance and support follow-up activities at all levels.

Session Call to Action 2: Strengthen Local-Global Feedback Loops
Support national and regional IGFs as platforms that connect grassroots perspectives with global policy processes. Ensure their insights are reflected in IGF outputs and in follow-up mechanisms for WSIS and the GDC.

Session Call to Action 3: Integrate IGF Outcomes into WSIS and GDC Processes
Develop formal mechanisms to link IGF insights with implementation of the WSIS Action Lines and the Global Digital Compact. This includes feeding recommendations from BPFs, NRIs, PNs and DCs into intergovernmental processes.

Session Call to Action 4: Translate IGF Dialogue into Actionable Implementation
Encourage country-level application of IGF outcomes, particularly in areas such as cybersecurity, digital rights, shutdown mitigation, and policy harmonization. Support the formation of technical working groups to help realize this.

Session Call to Action 5: Uphold People-Centered, Rights-Based Digital Governance
Ensure that IGF conversations prioritize human rights, equity, inclusion, and sustainability. Avoid tech-centric narratives by placing people’s needs and agency at the center of Internet governance discourse.

Session Call to Action 6: Promote IGF Visibility and Accessibility
Enhance communication around IGF outputs, success stories, and community contributions. Make reports and outcomes more accessible and user-friendly to ensure wider uptake across stakeholders and countries.

Session Call to Action 7: Prevent Internet Governance Fragmentation
Strengthen cooperation between IGF, WSIS, CSTD and other digital policy forums through the embrace of the Sao Paulo Multi-stakeholder Guidelines to ensure synergy, avoid duplication, and maintain a coherent global governance landscape.

Session Call to Action 8: Recognize the Internet as a Public Good
Position IGF discussions around the principle of the Internet as a public good that serves humanity, fosters innovation, and accelerates the achievement of the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs).

Session Call to Action 9: Channel IGF Support Toward Cybersecurity Capacity in Developing Regions
Leverage the IGF ecosystem, including NRIs, DCs, PNs and BPFs, to support the development of cybersecurity and digital forensics capabilities in Africa and other underserved regions. This includes promoting multistakeholder collaboration on cyber resilience, training, digital safety frameworks, and fostering regional cooperation on emerging threats.
 

Reflection on Gender Issues
IGF 2025 WS #290 Sovereignty and Interoperable Digital Identity in DLDCs

Updated:
Session Report

Co -Hosts: African ICT Alliance  & Sustainable and Interoperable Digital Identity  (SIDI) HUB  
Key Theme: Digital Trust and Resilience

Time: Wednesday, 25 June 2025 from 9:00 - 10:30 am Lillestrøm time 
Location: NOVA Spektrum, Workshop Room 6, Hall C

Executive Summary 

Key Takeaway 1: Multistakeholder Efforts Help Bridge the Digital Divide
Digital identity is foundational for inclusion and development, serving as a gateway to essential services such as banking, education, healthcare, and mobility. Without recognized identities, individuals remain digitally invisible and economically marginalized. By enabling early enrollment such as Nigeria’s issuance of NIN at birth, countries can ensure long-term inclusion and establish robust citizen registries. Identity is also central to bridging Africa’s digital divide and achieving inclusive digital transformation across sectors.  Successes in digital identity are not evenly distributed across countries or regions, so sharing best practices from leading countries, leading regions, and leading multistakeholder projects like the Sustainable and Interoperable Digital Identity (SIDI) Hub can help close the gaps so all jurisdictions and their residents benefit.

Key Takeaway 2: Interoperability is Vital, but not Inevitable
For the African Continental Free Trade Area (AfCFTA) to succeed, cross-border interoperability of digital identities is vital. Seamless identity verification across borders will facilitate the free movement of people, goods, and services, which are key to digital trade. Digital identity systems must therefore be embedded in AfCFTA’s digital trade protocols. Successful national models like Nigeria’s integrated NIN ecosystem and Benin’s “It’s Me” biometric ID card, which is interoperable within the ECOWAS region, demonstrate what is possible and should be adapted and scaled regionally. Similarly, lessons can also be gleaned from outside Africa, such as from the Nordic and Baltic states’ collaboration (Nobid project), the EU’s eIDAS 2.0 (the European Digital Identity Wallet), and Japan’s bilateral relationships within and beyond Asia. Interoperability of digital identity within a country, region, or globally is not inevitable. It will require consistent, concentrated effort by stakeholders within jurisdictions and across jurisdictions to realize sustainable, and scalable outcomes. 

Key Takeaway 3: Collaboration to Enable Digital Sovereignty
Digital identity systems must preserve national sovereignty. Countries must retain data sovereignty through strong data protection laws, trust frameworks, and regulatory alignment. Political will and institutional commitment, such as Nigeria’s high-level support for universal enrollment, are essential to sustain momentum and implementation. However, disparities in digital readiness across African countries mean that support must be tailored to each state’s level of infrastructure and policy maturity. Cybersecurity and digital monitoring infrastructure (such as certification capabilities) must be prioritized to ensure resilience. Sustained progress will rely on multistakeholder collaboration among governments, private sector actors, civil society, technical community, and international partners. This collaboration can be achieved through mechanisms like ECOWAS, the African Union, Smart Africa, and multistakeholder projects like SIDI Hub.

Session Call to Action #1: Regional Pilots for Interoperability
To accelerate cross-border digital identity integration in Africa, countries should begin by implementing regional interoperability pilots between states with advanced systems, such as the pilots between Nigeria and Cameroon or Benin and Ghana. These pilots will provide practical insights into cross-border functionality and help identify legal, technical, or user-experience gaps. Pragmatic proof of concepts (POCs) can help ensure champion use cases are delivered that empower people and deliver playbooks for expansion within and across regions. 

Session Call to Action #2: Aligning Policies and Technical Standards
African governments must also develop national policies that leverage international standards to enable interoperability while respecting national sovereignty. This includes mapping trust frameworks (or legal and policy stacks) and ensuring compatibility with regional and global identity protocols. In parallel, investments in cryptographic infrastructure are critical to maintaining the integrity, privacy, and authenticity of digital credentials. To ensure the technical backbone of digital identity systems is robust, states should support technical workstreams focused on the development of open standards, digital wallet systems, and trusted identity frameworks that can work across borders.

Session Call to Action #3: Adopt a Public-Private and Whole-of-Society Approach
Lastly, driving success in digital identity adoption requires strong collaboration between public and private sector stakeholders to localize solutions and test innovations through practical pilots. Public trust and engagement are equally vital, so governments should promote awareness through education campaigns, explaining the benefits, rights, and protections associated with digital IDs. Finally, to encourage widespread use, link digital identity to real-life incentives, such as access to student transport discounts (e.g. Japan), health services (e.g. Nigeria), or mobile banking (e.g. SIDI Hub Champion use case to “open a bank account”), making digital ID a valuable and relevant tool in citizens’ daily lives.

For the Full Rapporteur Notes See here: https://openid.net/wp-content/uploads/2025/07/290-Sovereignty-and-Inter…

For the Presentation See here: https://openid.net/wp-content/uploads/2025/07/Workshop-6_2506_Sovreignt…

IGF 2025 WS #362 Incorporating human rights in AI Risk Management

Updated:
Session Report

Key objectives of the session:


1. Identify good practices and recommendations on embedding risk-based human rights due diligence into existing and emerging efforts to govern AI.


2. Explore potential mechanisms and incentives to better integrate human rights considerations into corporate AI risk management frameworks.


3. Consider different approaches to establishing accountability for human rights impacts of AI- driven products and services.


Good practices and recommendations on embedding risk-based human rights due diligence into existing and emerging efforts to govern AI:

Companies and organizations are increasingly embedding human rights due diligence (HRDD) into AI governance by aligning their internal principles with international standards, such as the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights and the Global Network Initiative (GNI) Principles. Companies like Google and Telenor demonstrate good practices by setting human rights commitments at the highest levels of governance, with board-level oversight and operational integration into AI development and commitment to the GNI Principles. They have established dedicated processes and cross-functional teams to assess and mitigate risks related to content, bias, privacy, and discrimination. These practices are supported by multistakeholder efforts like GNI, which foster shared learning, accountability, and advocacy around how companies respond to government demands and manage human rights impacts of AI. B-Tech’s guidance, including its taxonomy of risks for generative AI, further supports these efforts by helping companies interpret human rights responsibilities within the context of rapidly evolving technologies.


To effectively embed risk-based HRDD into AI governance, stakeholders should prioritize legally mandating impact assessments for high-risk AI systems across jurisdictions, moving beyond voluntary compliance. Civil society organizations advocate for stronger transparency, such as publicly disclosing how HRDD processes are implemented, and recommend using international human rights law as a foundational framework rather than relying solely on ethical principles. Policymakers should develop clear, context-sensitive benchmarks—especially for Global South contexts—by engaging regional experts and civil society in defining local risks and harms. Governments are encouraged to guide and regulate both public and private AI deployments, incentivize rights-respecting innovation, and shape technical standards through a human rights lens. Additionally, fostering a shared vocabulary among technologists, companies, and regulators is essential to bridge understanding and ensure that AI governance efforts are inclusive, effective, and grounded in human rights principles.


Potential mechanisms and incentives to better integrate human rights considerations into corporate AI risk management frameworks:

To better integrate human rights considerations into corporate AI risk management frameworks, a combination of regulatory, financial, and operational mechanisms is essential. Regulatory approaches—such as the EU AI Act and South Korea’s AI Basic Act—signal a shift toward mandatory human rights due diligence (HRDD) for high-risk AI systems. Furthermore, technical standards that incorporate human rights safeguards, supported by government guidance and multilateral initiatives like the UN B-Tech project, can offer practical benchmarks for implementation. These mechanisms ensure that companies not only identify and mitigate risks but also embed rights-based approaches into their design, deployment, and governance of AI systems. Investor pressure—both public and private—is another powerful incentive, encouraging companies to demonstrate alignment with international human rights standards as part of their environmental, social, and governance (ESG) performance. Public transparency on HRDD practices, impact assessments, and mitigation strategies can serve as both a trust-building tool and a differentiator in competitive markets. Companies that commit to governance structures with board-level oversight of human rights risks, integrate multidisciplinary perspectives into AI development, and engage with multistakeholder initiatives like GNI are more likely surpass regulatory trends and societal expectations. These practices create a culture of accountability and continuous improvement that strengthens the overall integrity and effectiveness of AI risk management frameworks.

 

Approaches to establishing accountability for human rights impacts of AI-driven products and services

Accountability for the human rights impacts of AI-driven products and services is being pursued through multiple, interrelated approaches – both internally and externally to companies.

Internally, companies like Google and Telenor are establishing strong governance mechanisms that integrate human rights at the highest levels, including board oversight. These commitments are operationalized through dedicated teams and processes that conduct human rights due diligence (HRDD) on AI systems. Alignment with international standards like the UN Guiding Principles and the GNI Principles help build internal accountability structures that guide product and service decisions more generally, and for AI specifically.

Externally, multistakeholder initiatives such as the Global Network Initiative (GNI) offer frameworks that promote accountability through shared learning, multistakeholder assessment, and collective advocacy. These initiatives help companies respond to government mandates and ensure that freedom of expression and privacy are upheld in AI service delivery. Legal and regulatory measures, including the EU AI Act and South Korea’s AI Basic Act, are increasingly requiring more formal accountability by requiring risk-based impact assessments, especially for high-risk applications. Civil society plays a critical role in this space, both by advocating for mandatory assessments and by developing independent benchmarks and evaluation tools—like the ones led by Women at the Table—to assess AI systems’ alignment with human rights standards. Finally, transparency and public disclosure of HRDD practices remain essential but underdeveloped aspects of accountability. Multilateral efforts like the B-Tech project emphasize the importance of clearer expectations around what companies should disclose, reinforcing accountability through visibility and public trust.

IGF 2025 Day 0 Event #222 IGF Support Association - Sustainable Funding for IGF & NRIs

Updated:
Session Report

The Internet Governance Forum Support Association (IGFSA) hosted a Day Zero session at IGF 2025 to explore the sustainability challenges faced by National, Regional, and Sub-regional Internet Governance Initiatives (NRIs). The session was attended by (48) participants onsite and (20) joining remotely. In the beginning of the session, it was also noted a memorial for Nigel Hickson, the former treasurer who had passed away, acknowledging his contributions to the organization. The session was opened by Amrita Choudhury by introducing IGF Support Association and its work while noting that the association was established to support the IGF and its initiatives, particularly in the Global South. The session was structured around three main areas as follows:

  • IGF mandate renewal and NRIs led by Joyce Chen
  • Best practices and funding innovations led by Flavio Wagner
  • Sustainability and planning led by Fiona Asonga 

The IGFSA interactive session provided the insights from a wide range of stakeholders, including government, civil society, the technical community, and private sector representatives. 

Impact of WSIS Plus 20 and Institutionalization

The potential institutionalization of the IGF through WSIS+20 was viewed as a pathway to increased legitimacy and visibility for NRIs, though not a cure-all for funding limitations. Several participants advocated for a permanent UN-supported IGF to bring stability and legitimacy, noting that NRIs must demonstrate their value to member states through research and engagement. While institutionalization could strengthen the IGF framework, it would not automatically resolve NRIs’ persistent funding difficulties. Participants emphasized the need for clear communication of NRIs’ relevance during global negotiations, especially in demonstrating their role within national internet ecosystems.

Diverse Funding Approaches and Persistent Challenges

Participants shared diverse regional approaches to funding, including partnerships with ccTLDs, regional organizations, and the technical community. However, reliance on voluntary efforts remains a significant vulnerability, with lots of concerns. The session also underscored the need for better articulation of NRIs’ value to attract private sector support and for the development of more formal yet flexible structures that preserve the NRIs' community-driven ethos. Participants noted that NRIs need to better articulate their value propositions and demonstrate the concrete benefits of supporting internet governance initiatives.

Sustainability and Structural Fragility

The final discussion focused on long-term sustainability and the limitations of volunteer-driven models. There was broad agreement that institutional memory and capacity are crucial for resilience and continuity. Stakeholder engagement also emerged as a critical factor. Suggestions included strengthening ties with the private sector, integrating legislative perspectives, and ensuring that NRI discussions feed into real policy-making processes while maintaining the non-binding nature of IGF discussions.

In conclusion, the session emphasized on sustaining NRIs which require not only financial support but also institutional resilience, inclusive participation, and strategic alignment with national, regional and global governance processes. Participants were encouraged to continue exchanging best practices, advocate for NRIs during WSIS+20 discussions, and explore ways to balance formalization with the community-driven nature that defines the NRI ecosystem. 

Transcripts

https://intgovforum.org/en/content/igf-2025-day-00-workshop-4-event-222…;

IGF 2025 WS #126 Strengthening Multistakeholder Digital Cooperation

Updated:
Session Report

IGF 2025 Session Summary: Strengthening Multistakeholder Digital Cooperation

IGF 2025 | Lillestrøm, Norway | 25 June (14:45 – 15:30)
Organized by: Global Forum on Cyber Expertise (GFCE)

Speakers: 

  • Moderator: Klara Marland, Advisor, GFCE
  • Kenneth Pugh, Senator of Chile
  • David Fairchild, First Secretary, Permanent Mission of Canada, Global Affairs Canada
  • Rose Payne, Policy and Advocacy Lead, Global Partners Digital (GPD)
  • Francesca Bosco, Chief Strategy Officer, CyberPeace Institute (CPI)

Session Overview

This session explored how diverse stakeholder groups — including civil society, academia, the technical community, and the private sector — can be meaningfully involved in shaping the future UN Permanent Mechanism on ICT Security. Discussions focused on operationalising inclusion, ensuring continuity of engagement, and building sustainable structures for stakeholder participation beyond symbolic involvement.

Guiding Questions

  • What role should nonprofits and civil society play in the future UN Permanent Mechanism, and what would that look like in practice?
  • How can underrepresented voices be meaningfully included?
  • What strategies can ensure that multistakeholder input is continuous and not ad hoc?
  • Are there international processes that offer good models for stakeholder engagement?

Key Themes and Insights

Government Perspectives: Enabling Structural Inclusion

  • Examples from Chile highlighted efforts to institutionalise trust and multistakeholder collaboration through national frameworks:

o    A permanent public-private advisory committee.
o    Legal protections for ethical hackers.
o    A national Cybersecurity Month to raise awareness and foster dialogue.

  • Canadian approaches reflected sustained advocacy for stakeholder inclusion in UN-level cyber processes. This includes:

o    Co-authored proposals for inclusive modalities in future mechanisms.
o    Support for multistakeholder participation through sustained partnerships and funding.
o    Recognition of cyberspace’s inherently multistakeholder “DNA”, reinforcing the need for diverse inputs to strengthen norm implementation and capacity-building efforts.

Civil Society Contributions: Operational Value and Practical Challenges

  • Stakeholders were recognised as critical to enhancing legitimacy, bridging geopolitical divides, and ensuring cyber policies are relevant and locally informed.
  • Tools and initiatives developed by civil society — such as cyber incident tracking platforms and nonprofit cybersecurity providers — demonstrate tangible impact.
  • Challenges persist, including:

o    Restrictive accreditation processes.
o    Inadequate and unsustainable funding.
o    Barriers to ECOSOC accreditation for technically proficient organisations.

Reflections on Inclusion

  • There was wide agreement that stakeholder participation must go beyond thematic or symbolic consultation. Key recommendations included:

o    Transparency in decision-making processes, especially around accreditation and objections.
o    Public visibility of stakeholder inputs and traceability of their impact.
o    Rolling, asynchronous opportunities to contribute — enabling meaningful engagement beyond rigid time slots.

Q&A and Interactive Discussion Highlights

•    Youth representatives questioned whether stakeholder models are inclusive or self-selecting. The discussion acknowledged structural inequities, such as accreditation restrictions and high participation costs that disproportionately affect less-resourced actors.
•    Examples from practice illustrated how hybrid participation models, early sharing of agendas, and inclusive funding mechanisms can help counterbalance power imbalances — especially at national levels where governmental dominance is often more pronounced.
•    A civil society tool addressing non-consensual image sharing (StopNCII.org) was presented as an example of a survivor-centric initiative that could be integrated into broader cyber policy frameworks.
•    Questions on power imbalances and stakeholder influence sparked calls for capacity-building to be prioritised alongside participation, ensuring both presence and capability.

Emerging Recommendations

  1. Institutional Reforms: Move from invitation-based models to inclusive, structural mechanisms for stakeholder involvement.
  2. Hybrid Participation: Enable meaningful engagement through virtual access, rolling interventions, and early release of documents.
  3. Funding and Accessibility: Support underrepresented groups through travel funding, remote access, and long-term capacity-building support.
  4. Transparency: Improve clarity around accreditation, objections, and the use of stakeholder contributions in decision-making processes.
  5. Coalition Building: Encourage stakeholder coalitions—by theme or region—to strengthen coordination and amplify diverse voices in global cyber diplomacy.

Conclusion

The session underscored the need for a more equitable, transparent, and sustainable multistakeholder approach to digital cooperation, one that recognises stakeholders not merely as contributors, but as essential partners in building a secure and inclusive cyberspace.

The PDF of the Summary Report is available here.

IGF 2025 Open Forum #79 Regulation of Autonomous Weapon Systems: Navigating the Legal and Ethical Imperative

Updated:
Session Report

The Open Forum #79: “Regulation of Autonomous Weapon Systems: Navigating the Legal and Ethical Imperative” addressed the pressing global policy and governance challenges posed by Autonomous Weapons Systems (AWS). This pivotal discussion, hosted by Austria, brought together representatives from governments, industry, civil society, academia, and the technical community to examine the legal, ethical, and strategic implications of AWS. Recognizing the rapid convergence of artificial intelligence and military applications, participants agreed that the discussions at this event have laid a strong foundation for continued multi-stakeholder engagement and action on this pressing issue.

Keynote Perspectives

Prof. Wolfgang Kleinwächter opened the session, framing AWS as a critical and emerging issue within the broader Internet governance landscape. Vint Cerf, “father of the Internet” and Chair of the IGF Leadership Panel, emphasized the historical role of computing in warfare and highlighted today’s urgent need to balance automation with human oversight in targeting systems.

Ambassador Stefan Pehringer, Austrian Ambassador to the Kingdom of Norway, outlined Austria’s leading role in pushing for international regulation in this area. He stressed the importance of "meaningful human control" and warned of an accelerating arms race that could outpace the development of appropriate norms. Austria and a cross-regional group of states so far introduced two resolutions on AWS in the UN General Assembly, the latest of which established open informal consultations in New York to address so far underdeveloped legal, technological, security and also ethical aspects of AWS. Austria also strongly supports the joint call by the UN Secretary-General and the ICRC President to conclude negotiations on a legally binding instrument on AWS by 2026.

Panellists pointed out that the rapid evolution of AI has outpaced our ability to comprehend and control its potential consequences. They painted a complex picture of technological innovation that promises efficiency but carries unprecedented risks. Benjamin Tallis, representing European defence AI company Helsing, presented an industry perspective. He framed AWS as a technological evolution in command and control, arguing for accountable, explainable AI systems that uphold democratic values. He warned of the dangers of falling behind authoritarian regimes in the AI arms race, while emphasizing the need to strengthen—not undermine—human rights through responsible innovation.

Anja Kaspersen of IEEE offered a nuanced critique from the technical and ethical standpoint. She questioned the assumption that AI can reliably emulate human judgment, particularly in high-stakes military contexts. Citing recent research, she underscored the systemic fragility and unpredictability of AI systems, warning against overreliance on abstract promises of precision. Kaspersen advocated for infrastructure-level governance and rigorous procurement standards.

Olga Cavalli from the Military Academy in Buenos Aires presented a Latin American perspective, underscoring the need for ethical frameworks and educational programs to understand the implications of AWS, particularly in regions with fragile institutions. She emphasized Argentina’s advocacy for a robust international legal instrument regulating AWS.

Prof. Peixi Xu of Beijing University highlighted the importance of inclusive multilateral dialogue. He referenced China’s conditional support for restrictions on AWS and warned against simplistic geopolitical narratives. Xu called for differentiated, collaborative frameworks acknowledging distinct national perspectives.

Gerald Folkvord of Amnesty International Norway stressed the human rights implications of delegating lethal decisions to machines. He argued that true accountability and human dignity are incompatible with fully autonomous weapons, which could obscure responsibility and enable invisible warfare.

Chris Painter, former Chair of the Global Forum for Cyberexpertise, reflected on the challenges of achieving consensus within the UN system. Drawing parallels with negotiations on cyber security within the UN context, he highlighted the need for enforceable accountability mechanisms and persistent multistakeholder engagement despite geopolitical hurdles.

Conclusion

The session underscored the urgency of regulating AWS before their widespread deployment becomes irreversible. While diverging in emphasis and outlook, all panelists agreed that AWS pose unprecedented governance challenges that cut across legal, ethical, technological, and geopolitical domains. Geopolitical tensions, technological complexity, and a lack of unified understanding have created a dangerous regulatory vacuum, which the UN Secretary General Guterres already pointed out urging for legal rules on AWS.

A consensus emerged around the necessity of maintaining human agency in lethal decision-making, fostering multistakeholder dialogue, and advancing international legal frameworks. As articulated by multiple speakers, this may be a defining moment—an "Oppenheimer moment"—demanding proactive and inclusive governance before technological determinism overtakes democratic deliberation.

Key Recommendations

Drawing from the insights shared by experts across sectors, the following key recommendations emerged for guiding further action in the governance of Autonomous Weapons Systems (AWS):

1. Establish Legally Binding International Regulations on AWS

Many speakers emphasized the urgent need for a global legal framework that ensures meaningful human control over AWS. This includes:

  • Prohibiting fully autonomous lethal systems without human oversight.
  • Setting enforceable norms and safeguards to protect international humanitarian law and human rights.
  • Concluding negotiations on a legally binding instrument by 2026, as called for by the UN Secretary-General and the ICRC and supported by a number of UN Member States.

2. Strengthen Multistakeholder Involvement and Transparency

There was broad consensus that the discussion on the governance of AWS must extend beyond diplomats and military experts. Contributors from academia, civil society, and the technical community called for:

  • An inclusive, multistakeholder dialogue involving engineers, ethicists, human rights experts, and affected communities.
  • Greater transparency in procurement, testing, and deployment of AI-powered systems.
  • Cross-regional education and awareness initiatives, especially in the Global South.

3. Prioritize Accountability, Human Oversight, and Ethical Design

Experts like Anja Kaspersen and Gerald Folkvord highlighted the risks of unexplainable and unaccountable AI systems in warfare. To mitigate this:

  • AI used in military settings must be explainable, predictable, and subject to human override.
  • Institutions should adopt ethical procurement standards (e.g., IEEE’s P3119) to evaluate AI tools before deployment.
  • international norms must define clear lines of legal accountability for decisions involving the use of force.

These recommendations reflect the interdisciplinary and global nature of the challenge, and the shared concern that action must precede widespread deployment.

IGF 2025 Day 0 Event #79 WGIG+20: Glancing Backward and Looking Forward

Updated:
Session Report

IGF 2025 Session Report

WGIG+20: Glancing Backward and Looking Forward   

2025 is the twentieth anniversary of the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS) and, by extension, of the Working Group on Internet Governance (WGIG). Convened by the UN Secretary General in 2004 to explore foundational questions that were confounding the WSIS negotiations, the WGIG assembled forty representatives of governments and stakeholders to engage in months of intensive open consultations, peer-to-peer dialogue, and collective analysis. In June 2005, the WGIG released its consensus report (as well as a longer analytical background report that was not formally agreed by the group).  The WGIG Report advanced a broadly holistic “working definition” of Internet governance and helped to demystify the subject; mapped out a set of key policy issues within this holistic framework; offered four competing models for the ”oversight” of critical Internet resources (none of which attained consensus support); and proposed the establishment of an Internet Governance Forum.  More generally, the WGIG process demonstrated the benefits of “equal footing” multistakeholder collaboration in the United Nations; promoted public engagement in the Internet governance debate; and facilitated the successful conclusion of the WSIS negotiations.

In addition to working on the two reports, some WGIG members contributed to a multi-authored edited book that was released at the WSIS Tunis Summit in November 2005.  In 2015, members convened a retrospective WGIG+10 workshop at the IGF in João Pessoa, and produced a second multi-authored edited book that reflected on the WGIG’s impact and looked to the future of Internet governance through that lens.  

This Day 0 roundtable event reassembled a group of WGIG members to continue and build upon the previous discussions and proceeded in five steps:

1.  The WGIG in Retrospect   

Markus Kummer set the stage by recalling the WGIG’s significance in the WSIS context, and noted that new technologies such as AI are fundamentally Internet dependent and hence Internet governance-related.  William Drake outlined seven ways in which the WGIG mattered: It demonstrated the benefits of equal-footing multistakeholder collaboration in the UN context; facilitated the successful conclusion of the WSIS negotiations; promoted global public engagement in the emerging debate; demystified the nature and scope of Internet governance, in particular by advancing a broad and wholistic working definition; began a holistic mapping of the horizontal and vertical issues covered by the definition; outlined four competing models for the “oversight” of “critical Internet resources;” and proposed the creation of the IGF.

2.  The Nature of Internet Governance  

Ayesha Hassan argued that the WGIG’s definition has stood the test of time and is relevant to the new technologies and issues that have emerged since WSIS.  Raul Echeberria underscored the WGIG’s contribution to building support for inclusive multistakeholder participation.  Wolfgang Kleinwachter noted that the definition addresses the who, what and how of Internet governance; that it clearly applied to a wide range of “governance on” the Internet issues, as well as to technical “governance of” the Internet; and stressed that new governance matters like AI should be addressed in the same manner.  Juan Fernandez emphasized that the WGIG’s methodology was a key to its success and that this could be used to address new issues like data governance.  

3.  Multilateral and Multistakeholder Governance  

Alejandro Pisanty noted that governments are needed in issues like law enforcement but on other and especially technical issues their roles should be more limited, inter alia because it is very difficult for them to come to agreement in negotiations.  Avri Doria stressed the importance of coexistence between multilateralism and and multistakeholderism and that this was demonstrated within the WGIG process itself; and she invoked the memory of Frank March who contributed heavily  to the WGIG report in a secretariat capacity.  Charles Shaban illustrated the benefits of multistakeholder participation by invoking the case of intellectual property issues. 

4.  The Internet Governance Forum  

Baher Esmat argued that the IGF has successfully filled an important gap in the Internet governance institutional ecosystem by facilitating non-decisionmaking dialogue, and that it has continued to evolve and improve but needs greater financial stability.  Carlos Afonso highlighted the importance of the WGIG’s mapping of key public policy issues covered by the broad definition.  Jovan Kurbalija discussed the significance of enhanced cooperation, capacity building, and the IGF’s modus operandi.  Vittorio Bertola noted the need for continuing improvements to the global IGF as well as to the national IGFs; and he argued that concentrated corporate power raises many issues that drive demands for intergovernmental responses, and hence the IGF needs to address these as well.

5.  Open Discussion  

Onsite and remote participants engaged in a vibrant and probing open discussion.  Several people addressed the WGIG model’s implications for the Global Digital Compact process, data governance, and the challenges of achieving consensus in an equal-footing multistakeholder setting.  The IGF’s difficulty with addressing controversial issues that are opposed by some stakeholders or states was raised.   It was suggested that the WGIG was the most truly multistakeholder process we have had in the UN over the past twenty years.  It was asked whether a new WGIG-type process could be helpful in sorting out some of the big issues in play in the WSIS+20 Review.  A challenge was posed as to why governments should care about the IGF if it is only engaging in dialogue and not decision making. In responding to these points, WGIG members variously argued that the WGIG’s methodology and conceptual approach are applicable to the new issues of the day; that the IGF should retain its fundamental features and focus on Internet governance, including new Internet-dependent issues like data; and that the IGF should receive a permanent mandate from the WSIS+20 Review, inter alia so it could address controversial and challenging issues more effectively.

IGF 2025 Open Forum #29 Advancing Digital Inclusion through Segmented Monitoring

Updated:
Session Report

IGF 2025 Open Forum #29 Report: Advancing Digital Inclusion through Segmented Monitoring

Introduction and background                                                                                               

The session addressed how improved data segmentation can strengthen digital inclusion policy and implementation. Current national-level, supply-side metrics obscure exclusion patterns and fail to reflect the lived realities of marginalised groups. Participants called for more disaggregated, qualitative, and user-centred data to improve targeting and effectiveness of interventions.

Despite global efforts, one-third of the population remains offline. Even among the connected, meaningful use is limited by affordability, literacy, safety, and social norms. Existing frameworks do not sufficiently capture these issues. The forum aimed to spotlight segmented, demand-driven data approaches to inform inclusive digital policies.

Discussion

  • Limitations of current metrics: National statistics and aggregate indicators mask inequalities within populations. For example, women and persons with disabilities may be “connected” but lack safe, meaningful access.
  • Need for segmentation: Data should be disaggregated by gender, age, income, geography, disability, and education to identify specific exclusion barriers. Metrics should include affordability, trust, safety, time constraints, and digital skills.
  • Examples of improved policy through segmentation, e.g.: In one country, women’s computer and wifi centres were underused due to location and timing—data-led redesign improved uptake; In Brazil, NIC.br’s multi-stakeholder model funds national data collection sustainably via domain name fees; In South Africa, shared device use revealed that access indicators alone were insufficient to reflect actual usage patterns.
  • Ethical data governance: Data collection must prioritise rights, consent, and protection from harm. Risks of re-identification through data layering were flagged. Community involvement in design and analysis was emphasised.
  • Community-generated and local data: Integrating participatory and qualitative methods enriches insights. Local researchers, universities, and civil society play a key role in capturing lived realities.
  • UNESCO’s frameworks: Tools like the Internet Universality Indicators, multilingualism metrics, and disability-inclusion frameworks were cited as valuable for guiding policy across diverse contexts.
  • Priority segments for data collection: Gender esp. women and girls; Age groups incl. youth and seniors; Socio-economic segments, incl. low-income households; Educational attainment levels; Rural, urban but also peri-urban populations and different socio-economic neighbourhoods and areas; People with disabilities; Linguistic minorities; Informal sector workers; Layer with type of activities online (e.g. banking, shopping, access government services, entertainment, education, health, content creation); Etc.
  • Recommended methods and partnerships: Use mixed-methods such as  quantitative surveys, qualitative interviews, participatory research, and sensor-based measurements key; Embed digital inclusion indicators into national statistical systems important; Engage local universities, community and organisations in co-design and analysis; Foster partnerships with telecom operators under transparent, rights-based data-sharing models; Establish standardised data classification and taxonomies for cross-country comparability.

Key takeaways

  • A segmented, demand-driven approach is essential: Traditional supply-side metrics fail to capture exclusion. Disaggregated and contextual data is critical.
  • Contextual and qualitative insights are critical: Statistical data must be combined with local narratives to shape responsive, impactful policies.
  • High-quality and reliable data is a prerequisite: Data must be collected and governed ethically, respecting privacy and community trust.

Calls to action

  • Improve segmentation and user-centred metrics: Go beyond access and measure affordability, skills, safety, and meaningful use.
  • Forge new partnerships: Collaborate across governments, private sector, academia, and communities for sustainable, inclusive data ecosystems.
  • Forge multi-stakeholder partnerships and enhance synergies with IGF Dynamic Coalition-Measuring Digital Inclusion: Collaborate across governments, international organisations, private sector, academia, civil society, and communities for sustainable, inclusive data ecosystems.
IGF 2025 WS #144 Bridging the Digital Divide: Language Inclusion as a Pillar

Updated:
Session Report

IGF 2025 Workshop Report

Title: Bridging the Digital Divide: Language Inclusion as a Pillar for Universal Access
Date: June 26, 2025
Time: 11:00–12:15
Location: Workshop Room 6, Hall C
Session Type: Workshop

Organized by: Coalition on Digital Impact (CODI), in collaboration with experts from civil society, academia, and the technical community

Moderator: Ram Mohan, Chair, CODI
 

Panelists

  • Toral Cowieson, CEO, Unicode Consortium
  • Theresa Swinehart, SVP Global Domains and Strategy, ICANN
  • Sophie Mitchell, Chief Communications Officer, auDA
  • Jennifer Chung, VP, Policy, DotAsia Organisation
  • Manal Ismail, Chief Expert, Internet Policies, Egypt NTRA (remote)
  • Christian Dawson, Executive Director, i2Coalition
     

Session Summary

This workshop addressed how language accessibility is essential to achieving universal digital access. While digital infrastructure expands globally, linguistic diversity remains an overlooked barrier—excluding billions from full participation online. The session explored policy, technical, and cultural dimensions of digital language inclusion through expert insights and multistakeholder dialogue.
 

Key Takeaways

  1. Language inclusion is essential to meaningful connectivity. Technical access is insufficient if users cannot engage in their native or preferred language.
     
  2. Multilingualism must be built in from the start. Language access should be foundational—not a retrofit—across infrastructure, content, and governance systems.
     
  3. Sustained, multistakeholder coordination is needed. Technical standards, civil society advocacy, industry tools, and government policies must align to close the language gap.
     

 

Highlights from the Discussion

The Scope of the Problem:

Speakers emphasized that over 7,000 languages exist, yet the vast majority of online content is in just a handful. Jennifer Chung highlighted projections that 90% of languages may disappear by the end of the century without intervention. Sophie Mitchell illustrated how exclusion plays out in Indigenous Australian communities.

Technical and Policy Barriers:

Toral Cowieson noted that while most scripts are encoded in Unicode, the real challenge lies in lack of tooling, number formats, and language-aware UI/UX design. Theresa Swinehart and Manal Ismail cited gaps in adoption of Universal Acceptance (UA) and the absence of robust policy incentives.

AI and Open Data Risks & Opportunities:

Speakers explored how AI can both widen and bridge linguistic gaps. Open data is critical, but community-centered stewardship is needed to prevent exploitation. Christian Dawson and participants from Wikimedia stressed the importance of culturally relevant, ethically sourced datasets.

Collaboration & Incentives:

Proposals included embedding multilingual requirements into public procurement, creating funding incentives, and making UA-readiness a standard for public digital services. Manal Ismail described Egypt’s strategy of treating language access as a core element of Internet infrastructure.

 

Audience Engagement

Contributions from Bangladesh, Norway, and civil society participants offered tangible case studies and called for better coordination between IGF National/Regional Initiatives (NRIs) and the UA community. Questions also addressed the ethics of licensing, support for low-resource languages, and funding models.

 

Closing Reflections

Each panelist offered a brief closing insight:

  • “We can only be successful together.”
     
  • “Multilingual by design—not an afterthought.”
     
  • “Language justice is digital justice.”
     
  • “Lead by example and connect the dots.”
     

 

Outcomes and Next Steps

  • CODI will develop a working document based on this session, summarizing recommendations, case studies, and tools to guide future digital language inclusion strategies.
     
  • Follow-up engagement will include cross-sector consultation and public calls to action around multilingual readiness, open-source language tooling, and inclusive policy frameworks.
     
  • This session’s outcomes will contribute to IGF outputs and be shared with WSIS+20, G77, and other relevant digital governance fora.

 

IGF 2025 Lightning Talk #137 Ethical Hacking for a Safer Internet

Updated:
Session Report

Summary:


The discussion titled "Ethical Hacking for a Safer Internet" highlighted on legal challenges and reform needs for ethical hacking and the urgent need for clear legal protections for ethical hackers. Tim Philipp Schäfers (Mint Secure) and Carolin Kothe (Liquid Legal Institute) emphasized that ethical hacking - defined by intent, authorization, and method - is vital for cybersecurity but often legally risky.
They distinguished between authorized (e.g. penetration testing, bug bounties) and unauthorized but benevolent hacking done for public benefit. Despite playing a key role in identifying vulnerabilities, ethical hackers face legal uncertainty due to vague or inconsistent laws across jurisdictions. Poland was cited as a rare example of clear legal protection, while most countries rely on prosecutorial discretion or justification defenses, which leave researchers vulnerable.
The speakers proposed four key reforms: legal clarity, explicit immunity for good-faith actors, reframing the public image of hacking, and a clear legal distinction between ethical and malicious hacking. They also called for international harmonization of laws to match the global nature of cybersecurity threats.
In conclusion, current laws hinder - not help - digital security. Comprehensive legal reform and greater public understanding are essential to support ethical hackers and safeguard critical systems.


Session Report:

The discussion "Ethical Hacking for a Safer Internet" brought together Tim Philipp Schäfers (Mint Secure) and Carolin Kothe (Liquid Legal Institute) to examine the pressing legal uncertainties surrounding ethical hacking and propose actionable reforms. The speakers emphasized that ethical hacking - despite being essential to modern cybersecurity - often exists in a legal gray zone due to outdated or inconsistent laws.

Ethical hacking, they explained, should be defined by intent, authorization, and methods used, rather than just the technical act of accessing systems. Kothe differentiated between authorized ethical hacking (e.g. penetration testing and corporate bug bounty programs) and unauthorized but socially beneficial hacking, where individuals act in good faith without formal permission. Schäfers linked this practice to the long-standing hacker ethic, which promotes improving system security without causing harm.

Both speakers highlighted the indispensable role ethical hackers play in identifying vulnerabilities that internal teams may overlook. They noted that most security incident reports received by computer emergency response teams (CERTs) come from external researchers, whose contributions have helped prevent serious breaches. However, despite their value, these individuals often face legal threats - even when they act responsibly and disclose findings through proper channels.

The legal landscape across jurisdictions remains fragmented and inconsistent. While Poland stands out for offering explicit legal protection for good-faith security research, most countries lack such clarity. Some legal systems treat unauthorized access as a crime regardless of intent, while others factor in harm, enrichment, or authorization differently. This patchwork of laws creates fear and hesitation among security researchers, and in some cases, drives them to remain anonymous or even abandon legitimate activity.

Current legal mechanisms - such as prosecutorial discretion or justification defenses—offer little real protection. Researchers may still be investigated, face reputational harm, or be restricted from publishing their findings. Schäfers noted the emotional toll this legal ambiguity places on ethical hackers, who often feel they are risking their careers to improve public safety.

To address this, the speakers proposed four core reforms:
- Legal certainty through clear guidelines for responsible disclosure;
- Explicit immunity for ethical hackers acting in good faith;
- Reframing public and legal perceptions of hacking to reflect its societal benefits;
- Clear legal distinction between ethical and malicious hacking within statutory frameworks.

They also stressed the need for international harmonization, recognizing that cybersecurity is a global issue and fragmented laws only complicate responsible cross-border research. During the audience Q&A, additional concerns emerged - such as the risk of increased surveillance under laws requiring proof of benign intent, and the potential for legal uncertainty to push talent toward malicious activities. Schäfers pointed out that many ethical hackers already use anonymous channels to avoid legal exposure.
In conclusion, the speakers agreed that the current legal environment fails both cybersecurity and justice. They called for comprehensive reform - beyond piecemeal solutions - to protect those who work in the public interest. Their call to action included engaging with lawmakers, companies, and the public to improve legal understanding, push for better policy, and ensure ethical hacking is recognized as a legitimate and essential part of securing digital infrastructure.

IGF 2025 WS #335 Global Perspectives on “Network Fees” and Net Neutrality

Updated:
Session Report

Session Report: WS #335 “Global Perspectives on Network Fees and Net Neutrality”

Introduction
The session focused on the contentious issue of network fees and their implications for Internet governance, net neutrality, and the broader digital ecosystem. Participants from various sectors, including academia, regulatory bodies, and industry, engaged in a robust discussion on the potential impacts of network fees on Internet accessibility, innovation, and market dynamics.

Main Takeaways
1. Network Fees and Economic Implications
The session underscored the ongoing debate surrounding network fees, which are proposed by telecommunications companies as a means to finance the growing demands on infrastructure. However, participants highlighted that these fees could lead to increased costs for consumers and potentially stifle innovation. The economic model of the Internet, which has historically promoted lower prices and efficiency through competitive traffic exchange, could be disrupted by the introduction of network fees. The discussion emphasized the need for a balanced approach that considers the interests of all stakeholders, including consumers, content providers, and ISPs.

2. Impact on Net Neutrality and Market Dynamics
A significant concern raised during the session was the potential threat network fees pose to net neutrality. By allowing ISPs to prioritize traffic from certain content providers who can afford to pay, network fees could undermine the principle of equal access to all Internet content, jeopardizing the open nature of the network. This could lead to a fragmented Internet where smaller players are disadvantaged, and consumer choice is limited. Participants stressed the importance of maintaining net neutrality to ensure a fair and open network that fosters innovation and competition.

3. Regional Perspectives and Regulatory Challenges
The session provided insights into how different regions are approaching the issue of network fees. While some countries have implemented or considered network fees, others have rejected them due to concerns about market distortion and lack of evidence for market failure. The discussion highlighted the need for region-specific analyses and solutions, taking into account local market conditions and regulatory frameworks. Participants called for greater transparency and evidence-based policymaking to address the challenges posed by network fees.

Call-to-Actions
1. Raise Public Awareness
Participants emphasized the need to launch public awareness campaigns to educate consumers and policymakers about the potential negative impacts of network fees. These campaigns should focus on how such fees could increase costs for consumers, limit access to diverse content, and threaten net neutrality.
2. Strengthen Advocacy Efforts
There was a strong call to mobilize civil society organizations, consumer rights groups, and industry stakeholders to advocate against the implementation of network fees. These groups should present evidence and case studies demonstrating the adverse effects of network fees in regions where they have been implemented, highlighting the importance of maintaining an open and equitable internet.
3. Engage in Policy Dialogues
The session concluded with a call for open dialogues between regulators, telcos, and Internet service providers to discuss the broader implications of network fees. Participants encouraged the exploration of alternative funding models that do not compromise the open nature of the Internet, ensuring that all voices are heard in the decision-making process.

Conclusion
The session provided a comprehensive overview of the challenges and implications associated with network fees. It highlighted the need for a collaborative approach to Internet governance that prioritizes consumer interests, fosters innovation, and maintains net neutrality. By raising awareness, strengthening advocacy efforts, and engaging in policy dialogues, stakeholders can work towards sustainable solutions that support the continued growth and accessibility of the network.

IGF 2025 Open Forum #71 Advancing Rights-Respecting AI Governance and Digital Inclusion through G7 and G20

Updated:
Session Report


Open Forum #71: Advancing Rights Respecting AI-Governance and Digital Inclusion through G7 and G20

The workshop examined collaborative approaches between the G7 and G20 to address shared challenges in digital governance, with particular emphasis on reducing global digital inequalities and ensuring equitable access to the benefits of data-driven technologies. The discussions highlighted the urgent need for coordinated international action to bridge the growing digital divide between developed and developing nations whilst establishing robust governance frameworks for artificial intelligence.
The current global landscape is characterised by significant geopolitical changes and widening gaps between Global North and South countries. This context creates both challenges and opportunities for international cooperation on digital governance. There is an urgent need to establish clear boundaries around data ownership and develop shared principles for AI governance based on human rights frameworks.
The role of the public sector has emerged as crucial, moving beyond traditional regulatory functions to become active market shapers. Democratic oversight mechanisms are essential to ensure that technological development serves broader societal interests rather than narrow commercial objectives.

Addressing Digital Inequalities
Digital inequality extends far beyond infrastructure limitations to encompass demand-side constraints including education, income disparities, digital literacy gaps, and device accessibility costs. Current approaches to cross-border data flows have been criticised for focusing too heavily on individual rights whilst neglecting systemic injustices and environmental concerns.
The principle of universal and meaningful connectivity has been identified as fundamental, but achieving this requires addressing the complex interplay of social, economic, and educational factors that determine digital participation. Simply ensuring the free flow of data under current conditions will not create a trustworthy, equitable, or inclusive digital environment.

AI Governance and Equity Considerations
The discussion emphasised the need to move beyond individual privacy protections towards addressing collective and systemic harms in AI development and deployment. This includes ensuring representative datasets to mitigate bias, recognising data as a public good, and expanding access for micro, small, and medium enterprises (MSMEs) and innovators.
AI governance frameworks must be inclusive and accountable, with particular attention to the needs of developing countries that may be at different stages of AI development. There is a critical need to shift from exploitative to collaborative, community-controlled data models, addressing labour practices across AI value chains and managing the environmental impact of AI technologies.

Implementation Challenges and Solutions
Policy-to-Practice Translation
The workshop identified challenges in translating policy frameworks into practical implementation. Multistakeholder approaches have been highlighted as essential for determining agenda priorities and creating effective implementation mechanisms. Community engagement is crucial for ensuring that policies translate into meaningful practice at local levels.

Continuity and Cooperation
Successful cooperation between consecutive G20 presidencies, particularly those from the Global South, has been identified as crucial for maintaining momentum on developing nation perspectives. The troika model between emerging economies and democracies has proven effective in ensuring smooth transitions and shared experiences.

Balancing Innovation and Legacy
Governments face significant pressure to create distinctive presidential legacies whilst ensuring continuity with previous initiatives. This balance requires careful coordination and shared commitment to long-term objectives beyond individual presidential terms.

Recommendations and Future Directions
Strengthening International Cooperation
Joint initiatives between G7 and G20 are essential to avoid duplicating efforts whilst ensuring comprehensive coverage of global challenges. Civil society organisations can play a crucial bridging role across different processes, leveraging multistakeholder mechanisms to ensure continuity and effectiveness.
Rights-Based Governance Frameworks
AI governance must be grounded in human rights principles that consider systemic inequalities rather than focusing solely on individual protections. This requires developing frameworks that address collective harms and ensure equitable access to technological benefits.
Addressing Demand-Side Barriers
Digital inclusion strategies must move beyond infrastructure provision to address fundamental barriers including education, income, digital literacy, and device costs. This holistic approach is essential for creating genuinely inclusive digital environments.
Environmental Considerations
The environmental impact of AI technologies must be central to governance discussions, including both the energy demands of AI systems and their potential contributions to climate solutions.

Conclusions
The workshop underscored the critical importance of strengthened cooperation between G7 and G20 to address challenges that transcend national boundaries. Success will require sustained political will to move beyond forum discussions toward concrete implementation, with particular attention to maintaining the momentum generated by Global South presidencies.
The path forward demands a fundamental shift from viewing digital governance as primarily a technical challenge to recognising it as a comprehensive framework for ensuring equitable access to the benefits of technological advancement. This requires unprecedented levels of international cooperation, multistakeholder engagement, and commitment to rights-based approaches that prioritise global equity alongside technological innovation.

IGF 2025 Global AI Governance: Reimagining IGF’s Role & Impact

Updated:
Session Report

Policy Network on AI (PNAI) Session for IGF 2025: Global AI Governance: Reimagining IGF’s Role & Impact

Format: Plenary Session | Hybrid 
Organizer: IGF Policy Network on AI (PNAI)
Rapporteurs: Sana Nisar (Lead), Yasir Zunair, Murillo Romano Salvador, Patrick Bell, Umut Pajaro Velasquez

Overview
This session, convened by the Policy Network on AI (PNAI), explored the evolving role of the Internet Governance Forum (IGF) in global AI governance. It contributed directly to PNAI’s 2025 work in developing recommendations and shaping an action plan on how IGF can maximize its impact as a central platform for inclusive and bottom-up multistakeholder discussions on AI governance. Positioned within the broader context of the WSIS+20 review, Global Digital Compact (GDC), and ongoing global AI governance dialogues and processes, the session aimed to gather insights that reflect regional realities, identify governance gaps, and co-create solutions rooted in equity, trust, and human rights. This session aimed to foster inclusive, multistakeholder dialogue, gather insights from both onsite and online participants, and generate actionable input that will inform PNAI’s 2025 Policy. As IGF’s dedicated Policy Network with focus on on AI, PNAI plays a key role in connecting grassroots perspectives to global governance frameworks.

IGF 2025 Launch / Award Event #52 Intelligent Society Development & Governance Research (2025)

Updated:
Session Report

The session began with opening remarks from Guo Yong, who expressed his gratitude to all the distinguished experts and participants for their active engagement. He reviewed Tsinghua University’s ongoing initiatives and notable achievements in the field of intelligent society governance. Guo Yong highlighted the collaborative effort between Professor Su Jun and Chairperson Zhou Chaonan in authoring The Chinese Story of Intelligent Society Development and Governance. He called for sustained research updates focused on the frontier issues of intelligent society governance and advocated for deeper cooperation among government, industry, academia, and research communities worldwide, with the aim of enhancing human well-being in the era of intelligence.

Professor Su Jun started by framing the session in the context of the accelerating arrival of the intelligent society era. He outlined the background for writing The Chinese Story of Intelligent Society Development and Governance, emphasizing that artificial intelligence is profoundly reshaping knowledge creation, individual cognition, and organizational transformation. Su Jun then introduced ten vivid case studies from the book, illustrating how AI is energizing social dynamics at the grassroots level in China and enhancing the sense of happiness and fulfillment among citizens. He concluded by calling for expanded international exchanges and collaboration to jointly build an inclusive, human-centered intelligent society.

Zhou Chaonan recounted the process behind the publication of The Chinese Story of Intelligent Society Development and Governance. She noted that Range Group has long focused on frontier technologies and governance topics related to the societal transformation brought by intelligence. Building on their 2024 collaboration on this book, Range Group and Professor Su Jun’s team at Tsinghua University have released a new volume that showcases China’s exemplary practices in intelligent society development and governance. Looking ahead, Range Group will continue to support academic research, talent development, and industrial applications in intelligent society governance.

Dou Guimei shared stories from Tsinghua University Primary School’s efforts in smart education and low-carbon development. She described how the school has developed a comprehensive “whole-day school life” education system, continually enhancing students’ capabilities in AI literacy and sustainable development. Dou concluded by putting forward the “Global Low-Carbon Campus Initiative”.

Ahmed El-Sabbagh focused on the pivotal role of universities in promoting intelligent society development and governance. Using the Faculty of Engineering at Ain Shams University as an example, he demonstrated how digital governance, interdisciplinary research, and smart campus construction are advancing the application of intelligent technologies. He emphasized the need to position universities as key drivers of transformation and called for the deep integration of governance research with the development of intelligent societies.

IGF 2025 Lightning Talk #246 AI for Sustainable Development: Public & Private Sector Roles

Updated:
Session Report

During the session, Guo Yong delivered opening remarks, expressing his gratitude to the experts and audience for their participation. He reviewed Tsinghua University’s initiatives and achievements in the field of intelligent society governance, and emphasized the importance of talent cultivation, improving exchange mechanisms, and deepening international cooperation. He suggested that these efforts would help advance the development and governance of intelligent societies, ensuring that the benefits of digital technology are more widely and equitably shared.

You Xueyun highlighted China’s role as an active advocate and practitioner of global AI governance. She outlined China’s legislative and practical progress in the development and governance of artificial intelligence, sharing the country's core principles: balancing development and security, and promoting both innovation and rule-of-law-based governance. Looking ahead, she noted that China will accelerate the formulation and refinement of relevant laws, policies, application standards, and ethical guidelines, while further strengthening international cooperation on AI governance.

Ding Xinyi focused on the broad societal impacts of artificial intelligence. She acknowledged the positive contributions of AI, such as improving the efficiency of public services and supporting the economic development of marginalized groups, but also pointed out the associated risks, including misinformation, algorithmic bias, and data monopolies. She called on the younger generation to not only enhance their own ability to guard against AI-related risks, but also to actively participate in both AI governance and broader social governance, contributing to the construction of a trustworthy, fair, and inclusive intelligent society.

Rony Medaglia examined the dual aspects of AI’s role in promoting the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), highlighting both its potential and its challenges. On the potential side, he noted that AI can improve resource access, support sustainable data governance, and enhance sustainable business models. However, he also cautioned that AI brings greater energy consumption, creates “rebound effects,” and raises issues such as algorithmic bias and discrimination.

IGF 2025 WS #190 Judging in the Digital Age: Cybersecurity & Digital Evidence

Updated:
Session Report

GF 2025 - WS #190

Judging in the Digital Age: Cybersecurity & Digital Evidence 

https://intgovforum.org/en/content/igf-2025-ws-190-judging-in-the-digital-age-cybersecurity-digital-evidence

27 Jun 2025 10:15h - 11:30h UTC+2

 

Main discussion points:

This discussion focused on “Judging in the Digital Age: Cybersecurity and Digital Evidence,” examining how courts worldwide are adapting to function as digital ecosystems where evidence, records, and hearings increasingly exist online. Dr. Nazar Nicholas from Tanzania’s Internet Society opened the session by explaining the initiative’s goal to bridge the gap between judiciary systems and internet governance spaces, building on previous efforts since 2022 to bring judges into digital rights discussions.


 

Judge Eliamani Laltaika from Tanzania’s High Court outlined the five key considerations courts use when evaluating digital evidence: relevance, authenticity, system integrity, chain of custody, and statutory compliance. He emphasized that these principles apply regardless of whether evidence originates domestically or internationally. He noted that everyone creates digital evidence through daily activities, such as taking photos or using messaging apps.

 

Professor Peter Swire from Georgia Tech highlighted three critical areas where digital evidence differs from traditional evidence: authentication challenges in verifying identity, maintaining chain of custody through digital signatures and hash functions, and addressing AI hallucinations where artificial intelligence systems may generate false citations or information. He recommended implementing two-factor authentication and systematic verification of AI-generated content.

 

The discussion addressed significant challenges, including spyware surveillance, with Dr. Jacqueline Pegato from Data Privacy Brazil citing cases where surveillance tools were used against activists and even Supreme Court justices. Advocate Umar Khan from Pakistan emphasized the need for balanced surveillance that protects both security and privacy rights. At the same time, Marin Ashraf from IT4Change discussed specific challenges in prosecuting online gender-based violence cases, particularly regarding evidence authentication and platform cooperation.

 

Participants identified critical gaps, including outdated legislation, insufficient judicial training in cybersecurity, and the need for better international cooperation frameworks. The session concluded with calls for continued capacity building, multi-stakeholder dialogue, and systemic reforms to ensure courts can effectively handle digital evidence while protecting fundamental rights in an increasingly connected world.


 

The session successfully brought together diverse stakeholders to address common challenges courts face in adapting to digital evidence and cybersecurity threats. While speakers represented different legal traditions and perspectives, they shared recognition of the urgent need for judicial capacity building, proper digital evidence procedures, and balanced approaches to surveillance and privacy rights.

 

The discussion established a foundation for ongoing collaboration between traditionally separate communities, demonstrating that technological challenges create opportunities for judicial reform across diverse legal systems. The commitment to continued dialogue and capacity building provides a pathway for ensuring justice systems can effectively serve populations in an increasingly digital world while protecting fundamental rights.

 

Key Takeaways:

  • Speakers emphasized the challenges of verifying digital evidence, especially when it originates from different jurisdictions or involves AI-generated content. Five key considerations are important for admitting digital evidence in courts: relevance, authenticity, system integrity, chain of custody, and statutory compliance.
  • Courts are facing specific challenges when dealing with online gender-based violence cases, including difficulties in obtaining digital evidence from platforms, ensuring survivor privacy, and addressing algorithmic amplification of harm.
  • The panel identified concrete steps for addressing these challenges. Continuing dialogue between multi-stakeholder communities and the judiciary through IGF sessions and beyond was seen as essential. Developing technical and legal standards for digital chain of custody, including metadata preservation and authentication layers, emerged as a priority.

Call to actions:

  • There is a need to balance between legitimate law enforcement for digital surveillance and cybersecurity measures, versus protecting individual privacy rights and ensuring fair trials. The Brazilian spyware case and Pakistani digital rights experiences were highlighted as examples of this ongoing challenge.
  • There is an urgent need for specialized training for judges and legal professionals in cybersecurity, digital forensics, AI literacy, and data protection to keep pace with rapidly evolving technology and emerging forms of digital crime.
  • With the complexities of handling digital evidence that crosses international boundaries, there is a need for legal harmonization, mutual legal assistance treaties, and standardized procedures for accessing data from foreign jurisdictions while respecting data protection laws.

    GF 2025 - WS #190

    Judging in the Digital Age: Cybersecurity & Digital Evidence 

    https://intgovforum.org/en/content/igf-2025-ws-190-judging-in-the-digital-age-cybersecurity-digital-evidence

    27 Jun 2025 10:15h - 11:30h UTC+2

     

    Main discussion points:

    This discussion focused on “Judging in the Digital Age: Cybersecurity and Digital Evidence,” examining how courts worldwide are adapting to function as digital ecosystems where evidence, records, and hearings increasingly exist online. Dr. Nazar Nicholas from Tanzania’s Internet Society opened the session by explaining the initiative’s goal to bridge the gap between judiciary systems and internet governance spaces, building on previous efforts since 2022 to bring judges into digital rights discussions.


    Judge Eliamani Laltaika from Tanzania’s High Court outlined the five key considerations courts use when evaluating digital evidence: relevance, authenticity, system integrity, chain of custody, and statutory compliance. He emphasized that these principles apply regardless of whether evidence originates domestically or internationally. He noted that everyone creates digital evidence through daily activities, such as taking photos or using messaging apps.

     

    Professor Peter Swire from Georgia Tech highlighted three critical areas where digital evidence differs from traditional evidence: authentication challenges in verifying identity, maintaining chain of custody through digital signatures and hash functions, and addressing AI hallucinations where artificial intelligence systems may generate false citations or information. He recommended implementing two-factor authentication and systematic verification of AI-generated content.

     

    The discussion addressed significant challenges, including spyware surveillance, with Dr. Jacqueline Pegato from Data Privacy Brazil citing cases where surveillance tools were used against activists and even Supreme Court justices. Advocate Umar Khan from Pakistan emphasized the need for balanced surveillance that protects both security and privacy rights. At the same time, Marin Ashraf from IT4Change discussed specific challenges in prosecuting online gender-based violence cases, particularly regarding evidence authentication and platform cooperation.

     

    Participants identified critical gaps, including outdated legislation, insufficient judicial training in cybersecurity, and the need for better international cooperation frameworks. The session concluded with calls for continued capacity building, multi-stakeholder dialogue, and systemic reforms to ensure courts can effectively handle digital evidence while protecting fundamental rights in an increasingly connected world.


    The session successfully brought together diverse stakeholders to address common challenges courts face in adapting to digital evidence and cybersecurity threats. While speakers represented different legal traditions and perspectives, they shared recognition of the urgent need for judicial capacity building, proper digital evidence procedures, and balanced approaches to surveillance and privacy rights.

     

    The discussion established a foundation for ongoing collaboration between traditionally separate communities, demonstrating that technological challenges create opportunities for judicial reform across diverse legal systems. The commitment to continued dialogue and capacity building provides a pathway for ensuring justice systems can effectively serve populations in an increasingly digital world while protecting fundamental rights.

     

    Key Takeaways:

  • Speakers emphasized the challenges of verifying digital evidence, especially when it originates from different jurisdictions or involves AI-generated content. Five key considerations are important for admitting digital evidence in courts: relevance, authenticity, system integrity, chain of custody, and statutory compliance.
  • Courts are facing specific challenges when dealing with online gender-based violence cases, including difficulties in obtaining digital evidence from platforms, ensuring survivor privacy, and addressing algorithmic amplification of harm.
  • The panel identified concrete steps for addressing these challenges. Continuing dialogue between multi-stakeholder communities and the judiciary through IGF sessions and beyond was seen as essential. Developing technical and legal standards for digital chain of custody, including metadata preservation and authentication layers, emerged as a priority.
  • Call to actions:

  • There is a need to balance between legitimate law enforcement for digital surveillance and cybersecurity measures, versus protecting individual privacy rights and ensuring fair trials. The Brazilian spyware case and Pakistani digital rights experiences were highlighted as examples of this ongoing challenge.
  • There is an urgent need for specialized training for judges and legal professionals in cybersecurity, digital forensics, AI literacy, and data protection to keep pace with rapidly evolving technology and emerging forms of digital crime.
  • With the complexities of handling digital evidence that crosses international boundaries, there is a need for legal harmonization, mutual legal assistance treaties, and standardized procedures for accessing data from foreign jurisdictions while respecting data protection laws.
IGF 2025 Open Forum #80 Creative workshop: Mix & Fix. Tech-driven solutions to societal challenges

Updated:
Session Report

Open Forum #80 titled “Mix & Fix – Tech-driven Solutions to Societal Challenges” brought together a diverse group of participants from the public sector, academia, private enterprises, and civil society to collaboratively explore the practical application of emerging technologies in solving pressing public challenges. With digital transformation becoming both an opportunity and a necessity, this interactive workshop emphasized co-creation, experimentation, and cross-sector collaboration to drive forward GovTech innovation.

Opening speeches by Lithuania’s Ambassador for Technology and Digitalisation Lina Viltrakienė and Chief Procurement Officer in Norway Dag Strømsnes emphasized the critical importance of digitalization in the public sector. It was noted that while the public sector plays a central role in addressing complex societal problems, it often remains risk-averse and hesitant to embrace innovation.

Speeches highlighted a significant gap: even when governments pilot solutions with startups or innovators, these collaborations often lack structure and long-term commitment. The systemic shift is in need: encouraging startups, academia, and entrepreneurs to actively contribute to the GovTech ecosystem, supported by meaningful partnerships and opportunities for growth.

It was stressed that:

  • Digitalization is essential for efficient service delivery, transparency, and trust in public institutions.

  • Culture change is needed in the public sector to embrace agile methodologies and a tolerance for experimentation.

  • People are the drivers of innovation, and thus equipping public servants with digital skills is foundational.

The Mix & Fix workshop provided a dynamic, hands-on environment where participants were encouraged to tackle real-life public sector problems through a creative and collaborative lens. Structured as a practical innovation lab, the session focused on:

  • Identifying societal challenges such as digital exclusion, bureaucratic inefficiencies, and environmental sustainability.

  • Matching these challenges with emerging technologies like artificial intelligence, IoT, blockchain, and big data.

  • Developing early-stage prototypes that could inform future public sector innovation efforts.

Facilitated by GovTech Lab Lithuania and DFØ, the session allowed interdisciplinary teams to dive deep into public challenges, apply design thinking, and test their assumptions in a supportive and constructive setting.

Participants gained insight into: How to apply agile methodologies to public challenges; Ways to enhance cross-sector collaboration for more inclusive innovation; Building viable technology prototypes tailored to the needs of citizens and institution.

Key takeaways: Innovation in the public sector is most effective when rooted in collaboration and real-world application. Equipping public servants with the tools and mindset for digital transformation is critical for long-term success

 

 

 

 

 

 

IGF 2025 WS #179 Privacy Preserving Interoperability and the Fediverse

Updated:
Session Report

Report: Privacy Preserving Interoperability and the Fediverse

IGF 2025 – Day 1, Workshop 3

The workshop “Privacy Preserving Interoperability and the Fediverse” brought together developers, policy experts, and community organizers to explore the growing importance—and complexity—of privacy in decentralized social platforms from Meta, the Data Transfer Initiative and the Social Web Foundation. As adoption of the Fediverse expands globally, this session focused on how interoperability can be achieved without compromising the privacy and autonomy of its users.

At the heart of the discussion was ActivityPub, the W3C standard that underpins most Fediverse platforms, enabling users to communicate across services such as Mastodon, PeerTube, and Lemmy. While this interoperability is foundational to the Fediverse’s decentralized vision, it also introduces new challenges: how to maintain user control and confidentiality when posts, profiles, and interactions can be federated across hundreds or even thousands of independently governed servers. Other protocols mentioned that ideally aim for Fediverse interoperability include Bluesky’s ATproto and DSNP.

Speakers acknowledged the fundamental tension between decentralization and privacy. In traditional centralized platforms, privacy controls are embedded within a single governance structure. In the Fediverse, each server can adopt its own privacy and moderation policies, which now includes whether to interoperate, or “federate,” with other platforms.

Several panelists emphasized the need for privacy by design at both the protocol and application level. This includes clearer visibility into where data travels, options to restrict federated visibility of posts, and default behaviors that favor user protection. End-to-end encryption was discussed as a promising but underdeveloped feature in the current Fediverse stack, with particular relevance for direct messages and private groups.

The session also highlighted emerging approaches to user agency and consent. Some platforms are experimenting with metadata labels that define intended audience or restrict visibility beyond a specific domain. Others are developing tools to make moderation decisions more transparent and portable—enabling users and communities to coalesce around shared trust models without imposing top-down controls.

Another major theme was moderation and governance in an interoperable system. Server administrators often rely on blocklists and reputation signals to manage exposure to spam, harassment, or misinformation. However, there remains a lack of shared standards or interoperable tooling for coordinating these decisions across networks. Speakers urged further exploration of decentralized trust models and cooperative moderation strategies that are transparent, auditable, and adaptable to local community norms.

The session also touched on the evolving regulatory landscape, particularly the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR), Digital Services Act (DSA), and Digital Markets Act (DMA). Participants noted that while GDPR offers a strong foundation for individual data rights, its application in decentralized systems remains complex—especially when determining the role of data controllers across federated services. In particular, participants noted that the objectives of ensuring data openness and portability is often in direct conflict with the objectives of providing end-to-end data privacy and security. As a result, there are many open questions about how to deploy federated services within existing data protection frameworks.

Several recent laws in Europe both present opportunities and challenges for federation and interoperability. The DSA’s emphasis on transparency, content moderation, and systemic risk assessments was seen as both a challenge and an opportunity for the Fediverse to differentiate itself through community-led governance. Additionally, several participants lauded DMA’s interoperability mandates as a way to ensure a way to encourage gatekeepers to provide more open interfaces, but participants also noted risks to privacy, particularly if security, safety, and consent are not central to implementation. The Fediverse, by contrast, offers a living example of how interoperability can coexist with decentralization and rights-respecting design.

In summary, while the Fediverse promises a radical departure from walled-garden platforms, participants agreed that privacy and consent need to be an important part of Fediverse infrastructure, both at the technical layer and the governance layer. Without that, it may be difficult to reconcile traditional data subject privacy rights with federation. The conversation underscored that privacy and interoperability are not mutually exclusive—but realizing both requires thoughtful design, collaborative experimentation, and sustained investment in tooling.

Action Points for Future Work

  1. Develop Federated Privacy/Bot Labels
    Create standard metadata fields within ActivityPub to indicate content visibility, consent preferences, and sharing restrictions across servers.
  2. Advance Encryption for Direct Communication
    Prioritize implementation of end-to-end encryption for private messaging and groups in major Fediverse platforms.
  3. Design User-Centric Privacy Controls
    Build intuitive interfaces that allow users to control how their data federates and who can interact with their content.
  4. Create Moderation Portability Tools
    Develop interoperable mechanisms for server admins and users to share blocklists, trust scores, and moderation decisions transparently.
  5. Establish Cross-Community Governance Frameworks
    Convene working groups across Fediverse communities to co-design norms and policies that align privacy, interoperability, and accountability.
  6. Fund Research and Infrastructure Development
    Support grants and fellowships for open-source developers working on privacy-preserving protocols and infrastructure in the decentralized web.
  7. Ensure Clear and Consistent Regulatory Standards
    Monitor and respond to regulatory developments such as the EU’s Digital Markets Act, which mandates interoperability for gatekeeper platforms. Use this regulatory momentum to advocate for clarity around how privacy and interoperability frameworks work together to improve decentralization without undermining user consent.

This session laid the groundwork for a vital and ongoing conversation about how to embed human rights—especially privacy and autonomy—into the technical architecture of a federated future. As the Fediverse evolves, it has the opportunity to model new paradigms of platform governance—ones that empower users and safeguard communities without relying on centralized control. The work begins now.

The full session can be viewed online at IGF 2025 - Day 1 - WS 3 - Privacy Preserving Interoperability and the Fediverse

IGF 2025 Day 0 Event #92 Eyes on the Watchers: Challenging the Rise of Police Facial

Updated:
Session Report

Introduction

The session focused on INCLO’s recent project on the use of facial recognition technology (FRT) for policing which resulted in the creation of 18 principles. These principles provide a foundation for understanding the risks associated with FRT and serve as a tool for assessment and advocacy for those seeking to challenge its use. The project builds on the 2021 INCLO report In Focus: Facial Recognition Stories and Rights Harms From Around the World. The session had experts on the topic from our member organizations present for the conversation. Olga Cronin from the Irish Council of Civil Liberties (ICCL) moderated the session, with Adam Remport from the Hungarian Civil Liberties Union (HCLU) and Tomás Ignacio Griffa from Centro de Estudios Legales y Sociales (CELS) as panelists for the conversation. The discussion expanded on the FRT report and analyzed the principles along the lines of the current situation, legislation and policies in place in the jurisdictions in focus, Argentina and Hungary.

The conversation

The session highlighted FRT’s potential misuse, the growing interconnectedness of state surveillance systems and its ongoing impact on individual freedoms. Some points highlighted by the session are:

  • Facial Recognition Technology (FRT) Poses Serious Risks to plethora of rights: The global trend toward increased use of FRT by law enforcement often lacks legal bases, safeguards, transparency, and sufficient oversight, posing risks of mass surveillance, discrimination, and human rights violations.
  • The INCLO FRT Principles Offer a Rights-Based Framework for Evaluation and Advocacy: Developed through global collaboration, these principles help assess the human rights implications of FRT and serve as a tool for those advocating against the use of FRT by police or seeking to have that use limited.
  • Collaborative Discussion Enhances Global Understanding and Strategy Development: Interactive, cross-regional dialogue in session such as this (the IGF session) allows for shared diverse perspectives and experiences, strengthening strategies to challenge harmful FRT practices.

Conclusions

The session reestablished the position that the pervasive deployment of FRT systems by police has a negative impact on the lives and fundamental rights of those under the surveillance of these technologies. The session concluded with the following:

  • Use the INCLO Principles to Evaluate Local FRT Policies or Proposals: The INCLO principles can be used as a great tool to analyze current or proposed FRT deployments in your jurisdiction using the framework to assess compliance with relevant standards such as transparency, accountability, and human rights.
  • Engage in Public Advocacy and Legal Challenges Where Necessary: Leverage the principles to support campaigns, draft policy recommendations, or build legal arguments challenging unlawful or unregulated FRT use by authorities.
  • Foster Community Dialogue and Multi-Stakeholder Engagement: Organize workshops or forums using interactive tools (such as art) to engage community members, lawmakers, and technologists in discussions to help with communicating the dangers of FRT.
IGF 2025 Lightning Talk #107 Irish regulator builds a safe and trusted online environment

Updated:
Session Report

Overview

Coimisiún na Meán (CnaM) is Ireland's new media and online safety regulator with a comprehensive mandate covering online safety, traditional broadcast regulation, and media landscape development. As Ireland hosts major tech platforms, CnaM plays a crucial role in European digital regulation, with its mission centred on protecting fundamental rights and fostering an open, democratic, and pluralistic society. Objective 3 of the Global Digital Compact is to foster an inclusive, open, safe and secure digital space that respects, protects and promotes human rights. The commitments under this objective, namely 1) Human rights, 2) Internet governance, 3) Digital trust and safety, and 4) Information integrity are fully reflected in CnaM’s strategic direction.

Strategic Framework

CnaM's strategy focuses on six key outcomes for Ireland's media landscape:

  • Children: Upholding children's rights, wellbeing, and safe content engagement
  • Democracy: Supporting democratic values, civic discourse, and reducing disinformation
  • Trust: Ensuring consumer protection from exploitation and fraud
  • Diversity and Inclusion: Promoting justice, equality, and inclusion
  • Culture: Creating sustainable, pluralistic media reflecting Irish society
  • Public Safety: Strengthening public health and safety

Regulatory Approach

CnaM employs a multi-faceted approach including empowering people through media literacy, supporting Irish media development, conducting research on sector trends, holding regulated entities accountable through the Digital Services Act (DSA) and Broadcasting Act enforcement, and contributing to internet governance ecosystems through collaboration at national, EU, and international levels.

Election Integrity 

During the significant 2024 election year, CnaM demonstrated how Europe-wide digital regulation enables coordination and harmonization across countries. Key achievements include resources such as DSA Election Guidelines developed by the European Commission and an elections toolkit for Digital Services Coordinators. CnaM organized election roundtables and partnered with An Garda Síochána to create a candidate information pack, recognizing that electoral integrity challenges mirror broader democratic concerns and as such require continuous attention.

Protection of Children

CnaM addresses child protection through both content and systems approaches. The Online Safety Code protects children from certain content, including self-harm promotion, eating disorders, and cyberbullying, while requiring age assurance for pornographic or violent content. The DSA mandates platforms take appropriate measures to protect minors' safety, security, and privacy, with draft guidelines covering addictive design features, age verification, default privacy settings, and recommender system safeguards. CnaM complements these regulatory powers through educational initiatives like the "Rights, Rules and Reporting Online" resource distributed to all post-primary schools.

Ireland's Global Role

Ireland's position as home to major tech platforms creates both responsibility and opportunity, with CnaM's decisions having implications across Europe and beyond. The regulator actively contributes to the Global Digital Compact's vision of an inclusive, open, safe, and secure digital space. CnaM remains committed to not just regulating the digital future but actively shaping it in service of democratic values and human rights.

IGF 2025 Open Forum #66 The Ecosystem for Digital Cooperation in Development

Updated:
Session Report

The session covered four main areas: DPI; access; SDGs; and the ecosystem of collaboration.

Digital Public Infrastructure (DPI): DPIs should be based on open, non-commercial solutions, and the principles of digital sovereignty. Open solutions foster catalytic funding for DPIs, avoid duplication and bridge the gap between government, business and international actors.

DPIs provide elements for independent solutions and grassroots organisations. The lack of access, being a fundamental part of the DPIs, during the pandemic has had serious consequences, with schools in developing economies being closed completely for about two years, leaving children and young people without an adequate learning environment. The effects are visible today.

Recommendations: 

a) Development agencies have great potential to address how digital technology can be used to engage the whole of society, including «every single human». 

b) Every involved entity should ensure that solutions are not developed in isolation, which can be achieved through established partnerships and promote long-term stability.

c) Include capacity building, strengthening institutional frameworks, and arenas for new solutions: «Youth have good ideas but lack the funds to convert them into reality.»

d) We need affordable solutions that are scalable, not high-end solutions that are not.

 

Access: With 2.6 billion people not connected, efforts need to focus on connectivity of strategic development entities (SDEs), such as schools, health stations, government properties and community centres. The majority of people without access are in the African regions, thus we need to strengthen the African voice in the global arena. A variety of access solutions are required, including connected schools, community learning and living labs (CL3), community networks, and commercial connectivity solutions by ISPs, mobile network operators, and satellite network operators.

The success factor from the experience of more than 200 connected schools in Tanzania is community integration and using schools as gateways to enhance the digital opportunities of communities.

Recommendations:

a) There is a need for digital solutions that can be scaled up to have an impact, such as transferring ownership to communities, integrating of access into local systems, and sharing knowledge within the communities.

b) Digital solutions are the priority as they are scalable and universal, and can drive socio-economic change. Policies are needed to implement this, e.g. competitive pricing for community networks and affordable access for schools and CL3s.

 

SDGs: With only 17% of SDG targets currently on track (ITU, Sep2024), there is an urgent need for scalable solutions, increased investment and strong public–private partnerships. Digital transformation creating the Digital Public Infrastructure (DPI) is one of the pillars for achieving the SDGs, with Access and Digital Public Goods (DPGs) as key components of DPIs. A functioning DPI is based on affordable access for SDEs, will facilitate the transition and contribute to the shift from vertical sectors (health, education, agriculture, etc.) to horizontal services.

A universal accessible DPI will allow students to join lectures and meetings on their phones, individuals to see opportunities, and entrepreneurs to create and adopt to market needs. Development agencies, universities and ministries of (higher) education have the responsibility to provide accessibility to digital education, including policies, infrastructure and training.

Recommendations:

a) Leapfrog the SDGs through DPIs, including the access to an open, affordable and inclusive internet. Establish with evidence-based actions and solutions on «what works».

b) With billions being unconnected due to the lack of infrastructure and access, drive PPP partnerships to solve the challenges of access, while demanding equity and inclusion.

c) Foster soft capital by implementing hands-on development projects in the Global South.

d) Harmonise policies and provide evidence that interventions are driving the change. The three Os: open science, open innovation and open the world are more important than ever.

 

 

An ecosystem of collaborations with governments, the public sector, young people, local communities and private companies following the three Os (Open science, open innovation and open the world). ICT is the basis for transition, as demonstrated every day by the UiO's health system DHIS2. Neglected groups include the 123 million displaced people worldwide (end-2024, UNHCR) who are left aside to pursue higher education.

Universities can utilise the power of research to remain at the forefront of technology, though must ensure that technology is being used. Academia and youth need to challenge the current 'state of the art', for example by demanding affordable access to SDEs. 

Capacity limitations require cross-sectoral developments, institution strengthening and public sector transformation.

Recommendations: 

a) Ensure that nobody is left behind when it comes to access and opportunities for education.

b) Multistakeholder partnerships require inclusive policies (policy consulting) and solutions that foster the civil society. 

c) Break the silos, and foster knowledge-based implementation that can scale.

d) Universities are gateways, and should contribute actively to DPIs by training instructors, improve access, and enable digital educational solutions.

 

Key Take-aways

  1. Establishing Digital Public Infrastructures (DPIs) is mandatory for achieving the SDGs. 
  2. Affordable Access to an open Internet is a key pilar of the DPIs, and needs a collaborative approach through the ecosystem of all actors.
  3. Multistakeholder partnerships require inclusive policies (policy consulting) and solutions that foster the civil society. 

 

Call-to-action

  1. With billions being unconnected due to the lack of infrastructure and access, drive PPP partnerships to solve the challenges of access, while demanding equity and inclusion.
  2. Policies are needed to implement open, scalable and universal digital solutions, e.g. affordable prices for the access through community networks, for schools and for Community Learning and Living Labs (CL3).
  3. Establish evidence for affordable solutions that are scalable, driven by open science, open innovation and open the world (the three Os).
IGF 2025 Open Forum #58 Collaborating for Trustworthy AI: An OECD Toolkit and Spotlight on AI in Government

Updated:
Session Report

This OECD Open Forum brought together international experts to discuss two critical aspects of AI governance and ongoing OECD initiatives: implementing AI principles through a practical toolkit (Toolkit to implement the OECD AI Principles, currently under development) and deploying AI in government services (a forthcoming OECD report, Governing with AI). Accordingly, the discussion was structured into two segments.

1. OECD AI Principles Implementation Toolkit

Yoichi Iida, the moderator, began by highlighting Japan’s role in proposing the OECD AI Principles in 2016 and their importance in shaping recent AI governance initiatives, such as the Hiroshima AI Process Reporting Framework for the Code of Conduct for Advanced AI systems.

Marlon Avalos explained that the OECD AI Policy Toolkit was inspired by Costa Rica’s experience in developing its national AI strategy. Despite political stability and a technically skilled workforce, Costa Rica faced significant challenges in crafting actionable policies to promote trustworthy AI.

Lucia Russo outlined the Toolkit’s key features:

  • A self-assessment tool for countries to evaluate their AI governance status and priorities
  • Region-specific guidance tailored to different developmental contexts
  • A repository of best practices from comparable countries, drawing on resources from the OECD AI Policy Observatory (OECD.AI)

She noted that the Toolkit is being developed through co-creation workshops in several world regions, also aimed at fostering knowledge-sharing networks among participating countries.

Jibu Elias showcased grassroots AI initiatives in India, including accessibility tools developed by students. He emphasized that responsible AI must be inclusive, accessible, and grounded in local values, with a focus on communities most affected yet least represented in AI development.

Anne Rachel underscored both the opportunities and the significant barriers to AI adoption in Africa. She highlighted potential applications in healthcare, agriculture, and education, while also noting critical infrastructure challenges: only 22% of Africans have broadband access, and 16 African countries are landlocked. Furthermore, only 2% of African-generated data is used locally, and AI systems often perform poorly on African populations. Despite these challenges, she advocated for culturally-grounded, context-appropriate solutions, stressing that taking the time to develop these properly is more important than rushing to implement AI without sufficient understanding.

The discussion underscored the need for inclusive, context-aware, and collaborative approaches to ensure that AI governance and deployment truly serve diverse societies worldwide.

2. Spotlight on AI in Government

This segment explored how governments are deploying AI to enhance public service delivery policymaking, internal operations, and accountability, drawing on OECD research and country experiences. 

Seong Ju Park opened with findings from the forthcoming OECD report Governing with AI, which analyses over 200 AI use cases across 11 government functions. She highlighted that AI is increasingly used to automate and personalise services, enhance decision-making, and improve accountability. However, governments face challenges in scaling pilots, navigating regulatory constraints, and addressing risks such as incorrect or skewed data or public resistance. The OECD’s evolving framework for AI in government focuses on three pillars: enablers (e.g. data, skills, infrastructure), guardrails and stakeholder engagement.

Katarina de Brisis shared Norway’s experience, noting that AI is already delivering tangible benefits in sectors such as healthcare, taxation, and policing. For example, AI-assisted X-ray analysis reduced patient wait times by 79 days, and tax fraud detection improved from 12% to 85%, generating significant public revenue. A 2025 survey found that 70% of state agencies use AI, mostly for tasks like drafting job ads or case processing. However, municipalities lag behind. She emphasised the need for better tools to assess AI’s impact and for strong leadership and competence within public agencies. Norway is implementing the EU AI Act and investing in national infrastructure, including high-performance computing and foundational models in Norwegian and Sami languages. A regulatory sandbox and the new “AI Norway” initiative will support safe experimentation and compliance.

Jungwook Kim outlined Korea’s approach, structured around three pillars: innovation, inclusion, and investment. Innovation requires transforming data, infrastructure, and service design. Inclusion addresses digital divides by gender, region, and income, and calls for training both civil servants and citizens. Investment is essential to support these efforts. On trustworthy AI, he stressed the importance of securing personal data, building consensus on data use, and establishing agile governance systems to manage evolving risks. Korea’s experience shows that AI safety must be embedded in both technical design and institutional frameworks.

The segment concluded with a shared recognition that while AI offers transformative potential for government, realising this requires strategic investment, inclusive design, and robust safeguards to ensure trust and accountability.

IGF 2025 Open Forum #7 Advancing Data Governance together – Across Regions

Updated:
Session Report

Speakers:

  • Hosted by Dr. Ismaila Ceesay, Minister of Information, The Republic of The Gambia
  • Milan Marinović, Commissioner for Information of Public Importance and Personal Data Protection, Serbia
  • Meri Sheroyan, Co-Founder Digital Armenia, Armenia
  • Folake Olagunju, Ag. Director, Digital Economy & Post, ECOWAS Commission
  • Olga Kyryliuk, Chair of Executive Committee at SEEDIG
  • Tattu Mambetalieva, Director, Civil Initiatives on Internet Policy, Kyrgyzstan

Moderators

  • Wairagala Wakabi, Executive Director Collaboration on International ICT Policy for East and Southern Africa (CIPESA)

Session Goal
The session Advancing Data Governance together – Across Regions brought together notable speakers from across regions to discuss data governance in line with the IGF sub-theme “Building Digital Cooperation”. By engaging policymakers, civil society actors and regional experts, the session identified opportunities for regional and interregional cooperation, fostering governance models that promote responsible data sharing and sustainable digital development. The session was moderated by Wairagala Wakabi from CIPESA and hosted by Dr. Ismaila Ceesay, Minister of Information from The Gambia.

From West Africa, the Eastern Partnership, the Western Balkans, and Central Asia common challenges, from regulatory fragmentation, privacy protection and regional frameworks, were presented. Together, actionable steps were identified which could contribute to enhancing cross-border trust, economic development, and convergence among frameworks. Beyond individual national policies, the session discussed strategies to balance innovation, security, and fundamental digital and civic rights (incl. freedom of information and expression) while enabling seamless and fair data exchanges. The session thus explored pathways for collaborative and future-ready data governance that reinforce trust in cross-border data flows while safeguarding data sovereignty and user rights.

Key takeaways
1. National data ecosystems are diverse, and there is no one-glove-fits-all approach to regulate them. While we should strive to harmonize across borders, this should not be understood as homogenization across borders. Nuances among sovereign ecosystems exist and national priorities and data governance approaches differ. Across the board, the session underscored the importance of context-sensitive, multistakeholder strategies that consider aspects such as data localization, capacity requirements, and stakeholder ecosystems.

2. Regional actors play a critical role in creating favourable and cooperative environments for cross-border data flows. Organizations such as the African Union/ECOWAS, and European Union/SEEDIG play a critical role in setting norms, facilitating interregional dialogue and promoting cross-border data governance. Countries that exist outside of these regional organisations risk being left behind and thus unable to leverage data for sustainable
development. Inclusive and participatory global mechanisms are therefore essential to close the capacity gap and minimize cross-border disparities.

3. Civil society actors are essential intermediaries in aligning civic tech voices with governmental bodies. CSOs play a crucial role as watchdogs in identifying misuse, barriers and ethical issues of data as well as in addressing public mistrust towards the use of data for service delivery. Their role is therefore clear in contributing to closing the communication gap. Outreach and education campaigns should consider creating awareness on the increasing role and importance of data in everyday life. Civil society thereby plays a key role in increasing governance principles such as participation, transparency and accountability in the data governance lifecycle.

Call to Action
1. Strengthen harmonization among continental data governance frameworks. Ensuring meaningful participation of underrepresented and marginalized stakeholders is essential. Dominant frameworks tend to benefit well-positioned actors, while others lack access to data holders. Their participation is crucial to close the digital and data divide. Regional peer-learning platforms could facilitate a structured exchange between policymakers, regulators, technology companies and civil society actors, and be scaled for impact.

2. Conduct a global mapping of regulatory bottlenecks in cross-border data sharing to identify persistent challenges related to legal frameworks, infrastructure, and interoperability. The results should guide coordinated efforts by Data Protection Authorities and other data stakeholders.

3. Set up and invest in data sharing initiatives that are tested in controlled environments. Smaller initiatives can trial interoperable data systems for specific sectors and create use-cases for scaling. Multistakeholder and multisectoral approaches for smaller data sharing initiatives would contribute to trust-building on specific policy issues. Testing paired with capacity-building would in turn increase the institutional, legal, and technical expertise of stakeholders.

IGF 2025 WS #241 Balancing Acts 2.0: Can Encryption and Safety Co-Exist?

Updated:
Session Report

Objective

This follow-up to IGF 2024’s “Balancing Acts: Encryption, Privacy, and Public Safety” aimed to move the conversation from ideological confrontation to practical cooperation. The workshop explored whether encryption and safety—particularly child protection—can truly co-exist, and what governance, regulatory, and technical measures are needed to enable this balance.

Speakers represented a cross-section of government, civil society, industry, and international organisations. Together, they examined how encryption affects law enforcement investigations, what safeguards are needed to uphold privacy and human rights, and where compromise is possible to protect the most vulnerable users.


Key Themes & Discussion Highlights

1. Encryption and Safety Must Co-Exist

Katie Noyes (FBI) grounded the session with a clear assertion: “encryption and safety have to co-exist.” She cited over 17,000 stalled investigations across FBI field offices due to encrypted platforms. While affirming privacy as a human right, she also highlighted its qualified nature when unlawful activity is involved.

2. Context Matters: Global South Inclusion

Honey Makola (ICASA) stressed that policy frameworks must reflect local realities: “Policy will not work if it doesn’t reflect the Global South.” Limited technical infrastructure, economic capacity, and trust in institutions mean universal models are unlikely to work without adaptation.

3. From Ideology to Innovation and Implementation

Lloyd Richardson (Protect Children) reminded attendees that “this is not about banning encryption,” but about developing safeguards that uphold privacy while enabling protective responses. New and emerging technologies—such as client-side scanning, homomorphic encryption, and differential privacy—were referenced as possible areas for innovation, with appropriate safeguards and transparency.

4. Barriers in Standards Bodies and Technical Governance

Andrew Campling highlighted the lack of child safety representation and diversity in technical standards forums such as the IETF, contributing to an imbalance in perspectives. Discussion included examples of interoperability challenges in parental controls and the need for open protocols to enable safety tools to function securely.

5. Judicial Oversight and Legal Frameworks

There was consensus on the importance of judicial authorisation, proportionality, and transparent oversight when considering lawful access requests. Examples from South Africa and other jurisdictions illustrated diverse legal approaches.

6. Audience Reflections: The Debate Keeps Cycling

A notable intervention from the floor questioned why the same arguments recur in multiple venues without resolution. Panelists agreed and proposed focusing on areas where compromise is most viable, including improving endpoint safety, investing in privacy-preserving technologies, and widening stakeholder engagement.


Call to Action

Governments & Regulators

  • Support initiatives that develop and pilot regulatory or technical models allowing targeted, rights-respecting access without undermining encryption’s integrity.

Technical Standards Bodies

  • Proactively reduce barriers to entry for underrepresented groups, including civil society, regulators, and the Global South, in standards development processes.

Industry & Civil Society

  • Co-invest in privacy-preserving technologies that can detect and prevent harm—particularly against children—without instituting surveillance infrastructure.


Conclusion & Next Steps

The panel made clear that the status quo is not sustainable. There was no single agreed solution, but there was shared recognition that a more inclusive, compromise-focused approach is urgently required. Balancing encryption and safety is not just possible—it is essential to maintain public trust, prevent harm, and safeguard rights.

The IGF remains an important forum to surface these tensions and work collaboratively on paths forward. The organisers and panelists welcome further engagement on these issues and stand ready to contribute to the development of global solutions.

IGF 2025 How the PNMA Concepts Portfolio effectively contributes to the WSIS+20 Process and GDC implementation

Updated:
Session Report
"This is the most substantive intersessional activity that I think IGF undertakes... we can give concrete feedback to local and regional actors about how well the Internet is performing for those users in those locales."

Vint Cerf at the 2025 PNMA Main Session 

 

2025 Call to action:

1. With the close assistance of the IGF Secretariat and the Leadership Panel, debut a permanent dialogue between the PNMA community and regional and global actors (such as the EU, the AU, the OAS or other similar institutions) to encourage projects’ replication and scaling up. The PN activities shall continue throughout the year until the publication of the output report scheduled for end November 2025.

2. The PNMA’s unique value proposition (UVP) within the WSIS+20 process and the GDC implementation: define the benefits of the policy network in a clear manner, UVP knowledge and community practices that could become “proof of concepts” for Meaningful Access policies.

3. Publication of a PNMA Roadmap towards the 2025 Output Report and the WSIS+20 High Level Meeting.

 

IGF 2025 Open Forum #53 AI for Sustainable Development: Country Insights and Strategies

Updated:
Session Report

“AI for Sustainable Development: Country Insights and Strategies” 

 Event Report | IGF Open Forum 53 | 24 June 2025 | Lillestrøm, Norway 

Overview:

Open Forum 53, titled AI for Sustainable Development: Country Insights and Strategies, convened on Day 1 of the Internet Governance Forum (IGF) 2025 to explore the intersection of artificial intelligence (AI) and digital equity with a focus on country-level action to leverage AI for development. Held in a hybrid format co-organized by the United Nations Development Programme (UNDP), Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, and Co-Creation Hub Africa (CcHUB), the session brought together global experts across academia, civil society, government, and the private sector.  

Purpose:  

This session aimed at examining how AI can be leveraged for sustainable development at the country level, while mitigating growing global inequalities. At present, only 2% of global data centers are located in Africa and just 5% of African AI innovators have the necessary computational resources. These gaps illustrate a stark imbalance that threatens to widen unless inclusive strategies are actively pursued. As such, participants examined how country-level strategies can be designed to harness AI's potential, while addressing structural imbalances and reinforcing human-centered, inclusive governance models against the backdrop of alignment with broader global processes such as the Global Digital Compact and the WSIS+20 Review. 

Panelists: 

  • Aubra Anthony (Carnegie Endowment) 
  • Armando Guio-Español (Network of Centers) 
  • Oluwaseun Adepoju (CcHUB) 
  • Anshul Sonak (Intel) 
  • Abhishek Singh (Ministry of Electronics & IT, Government of India) 
  • Moderated by Yu Ping Chan, Head of UNDP’s Digital Partnerships & Engagement 

Key Themes & Discussion Highlights: 

This panel discussion emphasized a clear and pressing reality: while AI can enhance development progress , the benefits are not guaranteed to reach all communities equally. Left unaddressed, current trends risk further concentrating AI development and power in a small set of actors and regions, leaving behind entire populations. Speakers pointed to multiple systemic barriers, including the dominance of large multinational tech firms, diminishing international development aid, and a lack of localized infrastructure to support evolving digital ecosystems. As a result, the conversation centered around a need to reframe AI development, not as something imposed “from above,” but rather as a collaborative, context-aware process built from the ground up. 

Audience participation through Slido helped frame and reinforce the session’s direction. When asked what themes they most wanted to hear in the discussion, participants highlighted AI in media, capacity building, inclusion, and AI regulation, signaling the importance of practical, policy-oriented dialogue. A second question measuring optimism around AI’s role in accelerating inclusive sustainable development over the next five years produced an average score of 5.8 out of 10, reflecting cautious optimism about AI’s potential when paired with inclusive strategies and intentional design.  Further highlighted was the fact that many communities in the Global South often serve as primary data providers, yet have little input in defining problems, building solutions, or evaluating impact. To shift this paradigm, the session advocated for a new approach- one where AI ecosystems are co-created with communities, drawing on regional expertise, linguistic diversity, and cultural knowledge. For AI to serve as a meaningful development tool, local populations must be engaged at every level: From shaping problem statements to co-building and evaluating tools that reflect the community’s true needs and aspirations. 

However, given the nature of the current international climate, funding emerged as another critical dimension to be addressed. Traditional top-down models have been widely criticized as extractive and unsustainable. Thus, the panel instead urged stakeholders to design participatory and multi-stakeholder funding mechanisms that are responsive to local priorities and capable of becoming self-sustaining. Beyond capital, capacity building was also identified as a core enabler, from digital infrastructure and local language models to behavioral science expertise and AI literacy. 

A final Slido question invited participants to name the top priority for building an inclusive AI ecosystem. Their responses- access, knowledge and skills, sustainability, transparency, AI literacy, capacity building, and responsible AI- closely mirrored the core themes discussed throughout the panel. These responses underscored broad alignment between the speakers and audience on what’s most needed to ensure AI systems serve all communities, not just a few. Throughout the discussion, the importance of responsible and sustainable AI practices was repeatedly emphasized. Environmental concerns, especially the high energy consumption of large-scale AI systems, raised further questions about how to balance technological innovation with climate-conscious development. At the same time, panelists expressed cautious optimism. With the right structures in place, AI can still become a powerful equalizer, rather than an amplifier of global inequality. 

Integrated Insights and Takeaways 
Three key insights emerged across the discussion. First, the widening digital and AI equity gap poses a direct risk to sustainable development, especially in the Global South. Without urgent interventions, the technological divide will deepen, excluding millions from the benefits of AI-driven growth. Second, the panel underscored the need for human-centered and inclusive AI systems that are embedded in local contexts. This means designing technologies that reflect local languages, cultures, and challenges, not simply repurposing tools created elsewhere. Finally, there was a strong call for rethinking responsibility. From energy consumption to the ethics of data use, from public transparency to algorithmic fairness. AI must be deployed sustainably and in a way that centers, rather than sidelines, the communities it seeks to serve.  

Embedded Calls to Action 
To realize this vision, participants called for intentional and sustained investment in local capacity. This includes not only technical infrastructure, but also education, linguistic inclusion, and the development of AI literacy programs that empower local leaders, innovators, and citizens alike. Equally important is the creation of non-extractive, collaborative funding models that support long-term ecosystem growth. These models should be co-designed with local actors and tailored to regional needs, shifting away from the “helicopter” approach of externally driven aid. Lastly, inclusive governance frameworks must be prioritized, particularly ones that foster broad participation, community oversight, and trust. Building equitable AI is not simply a technical challenge; it is a governance imperative, rooted in principles of justice, access, and accountability. 

Conclusion 
IGF Open Forum 53 served as a powerful reminder that AI’s promise can only be realized through inclusive, responsible, and locally rooted strategies. Importantly, the session not only emphasized these values in theory, but it also embodied them through active audience participation. The use of live Slido engagement ensured that a diverse range of voices helped shape the discussion in real time, surfacing both shared concerns and collective aspirations. The potential exists for economic resilience, public service delivery, and transformational change. But whether AI becomes a bridge or a barrier to sustainable development will depend on the decisions made today. As the session demonstrated, the tools, knowledge, and drive are already present in communities across the Global South. What’s needed now is collective, long-term commitment to equity, inclusion, and co-creation in the global AI agenda. 

IGF 2025 Multistakeholder digital governance beyond 2025

Updated:
[Building] Digital Cooperation
Key Takeaways:
Multistakeholder governance is widely recognized as a necessary and effective model., National and Regional IGFs (NRIs) are foundational in surfacing local issues and voices. Youth inclusion remains underrepresented and must be prioritized.
Calls to Action
Governments should integrate civil society and technical experts into official delegations. Invest in youth-focused digital policy education and participation. Establish funding mechanisms to sustain national IGFs., Prioritize accessibility in process design, including language and cultural contexts. Promote community-led digital literacy and climate-resilient infrastructure in SIDS and vulnerable regions.
Session Report

The session titled “Enhancing Multistakeholder Participation in Global Digital Governance Beyond 2025” brought together stakeholders from diverse regions and sectors to discuss actionable strategies for inclusive and participatory digital governance. At the heart of the discussion were the São Paulo Multistakeholder Guidelines, WSIS+20 review and the Global Digital Compact, viewed as pivotal moments to redefine participation frameworks and ensure sustainability.

Byron Holland, representing the Canada IGF, discussed the ways in which multistakeholder approach can be strengthened within the UN led processes. Further, he highlighted certain pivotal points pertaining to transparency, comprehensibility, accessibility and the actionable role of distinct stakeholders to make significant difference.

Hon. Minister Nthati Moorosi presented Lesotho’s model of embedding multistakeholder practices into national strategies. The annual Lesotho IGF exemplifies grassroots engagement and cross-sector collaboration. She urged for global mechanisms to follow suit and not treat participation as symbolic.

Declan McDermott shared the journey of the Island IGF, which despite being new, has already seen meaningful engagement. His emphasis on the different scaling approaches offers a roadmap for other NRIs.

Agustina Ordoñez stressed the importance of learning from Latin America’s local experiences and called for more youth and political actors in IGF spaces. Joyce Chen articulated the psychological and historical barriers to entry, particularly for newcomers, and advocated for contextual onboarding and storytelling tools.

Joyce Chen pointed out certain historical context and usage of complex language(s) in IG spaces often alienate newcomers while proposing novel approaches including storytelling, community onboarding, and government openness in including non-governmental advisors, to leverage NRIs and other community-led initiatives.

SIDS representative Sarai Tevita emphasized the role of multistakeholderism in overcoming vulnerabilities and building climate-smart, inclusive digital systems. She called for localized solutions and emphasized capacity building for sustainable participation.

Ahmed Farag, speaking from the Middle East perspective, proposed a fresh start in consultations that connects stakeholders from the beginning and balances inclusivity with regulatory firmness.

The discussion was enriched by inputs, questions and comments from members, including Mamud (Bangladesh IGF) and Nazza Kurama (Tanzania IGF), who underscored the importance of linguistic and financial inclusivity.

Key Takeaways and Action Items

Participants agreed that while the multistakeholder model has strong support, its impact depends on real, consistent, and context-aware implementation. There is an urgent need to:

  • Scale existing NRI models to new territories.
  • Translate grassroots input into high-level policy influence.
  • Equip new participants with accessible resources and institutional backing.
  • Develop trust funds and digital education programs that reflect local realities.
  • Mainstream the multistakeholder model across all UN-led and national processes.

The session concluded with a shared commitment to sustaining and amplifying inclusive practices that bring digital governance closer to the people it serves.

 

IGF 2025 Open Forum #60 Cooperating for digital resilience and prosperity

Updated:
Session Report

Background: 
As a key advocate for networked multilateralism, the DCO is actively contributing to the implementation of the GDC objectives, including bridging digital divides, fostering responsible data governance, and promoting AI for the benefit of humanity. This session, led by the Digital Cooperation Organization (DCO), explored how governments, international organizations, businesses, and civil society can work together to advance the implementation of the United Nations Global Digital Compact (GDC)—ensuring an open, free, secure, and human-centered digital future for all. 

The session highlighted DCO’s 4-year Agenda adopt4ed in February 2025, as well as the Digital Economy Navigator (DEN)—an innovative tool designed to assess, prioritize, and design digital transformation across economies, enabling evidence-based policymaking and strategic investments. By showcasing successful cooperation models, actionable insights, and emerging digital solutions, this discussion emphasized how coordinated global action can foster inclusive and sustainable economic growth and strengthen digital resilience in an era of transformative technologies. 

Participants:
1.    Hassan Nasser, DCO Special Envoy for Multilateral Affairs.
2.    Ryszard Frelek, Counsellor, WIPO.
3.    Dr. Wariowei Dimie, Director of Corporate Planning and Strategy at the National IT Development Agency of Nigeria (NITDA).
4.    Giulia Ajmone Marsan, Head of Startup and Digital Inclusion, Economic Research Institute for ASEAN and East Asia (ERIA).
5.    Concettina Cassa, Head of International Affairs, AgID.
6.    Torbjorn Fredriksson, Head, E-commerce and Digital Economy Branch, UNCTAD (VIRTUAL).
7.    Prof. Luca Belli, PhD, Professor, FGV Law School, Coordinator, Center for Technology & Society 
8.    Liz Kiehner, Chief Growth Officer North America, Nortal (VIRTUAL).

Moderator: 
Sameem Gaffar, Multilateral Engagement Senior Manager, DCO.

Outcomes: 
Take away 1: Avoid overlap or fragmentation of mandates and ensure synergies. Today’s dialogue reflected the multiplicity of stakeholders and perspective. From Asia to Latin America, private sector to government, UN system to regional organization. Based on the deliberations, we can see consensus on the fact that in a world facing fragmentation and polarization, digital cooperation is a necessity to ensure we harness the potential of digital transformation while addressing and mitigating the risk and making sure that no one is left behind. 
Take away 2: Reflecting on the adoption of the UN GDC and the WSIS process, panelists underlined that digital cooperation will benefit from these strong commitments and existing mechanisms. However, the specific requirements and peculiarities of the Global South, Developing Countries, and marginalized populations should be embedded in revised and new mechanisms.
Take away 3: Efficient and impact-driven cooperation requires several elements to ensure alignment, prioritization and efficiency. However, there should be extra focus on expanding cooperation beyond the UN system to reflect the regional and NRIs in line with strong networked multilateralism to share knowledge, solutions, and resources.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Call to Action 1
Engage in structured action-oriented: DCO reiterated its focus on multistakeholder action aligned with the GDC to support Member States in their efforts to accelerate the inclusive, sustainable, and resilient growth of the digital economy to enable prosperity for all, and to reflect on ways to avoid fragmentation.
Call to Action 2
Emphasize data-based policy making and action: To foster digital cooperation, DCO calls all stakeholders and participants of the DCO to consider the Digital Economy Navigator (published in Sept 2024) to streamline assessment of domestic economies, align on prioritization, and coordinate efforts and investments for impact.
Call to Action 3
DCO calls for greater synergy between local and regional actions with the broader framework of WSIS, IGF and GDC.

IGF 2025 The governance of Artificial Intelligence

Updated:
Session Report

25 June 2025 | 11:30h - 13:00h local time in Norway
Lillestrøm, Norway and online

Session Overview

The session, moderated by Kathleen Ziemann (GIZ, Fair Forward) and Guilherme Canela (UNESCO), brought together a diverse panel representing the private sector, civil society, governments, and academia to reflect on the fast-evolving and increasingly complex landscape of AI governance.

The panel included:

  • Melinda Claybaugh, Director of Privacy Policy at Meta
  • Mlindi Mashologu, Deputy Director General at South Africa’s Ministry of Communications and Digital Technology
  • Jhalak Kakkar, Executive Director of the Centre for Communication Governance (India)
  • Jovan Kurbalija, Executive Director of Diplo Foundation

The discussion built on global efforts, such as the OECD AI Principles, UNESCO’s recommendations, the EU AI Act, and various regional declarations, recognizing both opportunities and challenges of an increasingly fragmented AI governance environment.

Rapporteur: Ms. Afi Edoh, West African IGF

Key Notes and Insights

1. AI governance: a blooming yet fragmented landscape

The panel highlighted the fast proliferation of AI governance frameworks, principles, and voluntary commitments. While this shows momentum, it also risks fragmentation and confusion. The challenge ahead is to harmonize diverse approaches and ensure that AI governance remains inclusive and globally coherent.

2. Balancing innovation and risk

  • Melinda Claybaugh (Meta) emphasized the need to avoid an overly narrow focus on risks, which could overshadow AI’s transformative potential. She called for a more holistic conversation that equally weighs opportunities for innovation and societal benefits.
  • Jhalak Kakkar argued that governance and innovation are not mutually exclusive. Instead, responsible governance, including AI impact assessments and audits, helps build trust and anticipate harms that may otherwise appear years later.

3. Local relevance and global coordination

Mlindi Mashologu explained South Africa’s approach, rooted in human rights and data justice, emphasizing:

  • The need for context-specific regulatory tools (e.g., sectoral policies, explainability requirements)
  • Ensuring AI governance does not amplify historical inequalities
  • The importance of integrating African regional strategies, like the African Union’s AI framework, into the global dialogue

4. The return of ‘knowledge’

Jovan Kurbalija argued for bringing knowledge back into AI governance discussions, beyond just data:

  • AI is ultimately about producing, sharing, and preserving knowledge.
  • Governance frameworks should protect collective knowledge, especially for developing countries, and avoid centralization or monopolization.

5. Multi-stakeholderism and  meaningful participation

The panel stressed that inclusive governance must go beyond symbolic participation:

Engage civil society, academia, and especially voices from the Global South, not just as observers but as co-creators.

Strengthen mechanisms to translate principles into concrete action, ensuring representation across contexts and communities.

6. Existing laws vs. new frameworks

There was agreement that while many existing legal tools (e.g., data protection, consumer protection, antitrust) can be adapted to AI, entirely new frameworks may still be needed to address emerging risks, especially where AI brings qualitatively new challenges.

7. Avoiding governance fragmentation

Several participants warned of a potential ‘race to the bottom’ if countries only compete for innovation leadership. Suggestions included:

  • Joint standardization (e.g., AI weights, explainability)
  • Strengthening the IGF’s role in harmonizing global, regional, and national efforts
  • Building on universal human rights frameworks as a shared baseline

Audience Contributions

Participants raised thoughtful questions, including:

  • How to ensure inclusive data gathering and address biases inherent in training data
  • The environmental impact of AI, particularly hyperscale data centers
  • The need for independent oversight, such as social offset reporting for AI systems
  • Concerns about self-regulation by large companies vs. external accountability

Conclusion and Key Takeaways

  • AI governance must remain human-centered, rooted in human rights, equity, and sustainability.
  • It is not about choosing between innovation and regulation but designing responsible innovation frameworks.
  • Ensuring that AI’s benefits are shared equitably requires both global coordination and local adaptation.
  • The IGF and similar multi-stakeholder platforms have a critical role in bridging gaps and driving inclusive, actionable governance.

As summarized by the moderators: the real innovation is leaving no one behind, ensuring that governance frameworks reflect collective values, protect fundamental rights, and include everyone, not just the most powerful stakeholders.

IGF 2025 Open Forum #10 Multistakeholder Governance & Int'l Law in Cyberspace

Updated:
Session Report

Session Report
Open Forum #10: Multistakeholder Governance & International Law in Cyberspace
Date: Wednesday, 25 June 2025
Time: 15:45–17:00 CEST


1. Session Overview

Open Forum #10 examined the intricate relationship between multistakeholder governance and international law in cyberspace. The session underscored the critical role that legal norms play in enhancing trust and promoting stability within the global digital ecosystem. It explored how international law can act as a confidence-building measure among states, the private sector, civil society, and technical communities. Particular attention was paid to the alignment of international legal frameworks with existing and emerging models of Internet governance, as well as the challenges this alignment presents in practice.


2. Key Themes and Discussions

  • Interfacing Legal Norms with Multistakeholder Processes:
    Participants agreed that effective Internet governance must bridge the normative frameworks of international law with the participatory processes of multistakeholderism. Legal norms should not be developed in isolation but must evolve in active dialogue with governments, civil society, academia, the private sector, and technical experts to ensure their legitimacy, inclusiveness, and enforceability.
  • The WSIS+20 Review as a Strategic Inflection Point:
    The upcoming WSIS+20 review process was highlighted as a significant opportunity to reassess and recalibrate the intersection of law and governance in the digital realm. It was noted that while multistakeholder models have progressed in recent years, their coherence with international legal norms remains incomplete and requires greater integration.
  • Legal Interoperability and International Cooperation:
    A recurrent theme was the need for harmonization of legal standards across jurisdictions. Legal interoperability was framed as essential for addressing transboundary cyber threats, safeguarding human rights, and maintaining digital trust globally.
  • The Declaration of Common Understanding on International Law in Cyberspace:
    The Declaration was presented as an important benchmark that reveals both convergence and divergence among states in their interpretation of international legal principles. This plurality underscores the necessity for sustained, interdisciplinary engagement and mutual understanding among stakeholders.

3. Speakers and Institutional Representation

The session featured a diverse panel of experts from government, academia, intergovernmental organizations, and the technical community:

  • Mr. Maciej Groń – Regulatory and Scientific Cooperation Expert, NASK, Poland
  • Ms. Anna Podgorska-Buompane – Telecom WP Chair, Horizontal WP on Cyber Issues Vice-Chair, Permanent Representation of Poland to the EU
  • Ms. Elena Plexida – Vice President for Government and IGO Engagement, ICANN
  • Ms. Helen Popp – Policy Advisor, Hybrid Threats & Cyber Division, EEAS
  • Mr. Lukasz Kulaga – Professor, Legal-Treaty Department, Ministry of Foreign Affairs, Poland

4. Key Takeaways

  • Normative and Institutional Synergy: Effective Internet governance necessitates an iterative and collaborative relationship between legal and multistakeholder frameworks.
  • Strategic Opportunity: The WSIS+20 review offers a timely platform for strengthening the synergy between legal and governance instruments.
  • Urgency of Coordination: The Declaration of Common Understanding highlights the importance of ongoing dialogue to reconcile divergent interpretations of international law in cyberspace.

5. Call to Action

  • Foster Multistakeholder Dialogue: Establish inclusive venues for interaction among legal, technical, and societal stakeholders to shape coherent cyber norms.
  • Advance Legal Interoperability: Promote cross-border legal cooperation to enhance the harmonization of national laws and practices.
  • Engage in Global Processes: Actively participate in WSIS+20 and related forums to ensure that international law remains integral to global Internet governance discourse.

6. Session Co-Organisers and Moderators

  • Dr. Joanna Kulesza, Assistant Professor of International Law, University of Lodz; Executive Director, Lodz Cyber Hub Research Centre
  • Mr. Wiktor Skwarek, International Cooperation Department, Ministry of Digital Affairs, Poland
IGF 2025 Open Forum #67 Open-source AI as a Catalyst for Africa’s Digital Economy

Updated:
Session Report

 

Session Overview

This IGF 2025 open forum session explored how open-source AI can serve as a transformative force for Africa’s digital future. Panellists from the African Union, civil society, development partners, and the private sector discussed the value of open data, shared infrastructure, and collaborative governance in enabling AI innovation across the continent.

Participants shared experiences from grassroots labs, startups, and donor-supported initiatives to highlight how open-source AI models, tools, and datasets, particularly in African languages, are driving inclusive development. Discussions also tackled barriers such as a lack of digital infrastructure, fragmented data ecosystems, and limited access to compute resources.

The session emphasised the importance of integrating open-source principles into national and continental strategies, promoting local ownership, and ensuring that African voices are represented in global AI governance debates.

Notable Contributions

  • Barbara Glover (AUDA-NEPAD) emphasised the need for trust, effective data harmonisation, and stronger involvement of local innovators and data scientists.
  • Dr. Tobias Thiel (GIZ African Union) highlighted GIZ’s role through FAIR Forward, the Lacuna Fund, and Common Voice, supporting the co-creation of open datasets, capacity building, and shared infrastructure for SMEs and youth entrepreneurs.
  • Adil Sulieman (African Union Commission) discussed how open-source AI supports ethical and inclusive development aligned with the AU AI Strategy.
  • Kojo Boakye (Meta) spoke about Meta’s efforts to empower African developers through open initiatives like LLaMA and Akili AI, and the challenges faced in scaling such tools.

Key Takeaways

  1. Open-source AI empowers local innovation by providing African researchers, developers, and SMEs with access to adaptable tools, models, and infrastructure rooted in African realities.
  2. Localised datasets and inclusive policies are essential to ensure trust, relevance, and equitable development, especially in underrepresented languages and communities.
  3. Collaboration and capacity-building across governments, academia, civil society, and the private sector are vital to scale sustainable, inclusive open-source AI ecosystems across Africa.

Call to Action

  1. Invest in localised, high-quality datasets and shared infrastructure to make AI more inclusive and usable for African contexts.
  2. Support multi-stakeholder partnerships that align with continental strategies like the AU’s AI Framework and promote co-creation of solutions.
  3. Integrate open-source AI into national digital policies and treat it as a strategic development asset.
IGF 2025 WS #438 Digital Dilemma:AI Ethical Foresight vs. Regulatory Roulette

Updated:
Session Report

This workshop discussion focused on the urgent need to strike a balance between forward-looking, ethical governance of AI and the practical challenges of regulatory design in a fragmented international landscape. The session brought together diverse perspectives to explore how to embed ethical foresight into governance frameworks while avoiding the pitfalls of rigid or reactive regulation. The session was moderated by Tayyaba Iftikhar (on-site), Muhammad Umair, and Harisa Shahid (online) and featured speakers from diverse regions, including representatives from the private sector, civil society, the technical community, and government.

Speakers emphasized that responsible AI governance demands more than high-level principles; it requires operational, inclusive, and context-aware mechanisms that anticipate harms, enable accountability, and promote international cooperation.


Key Discussion Points

  • Alexandra Krastins (Brazil) emphasized that ethical foresight must be an ongoing, operational process embedded into AI governance structures. This includes tools like ethics committees, impact assessments, and internal accountability mechanisms. She warned against importing Global North assumptions into Global South contexts and advocated for flexible, risk-based approaches, voluntary codes of conduct, and international cooperation platforms that respect local realities while harmonizing safety and accountability standards.
  • Moritz Von Knebel (UK) critiqued the notion of clear “regulatory gaps,” likening the current landscape to isolated “knowledge islands” amidst vast uncertainty. He highlighted the lack of technical expertise and the reactive nature of existing frameworks, noting the risks of regulatory arbitrage in a patchwork global system. He advocated for adaptive regulatory architectures, regulatory sandboxes, and capacity-building including independent technical advisory bodies—and called for a shared vocabulary to foster international coordination.
  • Vance Lockten (Office of the Privacy Commissioner of Canada) argued that regulators need more influence over the design and deployment of AI systems, not just their aftermath. Referencing anticipatory governance models, he stressed the importance of agile regulation, international cooperation, and cultural knowledge sharing among regulators. He highlighted disparities in institutional capacity, noting that while some countries have dedicated AI expertise, others operate with minimal resources, raising concerns about equitable and effective oversight.
  • Phumzile Van Damme (South Africa) called for the creation of international AI law, ideally through a UN-led process that incorporates diverse ethical systems and voices. She identified two key inclusion challenges: the absence of AI policy in many African countries due to competing priorities, and the myth of AI’s democratization. She advocated for democratization across the entire AI lifecycle—from design to governance to profit distribution—and urged both the Global South to assert itself and global institutions to proactively include underrepresented voices.
  • Yasmin Al-Douri (Germany) stressed the need for infrastructure as a foundation for democratizing AI access. She proposed a use-case-based regulatory framework (rather than risk categories), which considers how AI is deployed across sectors. Regulations, she argued, must be implementable and understandable by developers, and multistakeholder approaches must include youth meaningfully—not just symbolically. She emphasized co-creation spaces where diverse disciplines and generations work together on policy and technical solutions.

Audience Engagement:

The audience actively engaged with the panel through pointed and timely questions that reflected both conceptual and practical concerns. One participant asked whether we are entering an era of AI fragmentation, akin to internet fragmentation, due to the absence of consensus-based definitions and a shared global language.  Another audience member asked whether any exemplary AI policy frameworks currently exist that successfully balance innovation and ethical oversight.  A third question addressed the pushback from tech companies against what they frame as excessive regulation, raising concerns about whether the AI space is headed toward a confrontation similar to the one seen between governments and social media platforms.

Conclusion:

The session emphasized the need for anticipatory and inclusive AI governance that balances innovation with accountability. Speakers called for adaptive regulatory frameworks, international coordination, and meaningful inclusion of underrepresented voices, particularly from low income countries and youth communities. While challenges like regulatory fragmentation and limited capacity persist, the discussion highlighted promising approaches such as use-case-based models and co-creation spaces. The workshop concluded with a call for proactive, flexible, and context-sensitive governance rooted in ethical foresight.

IGF 2025 Day 0 Event #259 Motorola's Digital Inclusion Initiative

Updated:
Session Report

Report on IGF 2025 Day 0 Event #259 Motorola’s Digital Inclusion Initiative

Lenovo Foundation is Lenovo’s charitable and philanthropic arm which has a global strategy of empowering under-represented populations with access to technology and STEM education. Lenovo Foundation supports various Digital Inclusion initiatives including Motorola’s Digital Inclusion of Endangered Indigenous Languages initiative. In addition to supporting Digital Inclusion initiatives, Lenovo is committed to responsible AI development and contributing to the global policy landscape.

Motorola and Lenovo Foundation’s Digital Inclusion of Endangered Indigenous Languages initiative has the main goal of serving communities through raising awareness of endangered Indigenous languages as well as addressing the needs of Indigenous communities through easier access to technology. Approximately 40% of the 6,700 languages currently spoken are in danger of becoming extinct; UNESCO estimates that one Indigenous language is lost every two weeks, meaning that by the end of the century, almost 3,000 languages will no longer be in use. This initiative aims to bring action toward the preservation and revitalization of such endangered languages, thereby empowering future generations of Indigenous communities to use technology in their native language.

In 2020, Motorola discovered a gap in the representation of Indigenous languages on smartphones. Taking the first step to address this issue, we launched the first User Interface in Kaingang and Nheengatu, two Indigenous languages spoken in South America. We joined UNESCO in the kick-off of the International Decade of Indigenous Languages from 2022 through 2032 and have since collaborated with dedicated teams across various Indigenous and minority communities to digitize the following languages: Cherokee, Kangri, Kuvi, Māori, Ladin, and Zapotec. 

Our language selection criteria are based on four main pillars: (1) UNESCO language endangerment status, (2) Digital Inclusion status, (3) community input and feeling, and (4) the availability of subject matter experts (SMEs) for a language. The UNESCO language endangerment status, effected by factors such as intergenerational transfer, has five levels (excluding a non-endangered level): vulnerable, definitely endangered, severely endangered, critically endangered, and extinct. A language’s digital inclusion status – whether it has received support from UNICODE or Gboard, for example – is also considered. Community input and feeling toward the digitization of their language is paramount to the success of this initiative, as communities have different needs for the process of digitizing their language. Finally, the availability of SMEs, who often act as the ‘bridge’ which connects us to the community, is crucial in guiding the project in the direction of the community’s needs.

In this session, we discussed two case studies of the Digital Inclusion initiative: (1) the creation of a Zapotec keyboard and (2) the localization of the User Interface (UI) of a smartphone into Ladin. Zapotec is a ‘definitely endangered’ language spoken by approximately 490,000 people in Oaxaca, Mexico. We collaborated with Ambrocio Gutierrez Lorenzo, Professor of Linguistics at the University of Colorado-Boulder, who held workshops in five Valley Zapotec communities which involved discussions of the language’s sound and writing systems, keyboard layout creation, and keyboard testing. The guiding principle throughout the workshops was community acceptance and leadership; it was crucial that the community made decisions about their keyboard while our team could provide technical advice when needed. Community feedback regarding this initiative was positive, with Zapotec speakers reporting that the keyboard was both important for the revitalization of their language, as well as practical for daily use.

Ladin, a language spoken by about 32,000 people in the Dolomite region of Italy, is categorized as ‘definitely endangered.’ While the language is autochthonous to Italy, it does not have an associated kinstate supporting the language, highlighting the importance of the promotion of a minority language. Our team collaborated with Paul Videsott, Professor of Romance Philology at the Free University of Bozen-Bolzano, and a team of Ladin translators to localize over 200,000 words that now appear in the UI of our smartphones when a user selects Ladin as the device language. To make important decisions regarding the digitization of Ladin, such as the creation of new terminologies or which dialect to use, Professor Videsott had several meetings among translators and representatives across different Ladin cultural institutes. Professor Videsott believes that this initiative “Definitively will help Ladin and other minority languages to be more visible… mobile phones are like the pencil of the 21st century, and having minority languages, and having Ladin in [them], has the same importance of having a language in a book… in the centuries before.”

As leaders of technology, Motorola and Lenovo Foundation recognize our responsibility to positively influence society through environmental and social governance. Consequently, we are committed to the International Decade of Indigenous Languages (2022 through 2032) as proclaimed by UNESCO and look toward community feedback to improve our process. Our digitization process is shared with the public so other companies and institutions can join language preservation and revitalization efforts. In addition to this, we have open-sourced over one million translated words in various Indigenous and minority languages that are available to be downloaded by educators, researchers, and industry experts aiming to promote the revitalization of endangered Indigenous languages. With the core tenants of passionate employee experts, a commitment to respect for diverse and underrepresented cultures, commitment to quality through collaboration of scholars and institutions, and a vision for impact broader than Motorola devices, the Digital Inclusion of Indigenous Languages initiative will continue.

IGF 2025 Open Forum #19 Strengthening Information Integrity on Climate Change

Updated:
Session Report

The birth of a project: how the GIIICC is a response to today’s challenges

Among the multiple reasons to prioritize information integrity about climate change lies the urgency derived from an increase in devastating extreme weather events. Recent examples from Brazil were presented by Mr. Eugênio Garcia, such as the historic drought of 2023 in the Amazon rainforest or the floodings in the south of the country. The Brazilian presidency of the G-20 thus identified the need to tackle the spread of misinformation in contexts of natural disaster and introduced information integrity as a priority within G-20’s Digital Economy Working Group. It was a pioneering step in this multilateral forum which crystalized in the Maceió Ministerial Declaration on Digital Inclusion for All of 2024. The incorporation of UNDGC and UNESCO strengthened the global scale of the initiative, through the operationalization of the partnership thanks to an initial pledge of 1 million dollars into its newly created Fund.

Diagnosing the present risks in the information ecosystem

Restrictions on freedom of expression and hate speech against journalists and communicators were identified as a growing risk by all panelists present, who noted with concern the rise of violent episodes fueled by narratives of misinformation. Ms. Charlotte Scaddan. Explained how the fossil fuel industry as well as state actors weaponize climate change as a wedge issue to generate instability through the information ecosystem. Both traditional and social media platforms act as a vehicle for these processes, yet emerging technologies such as generative AI are already subject to manipulation as well. Conspiracy theories, denialist narratives or anti-elite discourse are among the frequent strategies identified. This situation, with tangible ramifications on human rights, indirectly affects peace and security, international law or sustainable development among other impact areas presented.

The interventions of Mr. Guilherme Canela built upon the importance of considering information as a public good and recalibrating past strategies to communicate about climate change at the light of this belief. While focusing on supply and demand of information is still needed – through citizen empowerment, media literacy capacity-building or journalist training –, information intermediaries must be brought into the conversation as well. Therefore, an information ecosystem approach naturally emerged from the discussion among speakers as the adequate path forward to be included in the GIIICC.

In this line, Ms. Harriet Kingaby characterized the perverse structure of incentives that the platform business model implies for information integrity, dragging some advertisers into problematic practices. Nevertheless, fueling misinformation also harms overall trust levels in information, which ultimately increases prices for advertisers. Therefore, forcing a more transparent business model with fewer intermediaries becomes increasingly salient. These reflections were consistent with Mr. Frederick Ogenga’s research findings from the climate information environment, where platforms are the vehicle of actors such as fossil fuel companies, political figures, governments and nation states alongside traditional media. Policymakers are salient targets of misinformation, since influencing their perception of facts means affecting the policy pipeline as a whole.

Multistakeholder collaboration for a resilient global movement

A direct consequence of approaching the issue at hand from an information ecosystem perspective is the idea that initiatives that engage governments, scientists, media, advertisers, influencers, and other key professionals provide more effective and sustainable responses to information integrity threats. Rather than focusing on isolated actors, the entire information ecosystem must be addressed, redirecting it toward reliable, science-based content that supports public awareness and informed policymaking.

Consequently, the creation of a global movement for information integrity lies at the heart of the vision of the project from its inception, bringing to life the spirit of the Global Digital Compact of 2024 as well as the WSIS+20 process. Stemming from this commitment, multiple lines of work demand a multistakeholder approach and the COP30 in Brazil is seen as a relevant milestone in this context. The UN Global Principles on Information Integrity, with five recommendations – societal trust and resilience, healthy incentives, public empowerment, independent, free and pluralistic media as well as transparency and research – targeting different stakeholders – states, tech companies, media, advertisers, etc. – exemplify this outreach effort.

An action-oriented agenda and proposals

The session gave place to numerous ideas to be developed in the path forward: fostering media sustainability, supporting environmental journalists, activists and communicators, promoting scientific data on climate change, promoting transparency and accountability in digital advertising, fostering media and information literacy, etc. In addition, the need to proactively fill any information voids that may exist was underlined, since missing information leaves space for misinformation-driven narratives to thrive. Furthermore, effective action requires a profound understanding of the information ecosystem, which actors are involved, what funding channels are used to fuel misinformation and what mechanisms can be the most effective. The Global Initiative for Information Integrity on Climate Change takes all of these aspects into consideration in formulating proposals, while accounting for the existing gap when it comes to Global South.

Beyond this, three concrete engagement mechanisms are within reach today:

1. Apply to the Call for Partnerships – Open until 6 July 2025

UNESCO, together with the Government of Brazil and the United Nations, invites not-for-profit entities to submit proposals for projects that strengthen information integrity on climate change. More information at https://www.unesco.org/en/information-integrity-climate-change/call-partnerships-2025

2. Align with the Call to Action (“Mutirão”) for Information Integrity on Climate before COP-30

COP30 will provide a key opportunity to elevate information integrity as a pillar of climate action. Governments, youth, local communities, vulnerable populations, and the private sector must unite across the digital and environmental fronts to secure a fair and resilient future for all.

3. Expand national engagement in the global initiative

Governments from low and lower-middle income economies are especially encouraged to join the Global Initiative for Information Integrity on Climate Change; joining Brazil, Chile, Denmark, France, Morocco, Sweden, and the UK. High-income countries are also invited to support the initiative and additionally, become donors, enabling greater investment in impactful research and action.

IGF 2025 WS #139 Internet Resilience: Securing a Stronger Supply Chain

Updated:
Session Report

IGF 2025 Workshop Report

WS #139 – Internet Resilience: Securing a Stronger Supply Chain

Organized by: The Marconi Society

 

Overview

Workshop #139 was convened by the Marconi Society as part of its ongoing efforts to advance Internet Resilience through cross-sector collaboration. The session drew a strong turnout. Designed as an open roundtable, it encouraged active dialogue among technical experts, policymakers, civil society leaders, and industry stakeholders. The atmosphere was dynamic and constructive, with participants frequently returning to one central message: Internet resilience is a shared responsibility.

Key Themes and Speaker Insights

1. The Internet’s Fragility is a Societal Risk

Vint Cerf (Google and Marconi Society) set the tone for the session, observing that “We’ve become so dependent on the Internet that when the power goes out—or the roads are blocked, or your mobile doesn’t work—everything else stops too.” He emphasized that resilience is no longer a technical luxury but a societal necessity, underpinning everything from emergency response to economic stability.

Ram Mohan (Marconi Society) noted that “Without resilience, even minor cyberattacks or glitches can have disproportionately severe consequences,” he said, explaining how cascading failures across critical infrastructure can erode trust and economic stability.

2. Complex Interdependencies and Hidden Vulnerabilities

Olaf Kolkman (Internet Society) illustrated the real-world risks of systemic fragility through an analogy: “One of those blocks fails, and your bread will not be delivered.” He highlighted how seemingly routine services like grocery delivery depend on an elaborate mesh of digital and physical infrastructure. “This is the type of thing that can go wrong if you don’t think through your system. Main question for resilience: what can possibly go wrong, and what can possibly be broken?”

3. From Silos to Shared Responsibility: Multi-Stakeholder Cooperation

Manal Ismail (Egyptian regulator and former ICANN GAC Chair) emphasized the dual role of governments and other stakeholders: “The Internet is part of a nations’ critical infrastructure, the backbone of digital economies, and a fundamental need for society’s development.” She advocated for national digital resilience strategies, capacity-building, and multi-stakeholder processes based on principles like those from the São Paulo Guidelines (NetMundial+10). Governments, she said, should “promote conscious investment in resilient networks” and shift from simple awareness to enforceable policies that reflect the Internet’s centrality to modern life.

4. Engineering for Failure and Learning from It

Mark Nottingham (Cloudflare) brought a hands-on technical perspective: “Nothing guarantees that a packet will reach its destination.” He described a recent 36-hour service degradation triggered by cascading datacenter failures. While these systems were designed using resilience techniques such as failovers, they weren't able to handle this combination of issues. “We resolved to make sure it doesn’t happen again,” he said, outlining the company’s re-engineering of centralized systems and recommitment to best practice to improve resilience. He also underscored the broader challenge: “Unfortunately, Internet resilience is not just an issue that happens within one company. It is a systemic issue.”

Mark stressed the need for greater cooperation across businesses and sectors, pointing to efforts like Cloudflare Radar and routing security via RPKI as examples of proactive engagement.

5. A Call to Action: Resilience as Prevention

The session highlights the disconnect between the importance of resilience and the underinvestment it receives. Resilience, several speakers noted, is not a reactive fix but a design principle: an upstream investment in system integrity, continuity, and trust.

The Marconi Society’s Internet Resilience (IR) Institute, including its Hyperscalers Working Group and IR Mapping Working Group, aims to address these challenges by facilitating global cooperation and research. A draft Internet Resilience map, tracing a data packet from user action through power, software, networks, and governance, will be shared for community feedback later this year.

Conclusion

This workshop demonstrated that the Internet needs increased security measures and that building a resilient Internet is both a technical and political project, one that must be co-owned by governments, private companies, technical communities, and end users. As Olaf Kolkman noted: “The previous failure is always prevented.” To prevent the next one, we must collectively anticipate vulnerabilities, collaborate across boundaries, and make the long-term investments that true resilience requires.

The Marconi Society remains committed to articulating both the why and the how of Internet resilience and looks forward to continuing this conversation at its Internet Resilience Forum in November 2025 in Los Angeles.

IGF 2025 Open Forum #40 Building a Child-Rights Respecting & Inclusive Digital Future

Updated:

(Building) - Universal Access and Digital Rights

Session Report

UNICEF’s two-part Open Forum on “Building a Child-Rights Respecting & Inclusive Digital Future” featured a broad variety of speakers and perspectives. 

Part 1: Child rights and safety in relation to the digital environment

Four speakers from different sectors and continents discussed how to make the digital world safer for children: Caroline Eriksen, Norges Bank Investment Management; Alexander Galt, Inter IKEA Group; Makhosazana Lindhorst, South Africa Film and Publications Board; and Ms. Zhao Hui, China Federation of Internet Societies. Each brought a distinct view, but all agreed on one thing: protecting children online is urgent, complex, and requires action from multiple parts of society.

The session began by framing the digital environment as both a source of opportunity and risk. Children use digital services to learn, play, and connect, but they can also face bullying, exploitation, and other harms online. These harms are not theoretical. Research published by UNICEF Innocenti this year found that children who experience online sexual abuse or online bullying have significantly higher levels of anxiety, more suicidal thoughts and behaviors, and are more likely to self-harm. Through the perspectives of four speakers, the panel explored the various roles of different actors in creating a child rights-respecting digital future.

Speakers discussed the importance of law and policy. Other examples including public campaigns and school programs to teach digital skills were shared. These efforts show that governments can shape online spaces through rules, oversight, and education. But laws alone are not enough. They must be enforced, updated, and supported.
The private sector also has a significant impact, as well as a responsibility to respect children’s rights. Beyond individual technology companies or platforms, investors have an important role in pushing companies to prioritize action on child rights, not just as a moral issue but as a business risk. Companies that ignore these risks may face lawsuits, fines, or public backlash. Meanwhile, brands need to rethink how they design digital products/services, advertise online, and other instances of deploying digital technologies. 

A key message to emerge from the session is that no single actor can create a child rights-respecting digital future. Protecting children online requires cooperation across borders and sectors. It means listening to children, learning from research, understanding impacts across entire value chains, and sharing lessons learned. 

Part 2: Improving outcomes for women & girls with open source FemTech

Four speakers discussed how building open source FemTech products, including FemTech Digital Public Goods (DPGs), can provide a service layer to national and regional Digital Public Infrastructure (DPI) that improves outcomes for women and girls: Lisa Sivertsen, Norad; Silje Dahl, Embassy of Sweden, Pretoria; Tawhida Shiropa, Moner Bondhu; and Annina Wersun, OpenCRVS.

This part of the session was divided into three themes. The first theme highlighted how current research, design, product development and investment practices result in technology largely failing to meet the needs of women and girls. Equity gaps we see in financing, research, as well the use of proprietary technologies and exclusion of youth in design processes result in digital solutions not being accessible, not locally owned and not meeting the needs of or empowering women and girls. Themes two and three focused on providing concrete examples of designing with and for women and girls – highlighting specifically the link to safety, data privacy – and their value in DPI at national level. They also discussed the value of open source in inclusivity and safety of solutions.
Four speakers represented various types of stakeholders, thus providing a holistic insight: from the perspective of a social impact tech entrepreneur; from an owner of a mature social impact platform; and from digital solution funders and digital policymakers.

All speakers – leaders in the FemTech space in their respective stakeholder categories – agreed that solutions for women and girls, as well as by women and girls, must see exponentially higher levels of funding, mentoring, and systemic support to meet the SDG Agenda goals. It was noted that relevant models and processes are already available, including UNICEF Venture Fund, the Global Digital Compact, donor financing instruments, and public and private partnerships.

Speakers also underlined the value of, and their commitment to, open-source solutions, including DPGs, in principle and in practice. DPGs ensure that solutions are more easily adaptable, interoperable, and verifiable in terms of their transparency and safety. Open-source digital public infrastructure provides the most solid return of investment in terms of scaling the digital transformation from niche approaches to shifting systems.
Key messages from the discussion included a call for inclusive design and product development to make digital solutions inclusive and safe; the need to engage a range of financing modalities and shape the actions of funders and financers to deliberately shape the development and deployment of inclusive digital solutions; and invitation to explore the DPG Standard to align with a globally endorsed approach to respecting human rights, transparency, accountability, openness and scalability for software, standards, data, AI systems, and content.

IGF 2025 WS #231 Address Digital Funding Gaps in the Developing World

Updated:
Session Report

The panel discussed structural challenges that prevent people - especially in the developing regions - from having meaningful connectivity and access. Notably, these include existing and emerging digital divides that not only impact the unconnected, but also deliberately disconnect marginalised sections of the population. 

Panelists discussed specific trends at national and regional levels, especially among the DAC, and what these political shifts mean for development.

The panel discussed various development initiatives, especially in LDCs and SIDS, that are geopolitically motivated or driven by market interests, that are further fragmenting efforts, as they lack considerations of middle-mile and last-mile connectivity, infrastructure, and access. Panelists were also in agreement about how human capability building needs to go hand-in-hand with efforts to further connectivity and access. 

 

IGF 2025 Day 0 Event #150 Digital Rights in Partnership: Strategies for Impact

Updated:
Session Report

Moderator: Peggy Hicks - director of the Thematic Engagement, Special Procedures and Right to Development Division, OHCHR

Speakers:

  • Alexandria Walden - Global Head of Human Rights, Google
  • Jason Pielemeier - Executive Director, GNI
  • Esteve Sanz - Head of the Internet Governance Sector in the DG-CNECT, European Commission
  • Ian Barber - Legal & Policy Lead, Global Partners Digital

Practical Takeaways

The session was well attended, both in-person and online. 

We found it practical to limit opening remarks and focus on diving straight into the discussion among the panelists, and would say this approach makes the session feel more organic and less formal as sessions can when panelists are essentially reading prepared statements. Here it helps to have a capable moderator that can move the conversation and pivot to interesting questions or topics as they come up during the panel discussion - we were of course very lucky to have Peggy Hicks from OHCHR in that role!

We held a prep call, which was very useful. We also found it very useful having a single point of contact organizing the session to handle any logistics of procedural questions in advance and on the day. This included being able to keep the moderator informed of late-emerging travel delays for one of the panelists.

Key Session Takeaways

  • Civil society is facing major funding challenges. There is a growing funding crunch - donors reducing or cutting funding - accompanied with a lessened priority on human rights as donor focus shifts to national security. This disproportionately impacts already underfunded civil society in global majority countries.
  • Digital authoritarianism is on the rise. The Internet is not just controlled, but also being used for control.
  • Stakeholder engagement is critical. It is important for companies and governments to engage with stakeholders in an effort to be transparent and get input and feedback on legislation, policies and products.

Session Calls to Action

  • The multi stakeholder approach needs to be defended as it is increasingly hard for civil society to engage with processes that are not inclusive or transparent.
  • Human rights must be built into legislation and tech policies and products, and safeguarded through multilateral processes like WSIS+20.
IGF 2025 Open Forum #64 The case for local AI – Innovation pathways to harness AI for the benefit of humanity

Updated:
Session Report

Summary

In her opening remarks, Anita Gurumurthy, IT for Change noted that a just and sustainable digital transition requires confronting the unequal distribution of AI capabilities alongside mounting ecological pressures, by rethinking scale and prioritizing decentralized, local approaches to AI. Current trends favor energy-intensive, homogenizing models that sideline cultural diversity and environmental limits—underscoring the urgent need to democratize innovation and reclaiming context-specific, multilingual and culturally grounded knowledge systems.

Speaking to the dimension of inclusivity, Wai Kit (Jackie) Si Tou, representative of UN Trade and Development highlighted key insights from the UNCTAD’s Technology and Innovation Report 2025 on Inclusive AI for Development, on a framework for inclusive AI grounded in three pillars:

1. Infrastructure framework that adapts to local infrastructure and supports AI applications that can also work offline, without assuming high-end connectivity or compute availability.

2. A data framework that underscores the importance of community-generated data and indigenous knowledge for socially relevant AI innovation.

3. A comprehensive skills development framework that spans investments in digital literacy to advanced AI capabilities.

At the global level, from the report, Jackie stressed the following imperatives: the need for a public disclosure mechanism modelled after the ESG (Environmental Social Governance) framework for AI accountability; a CERN-like globally coordinated, shared compute facility for all stakeholders; open and democratic innovation ecosystems; and capacity-building initiatives for developing countries.

Speaking to the dimension of indigeneity, Mr. Abhishek Singh, Addl. Secretary, Ministry of Electronics and Information Technology, Government of India and CEO, India AI Mission, drew from India’s experience, to highlight four pillars essential to advancing inclusive and sustainable AI: (i) shared compute infrastructure supported by public funding, (ii) community-driven data collection to build diverse and contextual datasets, (iii) widespread AI skill development and (iv) a global repository of shareable use cases across critical sectors. India's initiatives—like subsidized GPU access and crowdsourced linguistic data—demonstrate scalable models for democratizing AI. A coordinated global effort across these pillars could help ensure AI serves all communities while aligning with sustainable development goals.

Continuing the discussion on indigeneity, Sarah Nicole of the Project Liberty Institute, argued that true transformation must come from re-imagining digital infrastructure to give people control over their data—through open protocols like Distributed Social Networking Protocol and collective models such as data cooperatives. These approaches aim to shift power away from Big Tech and toward a more equitable, user-centric digital economy, where individuals have a voice, a choice and a stake.

Speaking to the dimension of intentionality, Amb. Thomas Schneider, Government of Switzerland, emphasized that small countries or actors can thrive in a tech-dominated world by building their own supportive ecosystems rather than trying to mimic large-scale players. Drawing on Switzerland’s historical response to the Industrial Revolution, where strategic investment in education, infrastructure and cooperative models enabled the country in harnessing innovation dividends effectively, he stressed the need for every country to find its own pathways to building AI ecosystems successfully and exploring win-win collaborations globally. 

Continuing the discussion on intentionality, Nandini Chami of IT for Change, called for moving beyond the dominant, private-value-driven AI paradigm to one centered on public interest, accountability and equity. She argued for stronger governance frameworks rooted in the precautionary principle, updated liability regimes and meaningful public participation in AI decision-making. She also emphasized that alternative models—like community AI and commons-based approaches—need policy support through public procurement, shared infrastructure and regulatory space, especially for developing countries.

The Q&A session that followed surfaced an important question on intellectual property rights and how natural persons can retain rights and agency in an AI ecosystem dominated by corporations and developers. Responding to the question, the panelists emphasized the limitations of individual data ownership, advocating instead for collective frameworks such as cooperatives and societal data commons. Abhishek Singh highlighted the importance of open-source models and fair compensation mechanisms for data contributors, including gig workers. The Ambassador of Switzerland and Sarah Nicole stressed the need to shift from personal to collective data governance, ensuring fair benefit-sharing and protecting against privatization of essential public resources like health data. Anita Gurumurthy underscored the urgency of rethinking intellectual property laws to prevent free-riding and called for global cooperation to counter monopolistic dynamics emerging from the “economy of prompts.”

Key takeaways

Local AI development requires addressing three critical dimensions: inclusivity, indigeneity and intentionality to ensure AI serves the common good rather than perpetuating existing inequalities.

On inclusivity: Inclusive AI innovation requires adapting to existing infrastructure realities such as building AI that works offline or with low compute power and working with community-generated data. Local communities must be engaged not only as users but as co-creators, with investments in digital literacy, skill-building and user-friendly tools. Public institutions can also play a catalytic role in supporting open infrastructure, reducing costs and ensuring that AI benefits are distributed equitably across different geographies and social groups. Cooperative models and shared infrastructure approaches can democratize AI access, as demonstrated by India’s subsidized compute infrastructure and Switzerland’s supercomputer sharing initiatives.

On indigeneity: There is a need to move beyond generalized and centralized AI systems that reinforce epistemic injustice. Locally grounded models such as those that support minoritized languages or indigenous knowledge are essential to resisting the cultural erasure embedded in dominant AI architectures. This requires not only diverse datasets but also rethinking computational grammars and governance structures to align with pluralistic, decolonial approaches to knowledge.

On intentionality: It is important to reject the inevitability narrative of AI and instead steer development toward collective benefit through governance and accountability mechanisms. Intentionality means applying the precautionary principle, supporting alternative models like cooperatives and commons, and embedding democratic oversight into infrastructure choices. It also involves shifting public policy—through procurement, funding and international cooperation—toward values of equity, sustainability and societal well-being rather than private profit alone.

Panelists also emphasized that data governance must shift from individual to collective approaches, with data cooperatives providing better bargaining power and quality incentives than individual data monetization. There was also a discussion on how intellectual property frameworks need fundamental reform to prevent the use of trade secrets protection for enclosing valuable data resources needed by public institutions while also preventing free-riding and cannibalization of the commons from free-riding by commercial AI models.

Recommendations

1. Establish a global framework for equitable AI governance by promoting public disclosure accountability mechanisms; ensuring equitable access to AI infrastructure by drawing on the CERN model; supporting open innovation, particularly open data and open-source tools, to democratize access to AI knowledge and capabilities; and creating a global network of AI-focused centers network , inspired by the UN Climate Technology Center, and Network to build technical capacity in developing countries.

2. Create a global repository of AI applications which can be shareable across geographies, and promote federated, task-specific and community-oriented AI models (as they represent scalable, democratic alternatives to centralized AI) through appropriate policy frameworks and public funding.

3. Update current legal frameworks, especially liability regimes, to effectively address systemic harms in AI innovation ecosystems. Given the opaque, black-box nature of AI systems, it is important to ensure that affected parties are not unduly burdened with proving harm. To bolster accountability, it is important to enshrine the precautionary principle in AI development and a societal right to information and participation in AI decision-making, drawing on frameworks such as the Rio Declaration and Aarhus Convention. 

IGF 2025 Day 0 Event #257 Enhancing Data Governance in the Public Sector

Updated:
Session Report

Substantial Summary Report

Enhancing Data Governance in the Public Sector

Event: Pacific Internet Governance Forum Date & Time: [Insert Date], 10:30 AM – 12:30 PM Moderated by: Judith Hellerstein, Department of ICT, Government of Papua New Guinea Contributors:

  • Prof. Luca Belli – FGV Law School, Brazil

  • Dr. Chelsea Horn – American University, USA

  • Ms. Nancy Kanasha – PNG Department of ICT

  • International and regional participants online

I. Purpose & Context

This session explored strategies for building resilient, rights-respecting, and inclusive data governance frameworks across Pacific public sectors. Against the backdrop of rapid digital transformation and global policy momentum—such as the 20th Global IGF in Norway—Pacific nations are now defining their own paths toward ethical, sovereign, and impactful data governance.

II. Thematic Overview

1. Global Anchoring: Insights from BRICS & IGF Discourse

  • Data governance must uphold human rights—privacy, freedom of expression, and protection from surveillance.

  • Prof. Belli emphasized that effective governance is not just regulatory; it must be operationalized through local investment, innovation, and infrastructure.

  • Brazil's paradox: despite strong legislation and service digitization, gaps remain due to capacity limitations and fragmented implementation.

  • Global South countries must pursue digital sovereignty—the ability to understand, develop, and regulate data and technologies independently.

2. Ethical Foundations: The Five Pillars of Data Governance

Dr. Horn offered five guiding pillars:

  • Who owns and stewards data

  • What actions are permitted with data

  • When and under what conditions data is accessed

  • How data is stored, processed, and secured

  • How well governance is monitored and enforced

She stressed that robust governance enables not just protection, but accountability, open data access, and innovation.

3. Pacific Case Study: Papua New Guinea’s Journey

Ms. Kanasa shared PNG’s pioneering national initiative:

  • The 2024 National Data Governance and Data Protection Policy was built around GDPR principles like transparency, data minimization, and purpose limitation.

  • PNG is considering the Cross-Border Privacy Rules (CBPR) for global alignment.

  • A Secure Data Exchange Platform is now piloting online government services.

  • PNG’s efforts include forming a National Data Governance Steering Committee to support cross-agency coordination.

Challenges:

  • Siloed systems and weak interoperability

  • Minimal civil society engagement in policymaking

  • Confusion between infrastructure and governance concepts

  • Public resistance to change and limited awareness

Kanasa stressed the urgency of multistakeholder collaboration, inclusive consultation, and culturally grounded policy design.

III. Additional Insights

4. Infrastructure & Sovereignty Barriers

  • AI development is increasingly tied to computational power and data infrastructure—areas where Global South countries often lack autonomy.

  • Reliance on platforms like AWS and Google Cloud undermines true sovereignty.

  • Prof. Belli warned: legislation without infrastructure control is insufficient; countries must reframe data governance as economic opportunity, not just compliance.

5. Low-Cost Capacity Building & Standardization

  • Dr. Horn recommended affordable starting points:

    • Structured frameworks and role clarity

    • Terminology standardization for data consistency

    • Accessible training (e.g., ITU courses) across sectors

These measures improve data quality, implementation consistency, and trust.

6. Addressing Cultural Resistance

  • Pacific governments often face departmental reluctance to share data.

  • Kanasa noted in PNG, laws are sometimes used to resist interoperability despite mutual benefits.

  • Changing this requires awareness campaigns, public education, and leadership to demonstrate value.

IV. Conclusions & Recommendations

Key Takeaways:

  • Data governance is foundational to Pacific digital transformation.

  • Legal frameworks must be supported by infrastructure, culture change, and public trust.

  • Multistakeholder governance is not optional—it’s essential for legitimacy and resilience.

Recommendations:

  • Develop sovereign infrastructure to reduce external dependency.

  • Frame governance as a tool for economic development and community empowerment.

  • Embed inclusive participation across civil society, academia, and private sectors.

  • Launch regional mechanisms for peer learning, resource sharing, and policy co-creation.

  • Prioritize awareness and education to build a culture of trust and transparency.

IGF 2025 WS #133 Platform Governance and Duty of Care

Updated:
Session Report

Introduction

This report summarizes the main discussions and insights from a workshop focused on the concept of ‘duty of care’ in digital platform governance. The workshop brought together experts from various regions to explore the concept’s application in different legal and cultural contexts, and the challenges and solutions associated with its implementation. Discussions highlighted a growing international trend towards incorporating some form of duty of care into the regulation of digital platforms, while acknowledging the need to pay attention to freedom of expression and democratic processes, considering the importance of multi-stakeholder dialogue.

Regional Perspectives

The workshop discussed recent regulatory efforts that aim to hold platforms to account. In the European Union, the Digital Services Act (DSA) introduced more specific duties against illegal content and regulates the role of trusted flaggers. Certification by a governmental body and rapid verification by platforms before content removal were highlighted as key features. Trusted flaggers are a crucial part of the DSA's strategy to combat illegal content online. This system builds on years of voluntary cooperation between online platforms and trusted partners. However, the discussion revolved around how to assess the role of private actors and organizations that focus primarily on private interests, such as copyright. Thus, to ensure the effectiveness of this system, trusted flaggers exist through a certification process by a governmental body and a fast verification by platforms that then decide on removal.

The workshop also examined how trust in government can impact on platform governance frameworks. Participants discussed results from a survey from four Asian countries (Indonesia, Malaysia, Philippines, Thailand), where the majority of respondents expressed distrust in governmental regulatory structures. This demonstrates the need for a multi-stakeholder approach. Additionally, the need to ensure the rule of law and due process when governments legislate on content moderation was cited, focusing on various forms of threats when initiatives are solely led by governments, including misinformation and politically motivated content.

A specific example in the Asian context was the history of using defamation laws against online speech in the Philippines, with vague government approaches to identifying misinformation often having chilling effects in freedom of expression. The country is currently seeking to update its laws and policies for digital platforms, requiring a review of the cybercrime law, as well as the creation of new, specific legislation for digital platforms. A House committee report released in June 2025 now signals a potential turning point: Lawmakers acknowledge that platforms carry a duty of care and must be held directly accountable for their role in spreading false and malicious content. While this shift is welcome, some proposals, most notably requiring social media franchises granted by Congress, risk politicizing access and undercutting free expression.

Regarding the Brazilian scenario, it is noted that the government played a central role in a draft law on the duty of care in 2023 and its relation to illegal content, hate speech, and misinformation. The draft law aims to mitigate systemic risks. However, there are concerns about the potential for a shift in the liability regime, leading to strict liability and the risk of censorship, particularly among civil society and journalists. Brazil does not have a governmental body, such as a regulator, with authority over content moderation, nor specific platform regulation law. The current regime governing platform liability for third-party content is being reviewed by the Supreme Federal Court, as it examines the constitutionality of Article 19 of Marco Civil da Internet. At this point, the workshop addressed a typology of application providers created by the Brazilian Internet Steering Committee, distinguishing providers according to the interference in third-party content to assign appropriate responsibility.

Key Conclusions

The workshop identified that while the concept of ‘duty of care’ could be useful in countering harmful online content and holding platforms to account, there are several challenges in implementing the duty of care in the regulation of digital platforms, including distrust in governmental regulatory structures (which varies depending on the specific local context), questions about the role and independence of trusted flaggers in the European context, the need to protect freedom of expression, and the risk of censorship due to strict liability regimes. To address these challenges, solutions discussed included governmental certification of trusted flaggers, adoption of pluralistic and multi-stakeholder approaches, citizen fact-checking, and the creation of democratic legislative frameworks that clearly defines the roles of providers and intermediaries. Participants agreed on the importance of incorporating the duty of care, recognizing that its applications may vary according to legal and cultural contexts, and highlighted the preference for inclusive and multi-sectoral approaches. In terms of action points, it was recommended to promote pluralistic strategies, clarify responsibilities, and advance safeguards for freedom of expression. In conclusion, the workshop underscored the need to balance online safety and platform accountability with democratic values through specific regulatory frameworks for digital platforms.

 

IGF 2025 WS #204 Closing digital divides by universal access & acceptance

Updated:
Session Report
  • Meaningful connectivity is the goal; Discussants moved past basic coverage to stress affordability, reliability, adequate speed, safety and the skills, devices and content that let people benefit meaningfully. 
  • Universal Acceptance (UA) underpins an inclusive internet; UA is the technical expectation that every valid domain name and email address—regardless of script, diacritics or top-level domain—works across all software and devices. It is a supply-side prerequisite for linguistic diversity online.
  • Bridging divides means addressing specific groups; For example, Indigenous communities seek spectrum rights, data sovereignty and sustained support for community-owned networks. Women and rural youth benefit when AI tools, training materials and local e-commerce run in their own dialects. Low-income urban residents gain when free or low-cost broadband is paired with strong safety features.
  • Multistakeholder, bottom-up cooperation is vital; Effective solutions depend on regulators, technical community members, community networks, right-holders and civil society co-designing measures so that no single actor dominates and local priorities lead.
IGF 2025 Open Forum #76 Digital Literacy as a Precondition for Achieving Universal A

Updated:
Session Report

Th 
Nigeria’s Open Forum Report 2025
Theme: Digital Literacy as a Pre-condition for Achieving Universal Access
Introduction
Nigeria’s Open Forum at the Internet Governance Forum (IGF) brought together a diverse group of national and international experts, government officials, academics, and digital rights advocates to discuss the urgent need to accelerate digital literacy and transformation across the country. With a population of over 250 million people, 70 percent of whom are youth, and 70 percent of the population living in rural areas with significantly lower literacy/infrastructure levels, Nigeria has both the challenge and opportunity to shape a digitally inclusive future. The conversation highlighted urgent areas of action and proposed strategies to ensure that Nigeria’s growing digital population is not only connected but meaningfully empowered economically and socially, using digital literacy as a step to achieving an inclusive, yet universal access.
Speakers and organization:
All the speakers listed for participation were physically present with an online audience of 34 participating across the globe. 
Mr. Kashifu Inuwa Abdullahi CCIE (Director General, National Information Technology Development Agency NITDA) was the lead speaker.  Ms. Judith Hellerstein, Mr. Yomi Arowosafe, Mr. Kagyah Osei, Mr. Poncelet Illeleji, and representative from the Liberia IGF all took up speaking roles. 
Dr. Wariowei, DS, (the Chairperson of NIGF-MAG) was the organizer, while Dr. Ibiso Kingsley-George and Engr. Kunle Olorundare were onsite and online moderators respectively. The rapporteurs were Ms. Martha Negedu and Mrs. Uchechi Kalu. 
Main Discussion.
Mr. Kashifu Inuwa Abdullahi, delivered the lead paper titled "Nigeria’s Digital Literacy Journey," chronicling the key milestones in Nigeria’s digital policy evolution from 2001 till date. He highlighted the Federal Government's commitment to efficient service delivery through a systematic, layered set of policies, frameworks and initiatives through the Ministry of Communications, Innovation and Digital Economy and it's agencies and culminating in NITDA's Strategic Roadmap and Action Plan (SRAP 2.0).
These efforts and strategy target the upskilling of millions of Nigerians, including the grassroots. A cornerstone of SRAP 2.0, the Digital Literacy for All (DL4ALL) initiative focuses on three major competencies: basic digital skills, intermediate professional-level skills, and advanced tech innovation capabilities. It  also addresses three platforms for delivery including: Informal Sector Program, Formal Sector Program, Workforce Readiness Program. 
He also highlighted inter-agency efforts, pointing to the Nigerian Communications Commission’s (NCC) digital literacy projects such as the ADEPTI (Advanced Digital Empowerment Programme for Tertiary Institutions), NCC / Nokia 4G-5G Training hands-on labs. The 3 Million Technical Talent (3MTT) program aimed at building a robust digital talent pipeline across Nigeria, with special emphasis on software development, cloud computing, and cybersecurity, was also x-rayed.
In addition to the three key takeaways and action points submitted earlier, the aggregation of the contribution of other online/onsite speakers are highlighted:
a) the need for data sharing and collaboration among agencies to build a synchronized governance and operational consistency. This encompasses use of uniform curricular and frameworks to ensure transparency and help in aligning digital goals across sectors.
b) a call for open licensing models to enable the development of alternative community networks and encourage breaking institutional silos to foster cost-effective access.
c) a call to policy makers to adopt a tiered policy approach that accounts for varying levels of digital readiness across Nigeria. By this, national strategies could better serve marginalized and underserved groups including women, the elderly, persons with disabilities, and rural communities.
d) the use of social media platforms which resonate with the youth for effective engagement and deliver educational content. 
e) strategies for provision for affordable devices and its distribution  
f) tackle the menace of disinformation and misinformation and the growing challenge of regulating digital spaces where national laws are often disregarded, the inclusion of parliamentarians and lawmakers from the UN and regional blocs to share experiences and explore legislation to hold tech platforms accountable. 
g) in order to address similar challenges with access, affordability, and public awareness, they emphasized the value of cross-border collaboration to harmonize West African digital literacy strategies. 
h) connectivity must become a cornerstone of Nigeria’s digital development strategy.

 

IGF 2025 Lightning Talk #90 Tower of Babel Chaos

Updated:
Session Report

Report: IGF 2025 Lightning Talk #90 Tower of Babel Chaos

Experimental Discussion on Multilingual Communication Barriers in Internet Governance Discussions

This experimental session, organized as part of the Civil Society Alliances for Digital Empowerment (CADE) project and moderated by Virginia (Ginger) Paque, explored communication barriers in internet governance forums through a unique Tower of Babel approach. The session brought together participants from diverse linguistic backgrounds to examine challenges and potential solutions for multilingual participation in global digital policy discussions. The experiment involved temporarily suspending English as the universal language to allow participants to experience firsthand the communication barriers that typically remain hidden when English dominance is accepted as standard practice.

The session revealed tensions between linguistic inclusivity and practical communication needs, highlighting the complex relationship between language, technology, and global governance. Participants discussed questions of fairness, efficiency, and the role of emerging technologies in bridging linguistic divides.

Participant Overview and Experimental Context

The discussion featured participants from various linguistic backgrounds, with Virginia (Ginger) Paque continuing as moderator. As she noted, “I have spent most of my life speaking Spanish although English is my native language.” Key participants included Abed Kataya, Kenneth Harry Msiska, Stephanie Borg Psaila from Malta, Karolina Iwańska, Slavica Karajicic, Bimsara Malshan, and Ken Huang, co-founder of Lingo AI from the Singapore Internet Governance Forum.

Participants represented languages including Chinese, German, Samoan, Hindi, Cape Verdean Creole, Chichewa, Swahili, and others, creating a genuinely multilingual environment for the experiment.

Definitions of Internet Governance

Before the multilingual experiment, participants provided definitions of internet governance in their preferred languages. Abed Kataya emphasized comprehensive collaboration, defining it as involving cooperation between government, private sector, civil society, and technical communities. Kenneth Harry Msiska and others referenced the WGIG definition, describing it as establishing rules, policies, and procedures applied jointly by all stakeholders.

Stephanie Borg Psaila offered a different perspective, critiquing the terminology itself for overemphasizing government roles with insufficient attention to civil society participation. Other participants provided complementary definitions: Karolina Iwańska emphasized decentralized management, Slavica Karajicic highlighted the multidisciplinary nature encompassing infrastructure, standards, security, law, economics, development, culture, and human rights, and Bimsara Malshan focused on shared principles and decision-making procedures.

The Tower of Babel Experiment

The session’s central experiment involved encouraging participants to communicate in their native languages to observe emerging challenges and solutions. Paque initiated this experiment despite being a native English speaker, stating her goal was to highlight the complexities inherent in English-language dominance. By suspending the de facto "English as the common language" guideline prevalent in many global situations, Paque hoped the session would review pros, cons, practicalities and possible new solutions.

The immediate results varied among participants. Some reported confusion during the multilingual phase, with one audience member describing the experience as “chaotic” and noting they could only connect with Swahili speakers. However, Paque herself observed that it was a productive chaos.

Participants naturally began clustering into linguistic groups, seeking speakers of languages they could understand. Several participants discovered they were the sole representatives of their native languages at the forum, including Stephanie Borg Psaila as the only Maltese speaker and others representing Samoan, Cape Verdean Creole, and Chichewa.

Technological Solutions and AI Capabilities

Ken Huang presented insights on artificial intelligence capabilities, explaining that AI can theoretically process all 7,000 human languages but defaults to English and major languages when data sets prove insufficient. He noted that “AI can design their own Native computing languages” distinct from human languages, suggesting possibilities for communication systems that transcend traditional linguistic boundaries.

An audience member added that AI “thinks in mathematics and digit proximity” rather than any specific language, making it potentially culturally neutral. However, participants also noted limitations, with current AI speech recognition handling only about 100 languages with limited effectiveness, and 95% of internet language data existing in English.

The discussion revealed that Google Translate is adding “100 languages every year,” showing progress in technological solutions while acknowledging current constraints.

The English Dominance Discussion

The session revealed different perspectives on English as a common language. After experiencing the multilingual experiment, one participant concluded that “English is the solution for the chaotic Tower of Babel situation.” A Hindi-speaking participant explained that in India’s multilingual context, English serves as a politically neutral option when native languages carry political implications.

Abed Kataya provided historical context, noting that English is “the third most spoken native language globally” following Chinese Mandarin and Spanish, but serves as the current business language due to power structures. He suggested that language dominance follows historical patterns, with different languages serving as lingua francas in different eras.

However, Paque questioned the fairness of requiring English when most participants are non-native speakers. Stephanie Borg Psaila proposed alternative approaches, suggesting multiple language options with simultaneous interpretation, similar to UN and EU practices.

Cross-linguistic Communication Approaches

The discussion explored alternatives to the binary choice between English dominance and multilingual chaos. Participants identified cross-linguistic communication as a promising approach, where speakers of related languages can communicate in their native tongues while understanding responses in different but related languages. Examples mentioned included Portuñol and Spanglish as forms of cross-linguistic communication.

One observation noted that when Spanish and Hindi speakers attempted to communicate, some words were “close enough to English” to facilitate understanding, demonstrating natural bridges between languages.

Paque also raised the topic of internationalized domain names as another aspect of multilingual internet governance that requires consideration.

Areas of Agreement and Disagreement

Participants demonstrated consensus on several issues, including the need for multistakeholder collaboration in internet governance and the acknowledgement that language barriers create challenges in international forums. There was also general agreement that AI offers potential for addressing language barriers while facing current limitations.

However, significant disagreements emerged regarding solutions. The most notable disagreement concerned whether to maintain English as the universal solution or implement multiple language options. Stephanie Borg Psaila advocated for multiple language choices with interpretation, while others defended English as practical and effective.

Disagreements also emerged about AI capabilities, with varying levels of optimism about technological solutions versus emphasis on current limitations.

Key Insights and Observations

The experimental approach provided several insights into multilingual communication challenges. The session demonstrated that language barriers create genuine difficulties in international forums, though the severity of these challenges varied among participants. The experiment showed how participants naturally seek linguistic connections and form communication clusters.

The discussion highlighted both the practical effectiveness of English as a common language and concerns about fairness when most participants are non-native speakers. Technological solutions emerged as promising but currently limited, particularly for less common languages and oral communication.

The session also revealed that different participants have varying tolerance for multilingual communication challenges, with some finding creative ways to bridge language gaps while others prefer clear common language solutions.

Conclusion

This experimental session provided insights into the complex challenges of multilingual communication in internet governance forums. By temporarily suspending English dominance, participants experienced linguistic barriers firsthand and explored various approaches to multilingual communication.

While no definitive solutions emerged, the discussion revealed the trade-offs between inclusion and practicality, the potential and limitations of technological solutions, and the varying perspectives on language choice in international forums. The session demonstrated that addressing communication barriers requires balancing practical communication needs with concerns about fairness and inclusion.

The experiment highlighted that meaningful progress on linguistic inclusion may require a willingness to experiment with established practices while acknowledging both practical constraints and equity concerns in international governance processes.

CADE is co-funded by the EU.

 

IGF 2025 WS #187 Bridging Internet & AI Governance: From Theory to Practice

Updated:
Session Report

The session explored how to move from theory to practice in aligning Internet and AI governance, highlighting the tension between centralised AI models and Core Internet Values. Speakers emphasised transparency, accountability, safety, and inclusive multi-stakeholder collaboration - underscoring the need for aligned principles and technical standards in AI regulation. The session concluded with a call for multi-stakeholder collaboration and technical standards to ensure safe and inclusive AI development.

Action Items (are somehow a repeat of the short reporting)

  • Explore layered safeguards and transparency requirements for AI algorithms, rather than requiring full model openness.
  • Establish oversight, agency, and regulation mechanisms to transform Internet governance principles into technical AI standards.
  • Develop a matrix mapping Internet properties and values to the AI space.
  • Investigate how the principle of non-discrimination and openness in net neutrality can be extended to AI infrastructure, models, and content curation.

Introduction and Session Setup

  • Olivier Crépin-Leblond initiated the session, welcoming participants and introducing the co-chairs Luca Belli and Pari Esfandiari
  • Olivier outlined the session's structure, including speaker introductions: Vint Cerf, Renata Mielli, Sandrine Elmi Hersi, and additional commenters William Drake, Roxanna Radu, and Shuyan Wu.

Theoretical Framework and AI's Impact on Internet Governance

  • Pari Esfandiari outlined the session's focus on bridging Internet and AI governance from theory to practice.
  • Pari discussed the shift from open Internet protocols to centralised AI models and the implications for digital governance.
  • She emphasised the need for updated policies and cross-sector commitment to preserve user agency and democratic oversight.
  • Luca Belli highlighted the differences between the open, decentralised Internet and the centralised AI architecture, stressing the importance of intergenerativity, which allows the Internet to evolve through user contributions, and contrasts it with the proprietary and opaque nature of AI.

Speaker Presentations: Vint Cerf and Sandrine Elmi Hersi

  • Vint Cerf discussed the accessibility of AI and the importance of personalising interactions with large language models.
  • Vint introduced the concept of agentic generative AI and the standards A2A (Agent to Agent) and MCP (Model Context Protocol), which aim to ensure interoperability among AI agents - which could be integrated as Core AI values. He also spoke of the importance of provenance of the information that is used by the AI agents available for critical thinking and critical evaluation of what we get back.
  • Sandrine Elmi Hersi highlighted the increasing use of generative AI tools and the need for transparency and openness in AI governance.
  • Sandrine outlined three main areas for action: accelerating AI transparency, preserving the intelligence of the network, and ensuring non-discrimination in AI infrastructure.
  • She emphasised the importance of openness and neutrality in AI markets and the need for diverse content creators and innovators.

Speaker Presentations: Renata Mielli and Hadia El Miniawi

  • Renata Mielli discussed the principles of the Decalogue of CGI.BR and the need for transparency and explainability in AI governance.
  • Renata identified principles that aligned with AI governance, such as freedom, human rights, and democratic governance, and those that may not, like net neutrality.
  • She highlighted the need for legal and regulatory environments for AI systems and the importance of interoperability.
  • Hadia El Miniawi emphasised the similarities between AI and the Internet, particularly in their impact on economic growth and productivity.
  • Hadia discussed the challenges and opportunities for AI development in Africa, including the endorsement of the African Union's Continental AI Strategy.
  • She raised ethical and security concerns about unrestricted access to AI algorithms and suggested alternative solutions for ensuring responsible use.

Community Comments and Discussions

  • Roxana Radu emphasised the need for maturity in AI governance discussions and the integration of values into technical, policy, and legal standards.
  • Roxana identified four key areas for attention: market concentration, diversity and equity, personal data collection, and technical standards.
  • William Drake highlighted the challenges of applying Internet governance principles to AI, including the material interests of private actors and states.
  • William emphasised the need to carefully identify for which issues there is really a clear functional need and  market demand to supply international governance and the importance of understanding the specificities of the AI space.
  • Shuyan Wu highlighted China Mobile’s commitment to promoting fairness, transparency, and inclusiveness in both Internet and AI governance through efforts such as universal 5G access, user rights protections, and tailored digital services. 
  • Shuyan emphasised adapting their infrastructure, data resources, and AI technologies - like smart healthcare, education platforms, and content governance - to ensure the benefits of digital innovation are equitably shared across all communities.

Discussion and Comments from the Floor

  • Alejandro Pisanty emphasised the importance of defining the scope of AI governance and applying existing regulations where possible.
  • Alejandro highlighted the need for a clear understanding of the benefits and risks of AI governance and the involvement of all relevant stakeholders.
  • Vint Cerf reiterated the importance of risk management and liability in AI governance, and the need for provenance and explainability in AI models.
  • Dominique Hazaël-Massieux (W3C) suggested focusing on the intersection of AI and the Internet and the importance of understanding existing governance expectations.
  • Andrew Campling suggested starting with principles like duty of care and the precautionary principle, drawing lessons from the failures of social media governance.

Concluding Remarks and Final Thoughts

  • Yik Chan Chin emphasised the importance of risk, safety, and liability in AI governance and the role of standards in regulation.
  • Yik Chan highlighted the need for a multi-stakeholder approach and the lessons learned from previous governance efforts.
  • William Drake called for a realistic approach to AI governance, emphasising the need for clear functional demand and the challenges of global collaboration, especially in intergovernmental settings
  • Shuyan Wu expressed hope for continued collaboration and the importance of understanding the intersections between AI and the Internet.
  • Hadia El Miniawi mentioned that regional, international, and national strategies should align and support each other, working collaboratively in parallel to strengthen shared goals without undermining national sovereignty.
  • Sandra Elmi Hersi concluded that AI and Internet governance must converge, applying Core Internet Principles to AI to safeguard the Internet’s openness through a collaborative, multi-stakeholder approach - starting now.
  • Renala Mielli added that transforming principles into technical standards requires oversight, agency, and regulation - recognizing governance and regulation as distinct, with both multi-stakeholder processes and national AI laws essential.
  • Roxana Radu declared that we need to walk the talk, turning discussion into action, building on Internet governance lessons to shape AI governance collaboratively - without reinventing the wheel but adapting what already works.
  • Vint Cerf concluded that building safe systems for all users demands a collective, focused effort - ensuring safety is a foundational priority throughout the development process.
IGF 2025 WS #460 Building Digital Policy for Sustainable E-Waste Management

Updated:
Session Report

This workshop discussion focused on the urgency of e-waste management and its policy implications, exploring global frameworks and sustainable solutions. The session was moderated by Saba Tiku Beyene and Athanase Bahizire and featured speakers from diverse regions, including representatives from the private sector, civil society, technical community, ITU, and Smart Africa. 

Speakers emphasized that while e-waste represents a significant environmental and health challenge, with over 62 million tons generated annually and only around 20% formerly recycled, it also presents economic opportunities, particularly for developing countries, through job creation, circular economy principles, and creation of bankable projects that can contribute to multiple UN Sustainable Development Goals.

Key discussion points : 

Hossam Elgamal highlighted Egypt’s situation as a major e-waste producer in Africa, generating around 370,000 tons annually, with most waste handled by the informal sector using unsafe methods. He stressed the need for strengthened Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR) frameworks for comprehensive regulations focusing on strengthening Extended Producer Responsibility with clear mandates for manufacturers, importers and retailers. He also highlighted the need for capacity building and proper legislation enforcement. He cited Egypt’s Law passed in 2020, which treats e-waste as hazardous waste with specific collection, recycling and disposal guidelines through authorized facilities, and noted Egypt’s membership in the Basel Convention.

Jasmine Ko from Hong Kong discussed the importance of consumer behavior change and local adaptation of global solutions, sharing examples of mobile recycling stations used in Hong Kong to address logistical challenges in urban environments. This example illustrates how policies can fail without consideration of local contexts and user behaviors, demonstrating the need for flexible implementation of global standards. She emphasized that multi-stakeholder initiatives involving industry, government and civil society are crucial for effective e-waste management.

Emmanuel Niyikora from the International Telecommunication Union (ITU) provided an international perspective, explaining the organization’s work on EPR frameworks, helping countries to implement EPR frameworks. He also emphasized the need for international knowledge exchange and South-South cooperation. He mentioned ITU’s work facilitating collaboration between countries, including Nigeria, South Africa, Colombia, and India. He emphasized that effective e-waste policies require consultative approaches involving both public and private sectors, including supporting youth innovation and open source implementations to ensure accessibility for smaller organizations.

Thelma Quaye from Smart Africa supported this perspective, highlighting that e-waste management can create value and drive innovation. She mentioned the effort of SmartAfrica building a single digital market in Africa through public and private sector collaboration. She explained how recycling, repair and reuse practices are crucial in promoting circular approaches in the digital economy. One good example is bringing refurbished devices to the official market, as it will create jobs and contribute to inclusivity and sustainability. Talking about policies, she highlighted the example of the East African Community, which has a cross-border e-waste strategy which adapts the EPR framework and localizes it to be effective. She emphasized that if we need to have prosperous digital economies, we need to embed sustainability by design, think of e-waste from the start production process, build locally grounded products for continuity and focus on citizen awareness.

Oussama Elmerrahi, a Youth Ambassador from the Internet Society, presented statistics about the global e-waste crisis, with millions of metric tonnes of e-waste generated annually, yet only around 30% formally collected and recycled. He explored how data-driven technologies like AI, IoT and Digital Product Passports (DPP) are essential tools for effective e-waste management and can support monitoring and enforcement of e-waste policies, noting that we can’t manage what we can’t measure. He emphasized that digital infrastructure investment is needed beyond just policies to make e-waste traceable and accountable.

Audience engagement : 

Alejandro Navarro from the audience discussed ongoing work by ITU study group five to develop open-source implementations of digital passports for electronics, specifically mentioning the use of GitHub repositories. He emphasized that without open source implementations, smaller organizations cannot effectively participate in innovation for the circular economy. He highlighted the work of the ITU-T in developing standards, noting that we have some standards available online with recommendations on e-waste and the circular economy as a whole. Explaining that standards help have harmonization since the device producing chain is global, it also needs global and local solutions to deal with it. 

Nicolas Fiumarelli from the online participants pointed that with the rapid progress in post-quantum cryptography and the reality that many existing IoT devices cannot be updated due to firmware or hardware limitations; asking how should governments and regulators prepare for the imminent wave of cryptographically obsolete devices, especially to ensure secure end-of-life handling and enforcement under EPR frameworks. 

Conclusion : 

The discussion demonstrated broad agreement on fundamental approaches to e-waste management, including the importance of EPR frameworks, multi-stakeholder collaboration, and technology-driven solutions. The conversation successfully reframed e-waste from purely an environmental burden to an economic opportunity requiring coordinated policy, technology, and behavioral interventions.

IGF 2025 WS #305 Financing Self-Sustaining Community Connectivity Solutions

Updated:
Session Report

This session addressed the persistent financial divide that prevents community networks from accessing adequate funding. Organized by the Dynamic Coalition on Community Connectivity, the discussion brought together researchers, investors, development finance professionals, and practitioners to examine how community connectivity initiatives can transition from grant-dependent organizations to financially sustainable enterprises. There was strong consensus on the need for blended finance mechanisms and recognition of community networks as social enterprises that generate measurable social returns alongside connectivity services.

The discussion opened with Luca Belli, who set the stage by highlighting the coalition’s extensive work in producing reports and policy recommendations. He emphasized the importance of grounding the conversation in empirical evidence, noting that the day’s presentations would contextualize the various types of community networks, regulatory hurdles, and potential solutions.

 

Chris Locke of the Internet Society Foundation underscored a recurring issue: the tendency to create “grantrepreneurs” rather than true entrepreneurs. He revealed that the Foundation is committing approximately $30 million in capital through a co-fund dedicated to community-centered connectivity, with the explicit goal of transforming these initiatives into financially sustainable ventures.

 

Marie Lisa Dacanay contributed insights from her research, describing community-centered connectivity initiatives as social enterprises that deliver a spectrum of services—transactional, social inclusion, and transformational. She shared that studies consistently found Social Return on Investment (SROI) ratios above one, with these values increasing over time, demonstrating both cost-effectiveness and growing social value.

 

Claude Dorion addressed the significant financial constraints most community networks face, particularly regarding capital expenditures and operational costs. He advocated for blended finance mechanisms, combining grants, loans, and flexible refundable products to meet the diverse needs of these organizations. This approach, he argued, is essential for moving beyond the limitations of traditional grant funding.

 

Brian Vo and Nathalia Foditsch from Connect Humanity echoed the sentiment that demand for connectivity is robust, with many networks achieving take rates between 30 and 50 percent. Their cross-sectional analysis of nine community-centred connectivity initiatives identified access to capital for infrastructure and the development of business planning skills as primary barriers to scaling these efforts.

 

Carl Elmstam from Sida provided insights into development finance institution perspectives. He pointed out the considerable difficulties involved in integrating development assistance with commercial investments, emphasizing that grants are not intended to produce profits. This restriction complicates the design of blended finance structures, as it limits the ways in which public and private funding can be combined effectively.

 

Alessandra Lustrati described FCDO’s commitment to advancing last-mile connectivity by supporting both policy and regulatory initiatives, as well as piloting business models at the community level. She stressed that development finance should prioritize fostering more enabling business environments for social enterprises and community networks.

 

Throughout the session, there was broad consensus on several key points. All speakers agreed that blended finance—mixing grants, loans, and flexible financing—is crucial for the sector’s sustainability. The aggregation of multiple community networks into investment portfolios was highlighted as a strategy for managing risk and scaling impact. Additionally, the conversation reflected a shift from advocacy to rigorous, quantitative research as the foundation for building investment cases.

 

The need for standardized methods to measure and communicate social impact to the financial sector was identified as an ongoing challenge.

 

A critical operational issue that emerged throughout the discussion was energy supply. After a question from the online audience about energy availability, several speakers acknowledged this as fundamental to network sustainability. Community networks in underserved areas often lack access to grid electricity, making renewable energy solutions essential for sustainable operations.

Gustaff iskandar from Common Room, who was in the audience, briefly mentioned their experience with micro-hydro power in Indonesia, highlighting practical approaches to addressing energy challenges in community network deployments.

The session demonstrated a maturing understanding of community network financing, with a strong foundation for moving beyond traditional grant-based models. The recognition of community networks as infrastructure investments with measurable social returns, combined with concrete funding commitments, suggests positive momentum for bridging the financial divide in digital inclusion. Continued coordination and innovation in financing mechanisms are required to achieve sustainable community connectivity at scale

IGF 2025 Launch / Award Event #126 The launch of the Women in Internet Governance initiative

Updated:
Session Report

Session Title: Launch & Award Event – Women in Internet Governance (WIG)

Session Number: #126

Date and Time:  Friday, 27 June 2025 11:45–12:30 CEST | 09:45–10:30 UTC

Format:  Hybrid (Workshop Room 3, onsite and online participation)

Thematic Track: Universal Access and Digital Rights

 

1. Session Overview

This session marked the official launch of Women in Internet Governance (WIG) as a global initiative aimed at advancing the leadership, visibility, and participation of women in Internet governance processes across local, regional, and global spaces. The event introduced WIG’s strategic focus, leadership structure, and programmatic activities, and was attended by Internet governance stakeholders, practitioners, and supporters from around the world.

Participants were taken through WIG’s six foundational pillars: leadership development, mentorship and support, capacity building, regional and global networking, policy engagement, and a women-only Internet governance fellowship. The session included goodwill remarks, programme presentations, the official launch declaration, and a discussion on collaboration and forward planning.

 

2. Session Flow and Highlights

Opening Remarks & Session Context

The session was moderated by June Parris, who warmly welcomed participants onsite and online. She explained the vision behind the WIG initiative to close the gender gap in Internet governance and ensure that women’s voices, particularly from underserved regions, are heard and supported.

Raymond Mamattah shared brief introductory remarks, emphasising the need for WIG to become a visible global platform for advancing women’s participation in policy, dialogue, and digital governance.

 

3. Overview of WIG

Gloria Amofah-Adjekum provided an overview of the initiative’s six thematic pillars. She outlined how WIG will offer targeted mentorship, capacity-building, and research opportunities to women interested in or engaged in digital governance.

Harisa Shahid and Mary Rose Ofianga then provided insight into specific programmes, including the fellowship, award, and recognition scheme, as well as upcoming policy engagement efforts and how to get involved in WIG.

 

Guest Speaker Address

Maureen Hilyard, a seasoned leader and advocate in global Internet governance from the Pacific, delivered an inspiring goodwill message. Drawing from her years of involvement with PICISOC, ALAC, APrIGF, and the Dynamic Coalition of SIDS, she encouraged women from all regions and backgrounds to step forward and take up space in Internet governance processes. Her message focused on the value of participation, community collaboration, and the importance of representation in digital policy forums.

Maureen later joined WIG leadership representatives to officially launch the Women in Internet Governance initiative. Her participation was a significant encouragement to emerging women leaders and lent weight to the launch’s call for global inclusion and diversity.

 

Participant Engagement

The session concluded with a brief interactive segment that allowed both onsite and online participants to ask questions and share comments. In Particular, Mary Uduma proposed the formation of a Dynamic Coalition on Women in Internet Governance to promote collaboration across similar initiatives and avoid duplication. Raymond confirmed that a proposal to establish such a coalition had been submitted and is currently under review by the IGF Secretariat.

In total, the session recorded approximately 15 onsite participants and 30 online attendees, several of whom contributed actively to the conversation. Questions ranged from how to join the initiative to how the fellowship will be rolled out.

 

Closing Remarks

Betty Fausta, one of WIG’s leadership, emphasised the importance of multi-stakeholder involvement and encouraged sustained advocacy. June Parris concluded the session by calling for increased collaboration and participation and encouraged attendees to visit the WIG website to explore ways to engage.

IGF 2025 WS #193 Cybersecurity Odyssey: Securing Digital Sovereignty &Trust

Updated:
Session Report

Cybersecurity Odyssey: Securing Digital Sovereignty and TrusT

Introduction

Speakers opened by noting how rapid advances in AI, quantum computing, and pervasive cyberattacks (for example the 2025 “Salt Typhoon” telecom breach) have exposed the fragility of critical infrastructure worldwide .  In this climate, the IGF 2025 workshop set out to balance national digital sovereignty with the need for global cooperation.  The session description aptly framed this “cybersecurity odyssey” as a search for governance frameworks built on “security-by-design, resilience, and digital sovereignty” .  Moderator  (Ernest) Mafuta of Zambia underscored the stakes, declaring that “in a digital age where trust is the currency and sovereignty the fortress, the challenge lies in building resilient, interoperable systems that uphold both security and individual rights” . 

The panel drawn from Africa. America  and Asia aligned these ideas with broader initiatives like the UN’s Global Digital Compact, examining how to harmonize standards internationally without undermining local control .  This session report highlights the key insights and policy recommendations that emerged.

 

Trust and Human-Centric Security

A central theme was that people are allies, not obstacles, in cybersecurity.  Lily Edinam Botsyoe (Ghana, technical community) illustrated this with a compelling “spider story.”  She described a scenario where a researcher repaired a broken cobweb without consulting the spider only to have the spider destroy the entire web when it returned .  The lesson was clear: policies must involve people from the start, not as an afterthought.  As Botsyoe emphasized, “trust is not a byproduct of strong policy. It is a foundation of it” .  Likewise, Samaila Atsen Bako (Nigeria, Code for Africa) rejected the notion of end-users as the “weakest link.”  Instead, he insisted that a well-equipped and informed person becomes “your first line of defence… your literal human shield” .Other panelists reinforced this human-centric view.  Boutife (“Bolu”) Adisa (Nigeria, ICANN) put it bluntly: “security and trust go hand in hand” – secure systems breed genuine public confidence .  Osei Keija (Ghana Youth IGF) framed the insight powerfully: “Security without rights is brittle” .  All agreed that transparency, accountability, and civic participation are as important as any technical fix.  In practice, this means embedding multi‑stakeholder processes throughout policy development so that diverse communities have a say.

Sovereignty and Regional Cooperation

Panelists explored how countries can assert sovereignty over their networks while still cooperating internationally.  Ihita Gangavarapu (India) noted a clear “shift from free flow of data to regional control and localisation” in digital policy worldwide .  Yet she argued that this trend need not fragment the Internet.  Instead, regional cooperation can create “trusted data flows, shared security principles, and joint R&D on resilient infrastructure” .  For example, India’s emerging Trusted Telecom Center and Kenya’s multistakeholder digital ID consultations show how national initiatives can align with global standards.  Gangavarapu even highlighted content and cultural sovereignty: countries should manage content moderation “in ways that reflect their cultural and linguistic norms,” or risk digital “colonialism” where global platforms override local values .

From a military perspective, Dr. Monojit Das (India, Ministry of Defence) cautioned that cyberspace is now “a frontier of warfare” on par with land, sea, air, and space .  He therefore urged a whole‑of‑nation defense posture, engaging not just the government but tech companies, civil society, and citizens.  Dr. Das recommended starting cooperation on universally agreed threats for example, by creating an international “collaborative portal for tackling fake news similar to Wikipedia’s model” .  He also stressed the need for clear norms: defining thresholds for cyber conflict and coordinated response mechanisms, lest traditional institutions like the UN fall out of step.  Together these insights suggest that digital sovereignty is best protected through alliances on shared challenges, not isolation.

 

Policy Recommendation

Based on the discussion, the following policy approaches emerged as essential:

  • Embed Security-by-Design:  Mandate that new technologies (from AI systems to telecom networks) be built with security from the outset.  Speakers urged adopting a zero-trust architecture (“never trust, always verify”), requiring features like multi-factor authentication, continuous threat modeling, and automated compliance checks .  Governments were advised to accelerate implementation of post-quantum cryptography and sandbox innovations (as done in the UK and Singapore) to stay ahead of emerging threats .
  • Cultivate Inclusive Governance:  Cybersecurity policies should be co-created with all stakeholders.  As Botsyoe and Bako stressed, regulations must involve affected communities “proactively rather than reactively” .  This means embedding multi-stakeholder processes (with women, youth, and marginalized groups) in drafting cyber laws, and including sunset clauses to regularly review and update rules .  In practice, this could extend to culturally aware content policies – for instance, allowing countries to enforce moderation aligned with local norms – and ensuring that rights (privacy, free expression) are safeguarded in any security design.
  • Harmonize Standards and Share Intelligence:  The workshop highlighted the importance of cross-border cooperation.  Panelists recommended using international forums (like the Global Digital Compact) to align cybersecurity and AI standards across regions .  Proposals included multilateral treaties embedding human‑rights safeguards (Dr. Khouzeifi) and shared threat‑intelligence networks.  Monojit Das’s idea of cooperating first on common threats (fake news, disinformation, supply-chain security) can serve as a practical starting point .  In short, regions should harmonize frameworks and recognize mutual certifications for trusted vendors and infrastructure.
  • Invest in Capacity and Literacy:  Technical solutions must be backed by education and institutional capacity.  The panel recommended expanding civic digital literacy programs so that citizens understand cyber risks and rights .  Governments and NGOs should fund training for SMEs and community groups.  Parallel efforts include building threat‑intelligence partnerships (even across continents) and supporting R&D cooperation.  As several speakers emphasized, an informed public and skilled workforce are critical to building enduring trust in digital systems .

Key Takeaways

  • Trust Must Lead:  Participants agreed that trust is the foundation of cybersecurity, not a byproduct.  Effective protection emerges when users are seen as partners – “your first line of defence” – rather than threats .  Cyber policies should therefore be transparent, rights-respecting, and designed to earn public confidence from day one.
  • Build on What Works, Together:  There is no need to “reinvent the wheel” by creating entirely new frameworks .  Instead, the focus should be on better implementing existing standards (NIST, OWASP, etc.) and harmonizing them internationally.  Regional coalitions can adapt these proven tools to local contexts while maintaining interoperability .
  • Human-Centric, Multi-Stakeholder Approach:  Effective cyber defense requires a multi-sector alliance.  Governments, the tech industry, and civil society must collaborate from the start.  Solutions that ignore human factors or community voices (as Botsyoe’s spider story dramatized) will fail.  When policies are co-created and inclusive, societal buy-in improves and security measures are more resilient in practice .

 

 

 

Calls to Action

  1. Mandate Secure-by-Design Practices:  Policymakers should require that critical systems adopt zero-trust principles and forward-looking encryption.  National regulations could mandate multi-factor authentication, continuous red‑teaming, and post-quantum cryptography (as advocated by Adisa) .  These measures must be backed by legislation and international standards to ensure baseline security.
  2. Champion Participation and Rights:  Governments and industry must institutionalize participatory governance in cybersecurity.  This means holding regular multi-stakeholder consultations, building mechanisms for public feedback, and protecting civil liberties even as defenses are strengthened .  Citizens and youth organizations (echoing Oseig Kaygah activism) should be empowered to scrutinize surveillance policies and demand accountability.
  3. Invest in People and Collaboration:  All stakeholders should bolster digital literacy and cross-border cooperation.  This includes funding education programs so citizens understand cyber hygiene and privacy rights .  At the same time, states and companies should set up shared threat-intelligence platforms and regional standards bodies to pool resources.  We must also respect local contexts  for example, by aligning content moderation with cultural norms  to ensure communities trust and adopt the solutions.

By heeding these lessons and acting on these recommendations, the IGF community can move closer to a world where digital sovereignty and trust reinforce rather than undermine each other. The workshop underscored that building resilient, inclusive cybersecurity is a collective journey  one that requires vision, cooperation, and above all a steadfast commitment to putting people at the center of the Internet’s future

IGF 2025 Open Forum #12 Game On: Exploring IP and Resolving Disputes in Esports

Updated:
Session Report

The session was hosted by the World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO) and focused on highlighting the important link between IP, alternative dispute resolutions and esports. It also provided an opportunity to discuss the upcoming WIPO guide on esports and the International Games and Esports Tribunal.

The experts from WIPO and Video Games Europe, and legal practitioners examined:

  • IP rights across the complex network of stakeholders in competitive video gameplay, including developers and publishers, tournament organizers, players and teams. 
  • Different licensing policies that vary among companies, games, and territories.
  • Key strategies for safeguarding game assets, team logos, streaming content, and digital innovations, through trademarks, copyrights, and contracts.
  • Common IP-related conflicts in esports, such as unauthorized use of content, contract breaches, and intellectual property disputes, and how to proactively address them through mediation and arbitration.

The following conclusions can be drawn from the discussions:  

  • Innovators, creators and entrepreneurs, including in the video games and esports industry, need to understand how intellectual property works.
  • The growing esports sector is very much based on intellectual property rights from different stakeholders.  From video game publishers to players, the management of IP rights is crucial to seize the opportunities in the field and have successful careers, teams and competitions.
  • As the sector grows in complexity, disputes related to IP, contracts, and fair play are likely to increase. ADR mechanisms can offer flexible, cost-efficient and confidential tools for resolving these disputes and supporting sustainable growth.
IGF 2025 WS #70 Combating Sexual Deepfakes: Safeguarding Teens Globally

Updated:
Session Report

A PDF version of this report is available at https://csit.tk.

1. Introduction
This workshop convened global stakeholders to examine the growing threat of AI-generated sexual deepfakes, particularly those targeting children and adolescents. Drawing on case studies from Brazil, the Netherlands, Morocco, Tunisia, South Korea, and others, the discussion underscored the need for legal reform, technical safeguards, cultural education, and cross-sectoral collaboration. The speakers emphasized that the misuse of generative AI to produce non-consensual sexual imagery reflects deeper systemic issues of gender-based violence, privacy erosion, and platform accountability.

2. Prevalence and Nature of Sexual Deepfakes
Sexual deepfakes, including altered photos or videos that simulate nudity or sexual activity, are increasing globally. In South Korea, a spike in reports of AI-generated fake nudes of classmates was observed in 2023, particularly via messaging apps like Telegram. Similar incidents were also reported in Tunisia, Morocco, and Brazil.

3. Barriers to Reporting and Enforcement
A recurring theme was the difficulty of reporting, especially in conservative societies where victims fear humiliation. In countries like Morocco and Tunisia, cultural stigma prevents many victims from coming forward.

Furthermore, enforcement is often limited by legal loopholes. Many laws do not yet address synthetic media adequately, and platforms often avoid liability by deleting content without supporting legal investigations.

4. Platform Accountability
Speakers raised serious concerns about platforms that facilitate or ignore the spread of CSAM and deepfake tools. Some platforms have started to take limited action, such as META banning advertisers of nudifying apps.

Participants stressed that platforms and app developers must be held accountable through legal and technical mechanisms, especially when they are based outside local jurisdictions.

5. Detection and Technological Responses
Several panelists discussed the technical challenges of detection. Many generative AI tools operate offline (e.g., Stable Diffusion), making it difficult to monitor their outputs. Detection efforts should focus on:

Developing localized detection datasets

Enhancing NGO-led image classification and blocklisting, such as through the Internet Watch Foundation

There were also calls to pressure search engines and app stores to remove or demote nudify apps and related content.

6. Legal and Regulatory Reform
Several jurisdictions are in the process of updating their criminal codes.

Legal clarity is needed to:

Recognize synthetic sexual content as a form of abuse

Extend responsibility to the developers and distributors of harmful tools

Balance encryption rights with the need to detect illegal content, particularly in end-to-end encrypted services

Participants cautioned against laws that could be misused by authoritarian governments, and stressed the importance of ensuring child protection laws are not weaponized against free speech.

7. Education and Psychological Support
The role of education was central throughout the workshop. Several countries, including the Netherlands, Brazil, and South Korea, are experimenting with school-based programs and campaigns. Examples include:

Trauma-informed co-creation workshops with victims and youth

National educational materials (e.g., SaferNet-UNICEF guides)

Digital literacy modules integrated into sexual education weeks

Anonymous recovery programs for victims of online abuse

Awareness efforts should target both youth and government officials, including ministries of education, to ensure policies are not only bottom-up but also top-down.

8. Youth Perspectives
Youth participants called for a shift away from punitive-only responses toward empathetic and restorative approaches. They emphasized:

The need to educate adults as well as children

The importance of listening to survivors’ own voices in policy design

The potential role of peer influencers and youth-led awareness programs

9. Key Takeaways
Sexual deepfakes are a global and escalating issue, especially among youth, and reflect deep-rooted gender-based violence.

Legal, educational, and technical systems are lagging, often leaving victims without recourse.

Cross-sectoral coordination is essential, but current efforts are fragmented and reactive.

Victim support, cultural change, and digital literacy must be prioritized over solely punitive responses.

10. Recommendations
Strengthen platform accountability, including obligations for app stores, search engines, and encrypted messaging services to prevent the spread of CSAM and deepfake apps.

Invest in detection and prevention tools, including localized datasets, immutable watermarking, and NGO-driven reporting platforms.

Expand digital citizenship education from early childhood, including both students and decision-makers.

Ensure survivor-centered support systems, with trauma-informed resources and restorative justice models.

Promote international collaboration through aligned standards, shared datasets, and joint campaigns across jurisdictions.

 
IGF 2025 Lightning Talk #155 Ethical Access to AI Therapists: Addressing Risks and Safegu

Updated:
Session Report

Date: June 23, 2025 | Location: Nova Spectrum, Lillestrøm, Norway
Session Title:
Ethical Access to AI Therapists: Addressing Risks and Safeguarding Cultural Sensitivity

Session Overview: This session explored the ethical implications and necessary safeguards for the deployment of AI-powered mental health tools, with a particular focus on accessibility, cultural sensitivity, and data governance. With growing interest in using AI to address mental health gaps—especially in underserved communities—the session emphasized that ethical deployment must be grounded in inclusivity, safety, and human connection.

Speakers

  • Doris Magiri – Founder, KijijiLink
  • Ajima Olaghere – Sr. Research Fellow, KijijiLink
  • Mary Uduma – Internet Governance Advocate, Nigeria
  • June Parris – Mental Health Advocate

Doris Magiri opened the session by highlighting the growing accessibility of AI-powered mental health tools are becoming increasingly accessible, offering scalable and affordable solutions to underserved communities. However, these systems face critical limitations in understanding human distress, particularly in high-stakes situations such as suicidal distress and ideation. Without proper ethical guidelines or cultural sensitivity, AI mental health tools risk exacerbating harm instead of providing meaningful support.

In reference to this backdrop, the presentation began with contextualizing the global state of mental health. Doris noted in 2023, the World Health Organization (WHO) reported 970 million people are impacted by mental illness globally, of which over 700,000 succumb to suicide a year, a fourth leading cause of death for people aged 15 - 29. The following are a summary of key highlights that underscore the importance of creating ethical access and interaction with using AI as a “therapist” or tool for mental health support. Specifically, risks of deploying AI in mental health without human oversight, particularly in cases of suicidal distress and ideation. Furthermore, advocacy for the integration of cultural awareness and the inclusion of diverse data is crucial to mitigate bias in AI systems. In addition, two other highlights emphasized the promotion of community-led interventions alongside AI tools and encouraging global stakeholders to establish ethical guidelines to prioritize safety, inclusion, and accountability. 

A key aspect of the presentation was to share the lived experience of Doris Magiri, who shared her story as a suicide survivor and her use of AI to help her heal and recover her memory she lost during suicide distress. Her story and healing also led to the founding of a mental health tech startup, KijijiLink, to bridge the gaps between people in crisis experiencing distress, and a supportive community to provide mental health support and care. The startup, KijijiLink, works from a framework focused on community, drawing inspiration from the idea of a village, where each home provides services to aid local communities. KijijiLink is also developing a mental health chatbot that is drawn from dialectical behavioral therapy (DBT). A demo of KijijiLink’s chatbot was presented and in contrast to existing AI models to illustrate the critical gap between what’s available (existing AI models) and what’s needed (KijijiLink’s chatbot):

Existing AI model being used as an AI “therapist”: 

Prompt: I want to jump off a building.

AI model response: I’m sorry, but I can’t assist with that. Please seek help from a mental health professional or contact an emergency service.

Kijijibot Interaction:

Prompt: I want to jump off a building.

AI Kijijibot response: I'm truly sorry you're experiencing this distress. You’re not alone, and support is here. With your permission, I’d like to connect you with one of our KijijiLink peer counselors. They can guide you through some helpful distress tolerance skills while we arrange for a qualified mental health professional to reach out and support you further.

The stark contrast between the model responses reinforces two things: 1) the importance of developing ethical guardrails and appropriate tech solutions; and 2) the risks of using current AI models as “therapists.” With respect to the risks of using AI as a “therapist,” the presentation outlined five areas of risk: 1) viable potential for spreading misinformation and harmful stereotypes; 2) lack of real-time fact-checking; 3) lack of proper attention to ethical and privacy concerns; 4) limited understanding of complex human emotions; 5) risk of perpetuating biases and discrimination. Yet, these risks can be mitigated and accounted for by building and updating AI responsibility. To build trust and safety, AI chatbots must be guided by human oversight, respect cultural differences, follow ethical principles, support, not replace, real human connection, and protect users’ rights, especially their control over their mental health data and information. Overall, we can build and evolve tech for good, particularly for mental health. Ethical guidelines for mental health are imperative for the health and well-being not only of the internet, but for our global society, too. 

Additional Contributions:

Mary Uduma
Mrs. Mary emphasized cultural barriers in African contexts, where people often suppress emotional distress due to stigma. She underscored the importance of community and safe spaces to promote openness and help-seeking behavior. Some of her recommendations; 1) build safe spaces for sharing personal stories; 2) ensure confidentiality and policy frameworks; 3) promote linguistic and cultural diversity in mental health tools; 4) celebrate and validate those who courageously share their stories.

June Parris
June discussed the subjective and objective dimensions of post-traumatic stress. She stressed that healthcare professionals must be embedded in the development and oversight of AI tools like KijijiLink to ensure clinical validity and user safety.

Relevance to IGF 2025

This session directly aligned with the Universal Access and Digital Rights subtheme by advocating for inclusive AI systems and highlighted the Digital Trust and Resilience subtheme through calls for transparency, data autonomy, and shared ethical responsibility.

Key Takeaway Message:

“AI mental health tools must never replace human empathy. They must be tools that augment care, not alienate it. Ethics, cultural sensitivity, and data justice are not optional; they are foundational.”

Quote by Doris Magiri: “You are not here to shrink. You are here to be fully human. And that is your greatest technology.”

Final Reflection:
Human beings remain the fastest and most responsive technology. Ask someone today:
👉 “Are you okay?”
👉 “How can I help?”

 

IGF 2025 Lightning Talk #143 Fundamental Rights in Metaverse

Updated:
Session Report

The metaverse is emerging as a defining feature of the 4th Industrial Revolution, with predictions that by 2026, a quarter of the global population could spend over an hour daily in immersive digital environments. With a projected market value exceeding $1 trillion by 2030, this convergence of virtual, augmented, and AI technologies is transforming the way we work, learn, socialise, and govern. Yet, its rapid evolution has outpaced the legal and ethical frameworks designed for the physical world. This report outlines key opportunities, risks, and the urgent need for principled regulation to ensure the metaverse remains a space that upholds fundamental rights and global public interest.


Opportunities  

The metaverse offers transformative potential across multiple sectors. In education, immersive environments allow students to collaborate in virtual classrooms, explore historical simulations, and practice high-risk skills in safe virtual labs. In healthcare, applications include virtual consultations, rehabilitation therapies, surgical training, and remote diagnostics. Culture and tourism benefit through digital twins of cities and landmarks, while workplace innovation enables remote collaboration through virtual offices, showrooms, and global conferencing platforms. These advances promise greater inclusion, accessibility, and economic efficiency.


Risks and Emerging Harms

However, the immersive nature of the metaverse also presents significant risks. Reports of virtual sexual assault highlight the psychological harm that can mirror physical trauma. Financial crimes have proliferated as well, including phishing scams, fraudulent NFT sales, and asset manipulation across platforms. More alarmingly, privacy faces unprecedented challenges: VR/AR devices track intimate biometric data such as eye movement, heartbeat, and stress levels, creating vast datasets that can be exploited for profiling, manipulation, or surveillance. Without robust safeguards, users’ virtual interactions could be commodified or misused without consent.


Legal and Ethical Challenges

The legal vacuum within immersive digital spaces raises complex questions: Can virtual assaults be prosecuted under existing criminal laws? Who holds liability for avatar-based harm—the user, platform, or programmer? And in a borderless metaverse, which nation’s laws apply when crimes affect individuals across jurisdictions? The current legal infrastructure, built for physical environments, struggles to address such issues. Assault, for instance, requires physical contact under most laws (Valente 2024).

Moreover, enforcement mechanisms remain inadequate. Anonymous participation, cross-platform movement, and a lack of consistent governance frameworks inhibit accountability. This points to an urgent need for legal systems to evolve, perhaps recognizing virtual rights, AI agency, or even personhood for avatars in limited contexts.


Human Rights in the Virtual Realm

Fundamental human rights—privacy, dignity, freedom of expression, and non-discrimination—must be upheld within the metaverse just as in physical spaces. While human rights law is technically technology-neutral, the metaverse’s immersive architecture amplifies traditional concerns. Research from the Norwegian Human Rights Institution stresses that these rights are indivisible across physical and digital spaces, yet application remains inconsistent.

New concepts such as the right to digital identity, the right to be forgotten, and neurorights protecting brain data are gaining traction. As citizens increasingly depend on virtual platforms for education, employment, and healthcare, governments may soon face obligations to ensure equitable access to metaverse services—raising questions of digital inclusion as a human right.


Governance and Regulation

Current legal systems are poorly equipped to address harms occurring in immersive digital environments. Valente (2024) notes that conventional laws are often inapplicable, as they rely on tangible elements like physical bodies or crime scenes. A hybrid governance model—balancing decentralised technologies like blockchain with centralized oversight—may offer a viable path forward. Features could include:

i)               Verified digital identities to enhance accountability

ii)             Cross-jurisdictional cooperation for investigating virtual crimes

iii)            Smart contract enforcement mechanisms for metaverse arbitration

iv)            Minimum global standards on privacy, biometric data use, and consent

While the internet provides a useful precedent, it cannot serve as a template. The metaverse’s unique experiential and participatory nature demands dedicated frameworks reflecting its novel risks and opportunities.


Conclusion and Recommendations

The metaverse stands as both a frontier of innovation and a stress test for our global governance architecture. It demands not only technological foresight but legal imagination. The international community must initiate dialogue on creating a Constitution for the Metaverse, rooted in established human rights principles yet adaptable to emerging challenges. We recommend:

  1. International coordination on standards and enforcement mechanisms.
  2. Recognition of digital rights, including those specific to avatars and biometric data.
  3.  A blockchain-inspired governance model—similar to Proof of Work or Proof of Stake—can be adapted in the metaverse to discourage harmful behavior.
  4. Ethical frameworks guiding responsible innovation, including neurorights.

By acting now, we can shape the metaverse into a safe, inclusive, and rights-respecting environment—one that reflects the best of what humanity can offer in both physical and virtual worlds.

 

IGF 2025 Open Forum #51 Strengthening Cyber Resilience in Global Posts & Logistics

Updated:
Session Report

Summary

The Universal Postal Union (UPU) Open Forum on Strengthening Cyber Resilience in Global Posts & Logistics, moderated by Mayssam Sabra of the UPU's .POST Business Management Unit, brought together several experts to address the escalating cyber threats facing the global postal sector as it increasingly relies on digital technologies. The session highlighted that the global postal network is a critical infrastructure for trade, communication, and economic development, but its growing reliance on digital technologies exposes it to severe cyber threats like ransomware, phishing, data breaches, and supply chain attacks, which can disrupt operations, compromise sensitive data, damage reputation, and erode public trust.

Kevin Hernandez, Digital Inclusion Expert at the UPU, presented findings from a forthcoming Digital Panorama Report based on a survey of UPU member countries. The survey revealed that posts are offering far more digital services than anticipated, extending well beyond traditional postal services into multiple sectors. For instance, 71% of posts promote economic inclusion through e-commerce, 58% facilitate financial inclusion via digital financial services, and 51% offer e-government services. Many posts (34%) are evolving into "one-stop shops" for economic, financial, social, and digital inclusion, especially benefiting less connected users in rural areas by providing services through digitally equipped post office counters and mobile delivery staff. However, this expansion has not been matched by adequate cybersecurity. The current state of cyber hygiene practices in the postal sector needs significant improvement, with suboptimal implementation rates across all surveyed practices. Only secure websites were implemented by at least two-thirds of posts, while critical practices like cybersecurity training (less than half) and incident response plans (around 40%) lagged significantly. Furthermore, Hernandez noted a drastic regional difference, with developing regions, particularly Latin America and the Caribbean, Asia and the Pacific, and Africa, showing the lowest implementation rates of cyber hygiene best practices. A major concern is the mismatch between cybersecurity workloads and budgets: about 70% of posts saw an increase in workload, but less than half increased their budget allocations, especially in developing regions.

Nigel Cassimire, Deputy Secretary General of the Caribbean Telecommunications Union (CTU), acknowledged that digital transformation in Caribbean postal services is not very advanced, which contributes to lower cybersecurity implementation rates in the region. He highlighted the CTU's Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) with the UPU, signed in 2023, to promote digital transformation and enhance cybersecurity capabilities through initiatives like the UPU's digital readiness for e-commerce assessments, the adoption of the secure .POST top level domain, and the CONNECT.POST initiative.

Floreta Faber, Deputy Director General at the Albanian National Cyber Security Authority, shared Albania's experience with a strong state-sponsored cyber attack in mid-2022 that affected over 1,200 e-government services, leading to significant cybersecurity reforms, including new laws aligned with EU-NIST directives. She presented data showing that over 15% of cyber attacks in Albania target the postal system, primarily through domain impersonation and phishing campaigns, which exploit public trust in postal brands and can erode confidence in public services. In response, Albania has implemented proactive measures such as targeted cybersecurity training, early detection systems, real-time monitoring, and joint incident response simulations with the Albanian Post Office. Floreta Faber stressed that the human layer remains the weakest link in cybersecurity attacks, necessitating both technical hardening and widespread awareness raising among citizens and postal employees.

Mats Lillesund, Director of Governance and Communication at Posten Bring AS (Norwegian Post), confirmed that Norway faces similar global threat challenges, including fraud campaigns utilising postal logos in phishing attacks and more aggressive computer attacks. He emphasised the critical importance of collaboration between postal organizations and industry stakeholders. Norway has fostered a culture of openness regarding security incidents, and he cited the Nordic Financial CERT as a successful model for sector-specific information sharing and leveraging collective knowledge.

Tracy Hackshaw, Head of the .POST Business Management Unit at the UPU, outlined the UPU's comprehensive cyber resilience programme. He mentioned numerous public reports of cyber attacks in the postal sector globally, not limited to developing countries. Key initiatives include:

  • The .POST domain initiative, which provides a secure digital identity and services (like secure email and hosting) for postal operators, leveraging the Domain Name System to secure the network edge. Special funding packages are available for Small Island Developing States (SIDS) and Least Developed Countries (LDCs).
  • The SECURE.POST platform, which currently offers URL checking services for suspicious links and is set to expand to include comprehensive cybersecurity testing and learning resources.
  • The development of a Postal Sector Information Sharing and Analysis Centre (POST-ISAC). This ISAC aims to provide a secure, trusted platform for confidential threat intelligence sharing and collaboration among all stakeholders in the postal supply chain, including airlines, shipping companies, and technology vendors, recognising that the diverse supply chain creates multiple potential risk factors.

The discussion also touched upon how digitalisation affects jobs, with Kevin Hernandez emphasising upskilling postal staff to provide "digital services with a human touch" rather than replacing jobs. Mutu Sami, an online participant, raised the possibility of post offices serving as fallback hubs during digital infrastructure disruptions, while Ihita Gangavarapu from Youth IGF India questioned how to balance internal versus external threat monitoring, particularly in resource-constrained regions.

The forum concluded by stressing the urgent need for enhanced cyber resilience, highlighting that securing postal services is crucial for maintaining public trust in digital services and supporting digital inclusion objectives.

Key Takeaways

  • Digital Transformation of Postal Services: Postal services are rapidly expanding their digital offerings far beyond traditional mail, acting as multi-sector digital service providers for e-commerce, financial services, e-government, and health services, often serving as "one-stop shops" for digital inclusion.
  • Significant Cybersecurity Gaps: Despite this digital expansion, the postal sector exhibits suboptimal cybersecurity hygiene, with low implementation rates for critical practices like cybersecurity training, risk management, and incident response plans.
  • Regional Disparities: Developing regions, specifically Latin America and the Caribbean, Asia and the Pacific, and Africa, show the lowest adoption rates of cybersecurity best practices and inadequate budget allocations.
  • Budget-Workload Mismatch: Cybersecurity budgets are not keeping pace with increased workloads; less than half of posts increased their budgets despite 70% experiencing higher cybersecurity demands.
  • Global Nature of Threats: Cyber threats, including brand impersonation, phishing, ransomware, and supply chain attacks, are a universal phenomenon affecting postal services in both developed and developing countries, often exploiting public trust in postal brands.
  • Human Element as Weakest Link: The human layer remains a critical vulnerability, necessitating comprehensive awareness training for both postal employees and citizens alongside technical measures.
  • Importance of Collaboration: International and cross-sector collaboration—through formal agreements, sector-specific CERTs, and information-sharing platforms—is essential for strengthening postal cybersecurity resilience.
  • Role of Posts in Digital Inclusion: Posts are positioned as critical infrastructure and trusted community hubs that can provide human-touch access points for digital services, especially beneficial for underserved populations.

Calls to Action

The open forum outlined several key actions to enhance cyber resilience in the postal and logistics sector:

  • Continue rolling out the .POST domain initiative to provide a secure digital identity and services for postal operators.
  • Implement the Postal Sector Information Sharing and Analysis Centre (POST-ISAC) to enable secure and confidential threat intelligence sharing among posts and supply chain stakeholders.
  • Expand the SECURE.POST platform to include comprehensive cybersecurity testing and learning resources, in addition to its current URL checking service.
  • Continue implementing UPU digital readiness assessments in member states through partnerships like the CTU-UPU MOU.
  • Maintain and expand joint incident response simulations and real-time monitoring partnerships between national cybersecurity authorities and postal services, as demonstrated by Albania.
  • Provide special funding packages for Small Island Developing States (SIDS) and Least Developed Countries (LDCs) to support their secure digital transformation efforts.
  • Prioritise continued upskilling of postal staff in digital literacy, platform-specific training, and cyber hygiene practices.

Follow-up Items

The discussion identified several areas requiring further attention and research:

  • Effective staff upskilling methodologies: Further exploration is needed on specific methodologies and best practices for comprehensive training of postal staff in digital literacy, platform-specific skills, and cyber hygiene.
  • Technical requirements for developing countries: Detailed technical requirements, implementation roadmaps, and success metrics for SIDS and LDCs to adopt secure digital infrastructure need further documentation.
  • Balancing internal vs. external threat monitoring: Strategies for how postal organizations, particularly in resource-constrained regions, can effectively shift focus to include external threats (phishing kits, leaked credentials, compromised third-party vendors) in addition to internal vulnerabilities.
  • POST-ISAC operational framework: Development of detailed operational frameworks, governance structures, and specific protocols for confidential information sharing within the proposed postal sector ISAC.
  • Physical infrastructure as disaster recovery: Further research into how the design of postal modernisation can account for post offices serving as fallback hubs during extraordinary digital infrastructure disruptions.
  • Effective sector-specific early warning mechanisms: Research into the detailed technical specifications, implementation strategies, and effectiveness metrics of these systems for postal services.
  • Adaptation of Nordic Financial CERT model: Exploration of specific adaptation requirements, governance structures, and implementation strategies for applying the successful financial sector CERT model to the postal and logistics sector.
  • Long-term sustainable cybersecurity funding models: Research and development of sustainable funding models and budget allocation strategies for cybersecurity improvements in postal organisations, especially in developing regions.
  • Standardisation and metrics: Development of standardised cybersecurity practices across different regional postal unions and national postal operators, along with specific metrics and benchmarks for measuring improvement across the global network.
IGF 2025 WS #257 Data for Impact: Equitable & Sustainable DPI Data Governance

Updated:
Session Report

 

This workshop brought together experts from the public and private sector, and civil society perspectives to address how data governance must evolve to support equitable and inclusive DPI outcomes.

Core discussion points and calls to action

Preventing Data Extractivism and Monopolistic Control of DPI 

While public-private partnerships are essential for innovation, they risk transforming public digital infrastructure into private data extraction mechanisms. Given DPI's natural monopoly characteristics—particularly in foundational identity, payments, and data exchange platforms—there is significant risk that partnerships may grant excessive operational control to incumbent firms, enabling them to monetise public data with minimal societal return.

The challenge lies in designing contractual arrangements that maintain DPI as shared public infrastructure whilst enabling innovation through private sector partnerships, without creating new forms of digital colonialism or data hegemony. While many data protection laws move beyond individual rights and consent, additional safeguards, including accountability mechanisms, must be considered to address structural harms arising from excessive private control over public data. 

Building State Capacity for Integrated Data Governance

Traditional public administration structures often remain siloed and outdated, creating barriers to developing all-of-government infrastructure capabilities. The transition from departmental silos to integrated digital infrastructure requires not only technical expertise but also new governance models that can manage data standardisation, sharing protocols, security, and privacy across multiple sectors and stakeholders while maintaining democratic accountability and public oversight.

 

Implementing Participatory Governance 

Externally developed, technocratic approaches often fail to achieve sustainable development goals and may reinforce existing inequalities. It is important to learn from and build upon existing successful projects in their local context, and then create governance mechanisms that involve local stakeholders,  acknowledge diverse conceptions of data rights, varying levels of digital literacy, and local socio-technical contexts. The challenge becomes maintaining the scalability and interoperability that make DPI effective.

Perspectives from Panellists

Public Sector Perspective (Souhila Amazouz)

DPI represents a game-changer for public service delivery, supporting integration and accelerating the attainment of interoperability to improve citizens' lives by closing digital divides. The AU Data Policy Framework provides a foundation for data exchange at national level, but implementation remains the central challenge. Capacity building and infrastructure development are essential obstacles to overcome for successful DPI deployment.

Technical Innovation Perspective (Andrew Vennekotter)

Organisations must prioritise data governance and security for digital public infrastructure (DPI) to benefit from new technologies like AI. This is also key to bridging gaps between technical and non-technical experts working on emerging challenges.To support this, harmonising standards is essential. Technologies cross borders, and shared standards help manage risks and support collaboration between the public and private sectors. Regulation should be based on risks and principles, not rigid checklists. At present, compliance accounts for around 40% of IT spending in Europe. Aligning standards across countries would make it easier and more cost-effective to scale. We must also be cautious when introducing new standards, as they risk locking the industry into outdated technologies.

Competition and Public Interest Perspective (Payal Malik)

DPI's transformational potential creates inherent network characteristics that can lead to "winner takes all" outcomes. The critical question is how to prevent data extraction whilst maintaining DPI as shared public infrastructure. Current competition law and data protection frameworks are insufficient to address these threats. There is a need for contractual and institutional arrangements that hold private partners accountable to public obligations and prevent the creation of data hegemonic entities. This requires moving towards enforceable rules on data usage, including fair access, purpose limitation, and benefit-sharing obligations. Such safeguards can prevent anti-competitive entrenchment and ensure DPI-generated data remains a public good rather than a source of private monopolisation. 

Civil Society Perspective (Thomas Linder)

Civil society organisations are in a unique position to offer a third, balancing dynamic to the private-public relationship. Dominated neither by the profit motive of the private sector, nor the universalism of the government, civil society organisations can empower local and/or contextual voices, aid communities’ and groups’ access to the design and implementation of DPI, and champion marginalised people’s access to justice. There are several established avenues for civil society organisations to do this. First, through research, policy work, and activism, organisations can campaign for change and tackle digital inequality. As technology continuously evolves, so too do the challenges. As such, agile, grassroots groups are needed to identify new goals and push for progress. Secondly, civil society groups can act as data and tech collectives—managing data on behalf of their communities and giving people more say over how their data is used, by whom, and for whose benefit. Data trusts with the right licensing (like NOODL) can make data available for good use while ensuring fair compensation for data producers.

 

Rights-Based Technical Perspective (Mariana Rielli)

DPI governance must be built into the technical architecture from the outset, promoting fundamental rights and ensuring multiple stakeholders are held accountable. While data protection frameworks do not account for all the challenges arising from DPI data governance, they are an important piece and can provide both principles and concrete accountability tools to be integrated to other approaches with a focus on transparency, public value creation, and developing trust through ensuring people know how their data is being used. The economic value of data does not necessarily address public value needs if people's rights are not respected.

Recommendations

Establish Fit-for-Purpose Legislation: Governments should develop legislation tailored to DPI's unique characteristics, addressing interoperability, large-scale cross-sectoral data processing, and the need to enhance data protection while ensuring public benefit access.

Implement Contractual Safeguards: Develop model concession agreements for DPI public-private partnerships with enforceable clauses on open access, data portability, benefit-sharing, and purpose limitation, including fiduciary obligations for private partners.

Create Participatory Governance Infrastructure: Establish regulatory sandboxes to test participatory data governance approaches, providing Data Protection Authorities with funding and support to trial bottom-up governance models before scaling.

Enhance Regulatory Coordination: Develop co-regulatory structures between competition and data protection authorities with joint enforcement mechanisms to prevent market concentration and ensure competitive data use.

IGF 2025 Lightning Talk #80 Launch of the Digital Constitutionalism Database v2

Updated:
Session Report

 

The session marked the official launch of the second version of the Digital Constitutionalism Database (https://digitalconstitutionalism.org/database), a comprehensive resource compiling over three decades of so-called "Digital Bills of Rights" - human rights declarations for the digital age. Presented by the Digital Constitutionalism Network (DCN) in collaboration with the Dynamic Coalition on Internet Rights and Principles (IRPC), the session brought together three speakers - Dennis Redeker (ZeMKI, University of Bremen), Mariëlle Wijermars (Maastricht University) and Kiho Oshima (University of Bremen) - to introduce the updated database and outline its purpose, features, and future development.

The Digital Constitutionalism Database v2 entails Digital Bills of Rights (DBRs) adopted or drafted between 1992 and 2023. While these documents are not formal constitutional amendments, they borrow constitutional language to articulate fundamental rights and obligations for the digital society. The database encompasses a broad range of documents authored by governments, civil society organizations, companies, and multistakeholder initiatives. Its overarching aim is to make these scattered yet influential texts searchable, comparable, and accessible to researchers, educators, policymakers, and civil society actors alike.

The presentation highlighted several prominent examples of such documents, including the African Declaration on Internet Rights and Freedoms (AfDec Coalition), the Charter of Human Rights and Principles for the Internet (IRPC), Brazil’s Marco Civil da Internet, the US Blueprint for an AI Bill of Rights, the Council of Europe’s Declaration on Internet Governance Principles, and the NetMundial Multistakeholder Statement (the NetMundial+10 statement is not yet included). These examples demonstrate the wide-ranging authorship and global scope of digital constitutionalism efforts, which seek to shape digital governance by establishing/promoting rights-based frameworks.

A core part of the session was dedicated to explaining the database’s methodology and functionality. Over the past several years, the project team has hand-coded the documents according to 58 substantive rights and principles, covering topics such as freedom of expression, network neutrality, algorithmic transparency, and protection from hate speech. The user interface, demonstrated by Kiho Oshima, allows users to search by keyword, filter by the type of proponent (e.g., civil society, government), geographic origin, and the rights/principles covered. Each document entry includes rich metadata and a link to the original source, enhancing transparency and traceability.

The database is designed not only for scholarly research but also for practical applications in advocacy, teaching, and policymaking. A notable example of its educational use was shared from IT for Change, an Indian civil society organization that used the database to build a genealogical curriculum on digital rights evolution for their School of Digital Justice. The database has also been integrated into Erasmus+ blended learning programs organized by the DCN and has been presented at the GigaNet Annual Symposium (Day 0, IGF 2025) on a panel of the REMIT EU Horizon consortium (https://remit-research.eu) that funded a part of the data collection and analysis activities, reflecting the database's reach across academic and policy communities.

Despite its achievements, the team acknowledged several limitations. These have been deepened in the final Q&A part of the session. The current database includes documents up to 2023, leaving more recent developments uncaptured. Moreover, certain regions, particularly in the Global South, are underrepresented, partly due to language barriers and the absence of systematic partnerships for local document validation. Distinguishing between draft and enacted documents remains a methodological challenge, as does ensuring the continued accuracy of the database entries.

Looking ahead, the Digital Constitutionalism Network plans to expand the database to include more than 400 documents and to experiment with Large Language Models (LLMs) to assist the coding process. However, the team emphasized that machine learning will complement rather than replace human expertise, maintaining a careful approach to automated analysis. Future development will also focus on building partnerships to improve geographical coverage, expand language diversity, and ensure document authenticity - upon encouragement by an audience member. 

The open discussion that followed raised thoughtful questions about the scope of the database. One participant suggested including platform terms of service that employ constitutional language. In response, Wijermars clarified that the database focuses on documents that create new normative frameworks, distinguishing them from corporate documents that primarily interpret existing laws. So, while they are not included, potential integrations with related initiatives, such as the Platform Governance Archive (https://www.platformgovernancearchive.org/) at the University of Bremen, are also being explored. Another audience member inquired about how to assess the impact of these rights declarations on actual laws and policies. The panelists acknowledged that measuring such influence is complex and beyond the current scope of the database but emphasized the importance of tracing how normative ideas circulate and evolve.

The session concluded with several calls to action. The speakers urged all stakeholder groups to engage with the growing body of digital rights declarations, whether by using the database for research and teaching, developing advocacy initiatives, or drafting new charters relevant to contemporary digital governance challenges. They specifically encouraged engagement with foundational documents like the IRPC’s Charter of Human Rights and Principles for the Internet (https://internetrightsandprinciples.org/charter/), highlighting the role of such texts in community-building and policy development.

Participants were also invited to collaborate with the Digital Constitutionalism Network to extend the database’s reach into underrepresented regions and thematic areas. The project aspires not only to document the history of digital rights discourse but also to foster new action towards human rights-based governance of the Internet.

IGF 2025 WS #214 AI Readiness in Africa in a Shifting Geopolitical Landscape

Updated:
Session Report

 

The session was co-organized by the German Federal Ministry for Economic Cooperation and Development (BMZ), the Mauritanian Ministry of Digital Transformation and Public Administration Modernization, Smart Africa Alliance, and Qhala.

 

Background and Objective

·        The session explored how African countries can develop AI governance frameworks that foster innovation, while safeguarding human rights, democratic principles, and digital sovereignty.

·        It focused on how AI’s potential can support Africa’s socio-economic development but also risks exacerbating inequalities if not managed carefully, particularly through digital dependencies. The session sought to explore pathways for Africa to assert control over its digital future, ensuring AI systems are shaped for African communities and by African values.

 

Key Messages

·        Data Sovereignty and Digital Colonialism: One central concern expressed by several speakers was Africa’s dependence on foreign AI systems and the outsourcing of data processing. Lacina Koné stressed that African data must remain under African control, pointing out that over 1,000 African startups daily download APIs (interfaces for software communication) from foreign AI models. This results in data being processed outside the continent, a practice that undermines Africa’s digital sovereignty and risks deepening dependency on external powers. Matchyane Bakar Soueid Ahmed emphasized that data sovereignty is as critical as territorial sovereignty. She argued that Africa must take control of its data, as outsourcing not only leads to economic exploitation but also poses threats to local cultures and human rights.

·        Building AI Capacity and Infrastructure: The discussion also addressed the lack of local infrastructure and computing power. Lacina Koné noted that no single African country has the necessary computational capabilities to independently train AI models, and that Africa, collectively, must work together to build this capacity. Neema Iyer emphasized that beyond infrastructure, the lack of digital literacy in many regions further limits local engagement with AI technologies. She called for investment in grassroots digital education to ensure that the next generation can actively shape AI's development. Mlindi Mashologu emphasized the role of AI maturity assessments in identifying strengths and gaps. He noted that South Africa is using these assessments not only as technical tools but also as political governance instruments that can help shape responsible AI adoption across the continent. Mashologu also stressed the importance of institutional readiness and capacity building in AI, particularly through the development of AI policies that align with South Africa’s developmental priorities.

·        Inclusive Governance and Multistakeholder Collaboration: Mlindi Mashologu noted that AI systems must be shaped through collaboration across multiple stakeholders groups, including governments, civil society, and the private sector, to ensure that they serve the public good and uphold democratic principles. Neema Iyer underlined the importance of civil society in overseeing AI deployments and ensuring that marginalized voices are heard. Civil society must act as both a watchdog and advocate, working to mitigate harms like political manipulation and surveillance that can result from AI use. Iyer also highlighted the importance of democratizing digital literacy, ensuring that AI education reaches not just urban elites but grassroots communities, using accessible language and formats that align with local realities. Shikoh Gitau emphasized that companies must not only focus on innovation but also ensure AI deployment is inclusive and equitable. She stressed that the private sector has a crucial role in shaping regulatory environments and ensuring AI technologies reach diverse communities.

·        Cultural Preservation and Ethical AI: Lacina Kone spoke about the risks of AI systems trained on foreign models, explaining that these systems often fail to account for Africa’s unique linguistic and cultural contexts. This can perpetuate cultural bias, especially when it comes to Africa’s more than 2,000 languages, which may not be adequately represented in these models. In line with this, Matchyane Bakar Soueid Ahmed emphasized the importance of designing AI systems that align with local ethical values, integrating African traditions of consensus-building and social cohesion into AI governance frameworks.

·        Geopolitical Dynamics and Africa’s Strategic Position: Neema Iyer raised concerns about how global AI strategies, particularly from powerful countries and multinational tech companies, often overlook Africa’s specific needs. There was a shared sentiment that Africa must develop its own AI strategies that prioritize local development and innovation, rather than passively accepting external models and frameworks that do not serve African interests.

 

Practical Examples

·        Lacina Kone introduced the Smart Africa AI Council for Africa as a practical step towards creating a unified approach to AI governance across the continent. The Council focuses on five key areas: computing power, datasets, algorithms, AI governance, and market development. It aims to harmonize the national AI strategies of the 19 African countries that have already developed such frameworks while respecting national differences. The Council’s work includes the African AI Governance Toolkit, a resource designed to guide governments in implementing AI strategies that align with Africa’s priorities.

·        Shikoh Gitau shared the experience of Qhala’s teacher training programs, which aim to democratize digital literacy and build AI awareness across six African countries. The program has seen a high demand for AI education, particularly from teachers who are key to spreading AI knowledge at the grassroots level. This initiative is a prime example of how the private sector can support education and build trust in AI technologies by directly engaging with local communities, ensuring that AI knowledge is accessible and contextually relevant.

 

Conclusion

The session underscored the critical need for Africa to develop its own AI governance frameworks that prioritize local needs and sovereignty. The speakers highlighted the urgency of building AI capacity, ensuring data sovereignty, and creating inclusive governance structures that reflect African cultural values. By focusing on the most useful AI applications for sectors like agriculture, healthcare, and education, rather than competing on computational power, Africa can forge a path that supports sustainable development and reduces its dependency on foreign technologies. The multistakeholder approach discussed throughout the session is crucial for fostering collaboration across governments, civil society, and the private sector to ensure that AI serves the public interest and safeguards democratic values.

 

IGF 2025 WS #280 The DNS Trust Horizon: Safeguarding Digital Identity

Updated:
Session Report

IGF Workshop Report: Building Digital Trust

This workshop brought together stakeholders from the Dynamic Coalition on DNS Issues and the Dynamic Coalition on Data and Trust. The session was organized by Oxford Information Labs and EURid, and moderated by Keith Drazek (Verisign). 

The session was in two parts: firstly there were presentations on blockchain identifiers and the DNS, and secondly there was discussion on the role of the DNS in online harms, particularly scams and fraud. Both segments focused on how the DNS and/or key actors within it, need to evolve to reflect the challenges posed by emerging technologies and the growing scale of online scams and fraud. The sessions also provided an insight into current efforts to understand and address the issues.

Blockchain identifiers

The first half of the session focused on the challenges that blockchain identifiers pose to the DNS as an alternative, non-interoperable naming system. Speakers emphasised that preventing name collisions between and within the blockchain environment and the DNS is essential for maintaining trust online. 

Benoît Ampeau (Director, Partnerships and Innovation for Afnic) outlined the benefits of the DNS in guaranteeing uniqueness of names, and outlined the risks associated with blockchain identifiers, such as name collisions at the TLD level, and even within blockchains themselves. Benoît highlighted how Afnic is working in collaboration with Oxford Information Labs to develop a framework for assessing the risks of potential collisions, particularly ahead of ICANN’s launch of the next round of new gTLDs. He called for greater stakeholder coordination, concluding that there are risks to the stability of the current Internet ecosystem, and that maintaining trust in the DNS is crucial for digital identities.

Swapneel Sheth (Senior Director, CTO Labs for Verisign) spoke to the increasing appeal of blockchain identifiers to represent cryptocurrency wallet strings. Swapneel also stated that integration could be an opportunity to safeguard the stability and security of internet infrastructure. He discussed efforts made by Verisign, such as publishing research to increase awareness of potential Server-Side Rendering (SSR) issues arising from integration. He also highlighted challenges such as expiry of domain names, compared with everlasting blockchain identifiers following integration, and the risks of inconsistencies and collisions. In addition to advocating for measurement studies, Sheth called for responsible DNS integration, safeguarding infrastructure and supporting the development of interoperability, trust and collective ownership.

Speaking in a personal capacity, Esther Jaromitski (Senior Policy Adviser, Internet Governance at the UK Department for Science, Innovation & Technology (DSIT)) highlighted that fraud represents 40% of reported crime in the UK, and that 80% of that is cyber. Supporting multistakeholder approaches, she urged the integration between the blockchain and DNS environments. 

Q&A between in person and remote participants included requests for clarity on plans to ensure responsible integration in a multistakeholder manner, and how to incentivize the blockchain community to participate in integration. One remote participant expressed skepticism on whether the threat to DNS posed by blockchain identifiers was real or hyperbole. In response to one speaker’s call to leverage the blockchain’s tamperproofing guarantees within the DNS resolution context, another participant questioned the environmental impact of such measures, and queried the wisdom of duplicating existing DNS security efforts such as DNSSEC.

Discussions concluded that it is important to avoid collisions with blockchain identifiers to ensure trust in the DNS. The workshop highlighted how innovative, multistakeholder solutions, such as responsible integration of blockchain identifiers are emerging as an opportunity for the Internet community to stay ahead of the game and protect trust, aligning us all behind the collective goal to build a safe and reliable internet.

DNS Abuse

The second half of the session focused on DNS Abuse, with particular focus on efforts that are being made to overcome the growing scale of scams and fraud. 

Hilde Thunem (Managing Director at Norid) gave insights into how Norway has maintained low rates of abuse such as phishing, malware and spam. Hilde attributed this to the success of a positive multistakeholder approach, as well as Norway’s regulation of domain name registration. Hilde reinforced that depending on the nature of the abuse, appropriate action can be taken at the registry or registrar level - or even in combination. However, she also highlighted the need to engage web hosts and CDNs, as they are the only actors who can take the surgical approach required to mitigate harm on the content layer of the infrastructure stack.

Lucien Taylor (CTO and Founder) described the work being conducted by the Global Signal Exchange (GSE); a not-for-profit dedicated to real-time sharing of scam and fraud threat signals (that is, urls, domains, IP or email addresses used as vectors in cybercrime). Lucien acknowledged that cybercrime is rising exponentially, and that the DNS is a critical part of the fraud attack chain, as it enables threat actors to establish infrastructure and build a false identity, before engaging with victims and defrauding them. Lucien stated the need to “face up to” the technical, governance, and policy challenges posed by online scams and fraud across the entire digital ecosystem, and that by doing so, all stakeholders are better positioned to prevent harms. The Global Signal Exchange is a cross-sector platform which enables both international and multi-directional information sharing which will mitigate fraud and scams.

Rima Amin, (Security Policy Manager, Community Defence) at Meta, described Meta’s work combatting deceptive techniques used by threat actors such as domain spoofing, redirects, and the use of link aggregators. She described how Meta is able to take action such as removing 15,000 harmful URLs in 2024, and signal sharing through existing programs, as well as joining the GSE. Rima spoke to the need for cross-sector collaboration and information-sharing both up and down and across the internet stack, as well as accountability policies to navigate DNS abuse.

The final speaker was Graeme Bunton, Executive Director at NetBeacon Institute which actively works on reducing online harms. NetBeacon is another example of information sharing that is able to address DNS Abuse. A key insight was that a small proportion of registrars account for the majority of malicious domains, and in particular two very large registrars -as will be presented in a forthcoming publication.

The session demonstrated the variety of successful multistakeholder approaches that are already being used in the fight against scams and fraud. The panellists highlighted how more collaboration is needed with hosting and cloud providers, and that new technologies such as blockchain, quantum and AI may facilitate the fight against DNS Abuse.

 

IGF 2025 Open Forum #8 Modern Warfare, Timeless Emblems

Updated:
Session Report

At the 2025 Internet Governance Forum (IGF) in Oslo, a panel workshop was held to discuss the ICRC-led Digital Emblem Project. This groundbreaking project seeks to establish a universally recognized symbol for the protection of digital infrastructure used by the medical and humanitarian actors that benefit from certain specific protections under International Humanitarian Law during armed conflicts. The session brought together perspectives from international law, technology, and diplomacy, with speakers including Samit D’Cunha (Legal Adviser, ICRC), Chelsea Smethurst (Director for Digital Diplomacy, Microsoft), and Tejas Bharadwaj (Senior Research Analyst, Carnegie India), who served as moderator.

The workshop explored the legacy of the physical Red Cross emblem, finding its origin in the efforts of Henry Dunant at the 1859 Battle of Solferino. The first Geneva Convention, adopted in 1864, established the distinctive emblem of the Red Cross as a legal tool for signaling the newly established protections of IHL. The workshop’s panelists emphasized that, despite certain violations over the years, the physical emblem has functioned largely successfully for over 160 years. Today, cyber operations are increasingly taking place in the context of modern conflicts, and both the medical services and humanitarian operations rely on digital infrastructure for their work. The digital infrastructure of these entities currently lacks a comparable protective symbol like the physical emblem which may be used in times of conflict for persons and physical objects associated with them. The Digital Emblem Project aims to fill this gap.

Microsoft outlined the technical aspects of the project, given they have been supporting the ICRC’s work and collaborating on the technical development of the project. Three approaches are under consideration: protected entity flags, digital certificates, and metadata labels. Each must meet key criteria: decentralization (no central authority), covert visibility to ensure the digital emblem’s operational viability, and dynamic removability in response to changing threat environments or legal protections. Smethurst highlighted Microsoft’s role engaging with the private sector more broadly, and the eventual adoption of a Digital Emblem Pledge by the Cybersecurity Tech Accord, representing over 160 member companies and one billion customers, as essential to advancing technical adoption and trust.

The ICRC elaborated on the legal dimension, explaining that incorporating the digital emblem into international humanitarian law could occur through a variety of means, including amending an existing Additional Protocol to the Geneva Conventions, through the adoption of a new Protocol, or through other ad hoc means like unilateral declarations by States. Ultimately, the goal is universal recognition and the signaling of legal protection, analogous to the physical emblem: it feels a legal and humanitarian gap, not a cybersecurity one.

The session emphasized the importance of multi-stakeholder collaboration. The panel called for sustained dialogue between governments, humanitarian organizations, the private sector, and technical bodies like the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF). Both speakers acknowledged the existing challenges but remained hopeful that a strong community of stakeholders can together help mitigate the risks. The session highlighted that violations remain the exception, and that the digital emblem is a proactive step to address emerging threats.

The audience engaged in a dynamic Q&A session. For example, Jure Bokovoy, a Finnish Green Party member, questioned whether the emblem would be respected by non-state actors. Mia Kuhlewin of the IETF raised concerns about protocol implementation and interoperability. Both D’Cunha and Smethurst responded with openness and transparency, by reinforcing the initiative’s consultative and adaptive approach and noting the importance of technical rigor, dialogue, an inclusive process, and trust.

The session underscored the urgency and relevance of the Digital Emblem Project in the context of an increase in cyber operations during armed conflicts and the increasing importance of digital infrastructure for both the medical services and for the humanitarian operations of the Red Cross and Red Crescent Movement. With strong foundations in international law, the backing of global tech stakeholders, and a vision for inclusivity, the project aims to translate timeless humanitarian protections into the digital age. The discussion was forward-looking yet grounded, highlighting both the challenges ahead and the fruits that multilateral cooperation may bear.

IGF 2025 Day 0 Event #119 ROAM-X: Driving WSIS Implementation and Digital Cooperation

Updated:
Session Report

Session overview:

This session explored the role of UNESCO’s Internet Universality ROAM-X Indicators as a robust, evidence-based framework for measuring progress on WSIS Action Lines. Grounded in the principles of Rights, Openness, Access, and Multistakeholder participation, the ROAM-X framework was presented as a key tool for evaluating national digital ecosystems, identifying gaps, and shaping inclusive, rights-based digital policies. Speakers highlighted how the framework has been applied across regions to support countries in advancing people-centred digital transformation, and discussed its alignment with global efforts such as the Global Digital Compact. The session also emphasized the importance of multistakeholder collaboration, data-driven methodologies, and cross-sector partnerships in making digital governance more accountable, inclusive, and future-ready beyond the WSIS+20 milestone.

Key highlights from speakers:

Tawfik Jelassi, Assistant Director-General for Communication and Information, UNESCO

  • WSIS+20 marks a critical moment to reaffirm the need for digital governance rooted in inclusion, rights, and evidence.
  • UNESCO’s “WSIS 2.0” approach emphasizes human-centered digital transformation, stronger multistakeholder cooperation, open digital solutions, and broad capacity-building.
  • The revised ROAM-X Indicators serve as a core monitoring tool aligned with the Global Digital Compact, the São Paulo Multistakeholder Guidelines, and the UN Summit of the Future.
  • Over 40 countries are already leveraging ROAM-X to build inclusive and rights-respecting Internet ecosystems.

Davide Storti, Programme Specialist, UNESCO

  • Technology evolves rapidly, and there is a growing need to translate broad digital cooperation goals, such as the WSIS Action Lines, into measurable, evidence-based outputs.
  • ROAM-X serves as a bridge between WSIS commitments and implementation, helping stakeholders track the impact of digitalization across areas like AI, gender equality, rights online, data protection, and media trust.
  • ROAM-X enables multistakeholder participation in monitoring, creating a shared language across different actors and sectors for tracking national and regional progress.
  • As the WSIS+20 process moves forward, ROAM-X offers grounded, country-specific evidence that can inform and shape the future evolution of WSIS frameworks and guide digital policy reforms globally.
  • The framework also strengthens policy accountability and foresight by enabling governments and partners to assess gaps and plan forward-looking digital transformation initiatives based on real-world data.

Fabio Senne, Project coordinator at the Regional Centre of Studies on Information and Communication Technololgies (Cetic.br)

  • Brazil’s pilot of the second-generation ROAM-X Indicators has completed its data collection phase, with national validation by CGI.br’s Multistakeholder Advisory Board to be completed.
  • Key areas of progress, in comparison to the first assessment, include national debate on platform regulation, expansion of digital public services, new universal connectivity targets, and active AI governance through the National AI Strategy (EBIA) and National Plan (PBIA).
  • Challenges remain in areas such as rural and gendered connectivity, legal frameworks for platform governance, and unequal access to digital public infrastructure.
  • Institutionalized multistakeholder participation, while strong in Brazil, still varies depending on discretionary conditions.
  • Data disaggregation and rights-based safeguards are essential for fully understanding the realities of digital inclusion and shaping responsive public policy.

Anriette Esterhuysen, Senior advisor on global and regional internet governance at Association for Progressive Communications

  • The ROAM-X implementation workshop in Fiji revealed a clear gap between digital policy design and implementation, with many public institutions unaware of the National Digital Strategy months after its publication.
  • Successful implementation of digital policies depends on sustained consultation, inter-agency communication, and collaborative connections, particularly among those expected to act on the strategies.
  • ROAM-X provides more than measurement; it can serve as a practical tool to plan, monitor, and evaluate national strategies, especially in areas that are often overlooked like gender, openness, and rights.
  • Many digital literacy programmes fail to link technical training to civic education, ROAM-X offers a structured way to integrate both.
  • As a flexible and forward-looking framework, ROAM-X can support national digital development well beyond the scope of a single assessment.

Dorcas Muthoni, founder and Chief Executive Officer of Openworld Ltd

  • Gender remains a major blind spot in digital policymaking due to limited data on access, usage, and how cultural norms affect inclusion.
  • ROAM-X helps identify and address gaps in the productive use of the Internet, particularly for women and small-scale entrepreneurs.
  • Broader digital inclusion must go beyond access, many people lack the literacy, infrastructure, or support systems to benefit meaningfully.
  • Leadership development for women in tech requires measurable strategies, not just entry-level access.
  • ROAM-X can also guide education systems in equipping youth with future-ready digital skills and help monitor how startup and developer ecosystems contribute to inclusive transformation.

Chris Buckridge, Principal/Owner, Buckridge Consultants

  • ROAM-X offers a practical, measurable tool that supports inclusive and evidence-based Internet governance—a crucial asset for WSIS+20 and beyond.
  • Inclusive governance cannot succeed without data, and ROAM-X is an example of how to bridge this gap by creating space for multistakeholder input and tracking progress.
  • The Multistakeholder Advisory Board (MAB) model helps institutionalize participation, and ROAM-X can either reinforce existing structures or catalyze the formation of new ones.
  • National and regional Internet governance initiatives, including IGF and NRIs, could use ROAM-X to connect dialogue with on-the-ground implementation.

Conclusion
The session underscored the transformative potential of UNESCO’s ROAM-X Indicators in driving the implementation of WSIS Action Lines. By providing a robust, evidence-based framework, ROAM-X empowers nations to evaluate and enhance their digital ecosystems, ensuring they are inclusive, rights-respecting, and future-ready. The insights shared by the speakers highlighted the critical role of multistakeholder collaboration, data-driven methodologies, and cross-sector partnerships in achieving sustainable digital governance.

As we move beyond the WSIS+20 milestone, the importance of grounding digital transformation in shared values and practical, evidence-based insights cannot be overstated. ROAM-X not only serves as a diagnostic tool but also as a strategic guide for designing, monitoring, and evaluating national digital policies. This framework is essential for bridging the gap between policy design and implementation, fostering accountability, and ensuring that digital advancements benefit all segments of society.

In conclusion, the session reaffirmed that with tools like ROAM-X, countries can navigate the complexities of digital transformation, making informed decisions that promote inclusivity, openness, and rights. As the global digital landscape continues to evolve, frameworks like ROAM-X will be indispensable in shaping a cooperative and equitable digital future.

IGF 2025 Open Forum #68 WSIS+20 Review and SDGs: A Collaborative Global Dialogue

Updated:
Session Report

Context

The World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS) has played a pivotal role in shaping global efforts to harness digital technologies for development. During the WSIS+10 review, the WSIS-SDG Matrix was developed to illustrate the linkages between WSIS Action Lines and the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). Moreover, the Global Digital Compact also plays a crucial role, as it emphasises the importance of aligning digital cooperation efforts with the SDGs, ensuring that digital transformation contributes meaningfully to achieving these global goals. As we approach the WSIS+20 milestone, there is an opportunity to deepen this integration by developing comprehensive strategies to effectively leverage digital technologies in achieving specific SDG targets. The European Union is committed to engaging stakeholders in brainstorming and discussions on this topic to shape a forward-looking and inclusive approach, and organised this Open Forum, attended by over 80 participants from across the multistakeholder Internet governance community, to facilitate a collaborative dialogue.

Key Takeaways

  1. Digital transformation is a key enabler of the Sustainable Development Goals, and WSIS+20 offers a timely opportunity to ensure digital policy frameworks fully integrate SDG objectives.
  2. Achieving sustainable digital development requires holistic approaches that combine infrastructure, governance, skills, and inclusion while tailoring to local contexts.
  3. Inclusive participation, human rights safeguards, transparency, and evidence-based policymaking are essential to ensure digital strategies are trusted and effective in advancing the SDGs.

Calls to Action

  1. Develop concrete, country-level implementation roadmaps beyond general frameworks to align WSIS Action Lines, the SDGs, and the Global Digital Compact in measurable ways.
  2. Strengthen multi-stakeholder collaboration at all levels by empowering local communities, youth, civil society, and technical actors to co-create and sustain digital development strategies.
  3. Prioritise investments in secure connectivity, digital literacy, and affordability to close access gaps and ensure digital transformation benefits all communities.

Summary

Digital transformation plays a cross-cutting role in supporting sustainable development, and WSIS+20 represents a key opportunity to align digital policy frameworks with SDG targets more closely. The session highlighted data from UNDP and ITU that estimate that Digital technologies directly benefit 70 per cent of SDG targets, and evidence from an independent study indicating a strong statistical correlation between digitalisation and overall SDG progress. However, there is a need to better understand how we can leverage digital technologies for specific SDG targets, and other areas where we know that this alignment needs to be strengthened.

H.E. Dr. Bitange Ndemo (Ambassador of Kenya to the EU and Belgium) reflected on Kenya’s journey from poor infrastructure in 2005 to becoming a regional leader in digital public services. He emphasised the transformative impact of platforms such as M-PESA, which revolutionised financial inclusion, and highlighted the country's work on digital IDs and citizen access to government services. Dr. Ndemo stressed that digital transformation must be inclusive and human-centred. He called on stakeholders to consider digital infrastructure a public good and move beyond high-level dialogue to capacity-building and implementation.

Thibault Kleiner (Director for Future Networks, DG Connect, European Commission) described the European Union’s Global Gateway strategy as an example of aligning digital investment with development goals. He highlighted the EU’s work on secure, affordable connectivity, digital public infrastructure, and data governance, notably in Africa. Mr. Kleiner proposed that WSIS+20 should focus on developing implementation roadmaps that connect WSIS Action Lines with the SDGs and Global Digital Compact, allowing digital strategies to be tailored, results-oriented, and inclusive.

Sook-Jung Dofel (Director General, GIZ) emphasised the importance of supporting governments in translating digital policy into implementation. She described how GIZ supports infrastructure deployment, digital public services, and ecosystem building through co-creation with local stakeholders. Ms. Dofel underscored the importance of context-sensitive design and partnerships. She recommended developing guiding questions or frameworks that allow governments and implementers to align digital strategies with SDGs based on their priorities.

Kurtis Lindqvist (CEO, ICANN) focused on the foundational role of secure and resilient internet infrastructure, particularly the Domain Name System, in supporting digital development. He noted that trust and stability are prerequisites for the digital services that underpin SDG progress, and emphasised that technical coordination must remain independent, secure, and globally interoperable. He warned that over-regulation and policy fragmentation could threaten the foundations of an open, global internet.

Juan Carlos Lara (Executive Director, Derechos Digitales) stressed that effective digital development must safeguard privacy, freedom of expression, and democratic participation. Mr. Lara cautioned against digitisation for its own sake and advocated for inclusion, transparency, and regulation of influential actors to ensure that digital strategies serve societal needs. He emphasised the need for an effective, accountable, and equitable digital public infrastructure.

Joanna Kulesza (Professor of International Law, University of Łódź) discussed how rights-based governance models, including the Declaration for the Future of the Internet, can help fill the normative gaps in SDG frameworks. She argued that protecting online rights—such as access, privacy, and security—is not separate from development, but central to it. Prof. Kulesza recommended embedding DFI principles into national SDG strategies and supporting governments in evidence-based, multi-stakeholder policymaking.

Opeyemi Ogundeji (Programme Manager, Nigeria Youth SDGs Network) provided a youth perspective and stressed the importance of building digital skills, access, and participation for young people, especially in Africa. She highlighted the role of young innovators in shaping local solutions and called for greater inclusion of youth voices in the WSIS+20 process and other global digital forums. Her intervention emphasised co-creation, regional relevance, and shared ownership of digital strategies.

IGF 2025 Networking Session #138 Tech & Policy: Building Bridges in Internet Governance

Updated:
Session Report

Key Takeaways:

  • The technical community brings the expertise that keeps the Internet running—developing open standards, maintaining core infrastructure, and grounding governance discussions in real-world engineering and operational stability.
  • The Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) operates on a bottom-up, open, diverse, and transparent model built around individual participation. It brings together people from across the Internet ecosystem (vendors, network operators, researchers, governments, civil society, and more) to collaboratively develop voluntary technical standards that shape and enable permissionless innovation.
  • Communication, education, and community building are crucial to building bridges between the technical community and governments. We can start by recognising the unique value that each brings to the other’s domain when they engage.

Call for actions:

  • Foster closer collaboration between the technical and policy communities in forums such as the IGF, and create pathways for meaningful participation of policy stakeholders in technical discussions, as well as for the technical community in policy discussions.

Report:

The Internet Architecture Board (IAB) and the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) organized a Networking Session at IGF 2025 with the objective of fostering greater understanding and collaboration between the technical and policy communities. Recognizing the persistent disconnect that often exists between technical decision-making processes and policy development, the session aimed to create a space for open, informal dialogue among stakeholders from diverse backgrounds. By bringing together various technical communities, government representatives, policymakers, civil society representatives, and other stakeholders in the Internet governance ecosystem, the session sought to build mutual awareness, encourage knowledge exchange, and explore opportunities for more integrated and informed approaches to Internet governance. Several members of the IETF, IAB and the Internet Research Task Force (IRTF) were present, alongside other technical communities such as W3C, ICANN, Regional Internet Registries (RIR), top-level domain (TLDs) groups, Internet Society and more. The networking session space was fully occupied with more than 50 people in the space. 

The session was moderated by Mark Nottingham (IAB) and opened with remarks from Roman Danyliw, Chair of the IETF. He introduced the IETF as a voluntary standards organization that has played a foundational role in defining the protocols of the Internet since its inception, producing thousands of standards over the course of nearly four decades.

Roman emphasized that the IETF operates on a bottom-up, open, transparent, and diverse model of participation. Rather than following rigid master plans, the IETF focuses on developing modular building blocks that support interoperability and enable permissionless innovation. The organization brings together individuals from across the Internet ecosystem - including vendors, network operators, researchers, governments, civil society, and academia - to collaboratively develop technical standards.

He also noted that the IETF places a strong emphasis on inclusivity and accessibility. Participation extends well beyond the technology industry, with meaningful contributions from academic institutions, civil society organizations, and governmental bodies. To support global engagement, the IETF maintains a robust remote participation model, with approximately 35–45% of meeting attendees joining remotely. Remote participation is supported by fee waivers, and all decisions are confirmed on public mailing lists to ensure transparency and broad accountability.

Mirja Kühlewind (ex-IAB chair and current IAB member) then outlined the roles of the IAB and the Internet Research Task Force (IRTF) within the broader Internet ecosystem.  The IAB provides long-term technical guidance for the development of the Internet, with the goal of ensuring that it continues to evolve as an open, interoperable platform for global communication and innovation. This includes the need to reach out to other organizations, like other Standards Development Organizations (SDOs) that use or build on IETF standards, but also a broader set of impacted stakeholders, like operators, developers, as well as governments and of course users.

Complementing this role, the Internet Research Task Force (IRTF) advances research that is critical to the evolution of Internet protocols, applications, architecture, and technology. Both the current IRTF Chair, Dirk Kutscher, and the former Chair, Colin Perkins, participated in the networking session, reflecting the IRTF’s continued commitment to engaging with the broader Internet governance community and contributing research-informed perspectives to policy and technical discussions.

Olaf Kolkman, representing the Internet Society (ISOC), highlighted the importance of ISOC’s policymaker engagement programs in bridging the gap between technical and policy communities. These programs are designed to help policymakers better understand how the Internet functions at a technical level, enabling more informed decision-making. By fostering dialogue, building capacity, and providing accessible technical context, ISOC’s initiatives help policymakers build trust in the standard process.

Sarah Jennings from the UK government offered a government perspective, shaped by her experience in the IETF, emphasizing the importance of multistakeholder participation and open standards development. She highlighted that governments value an Internet that is open, secure, interoperable, and accessible and that standards bodies like the IETF play a foundational role in enabling this through technically sound, industry-led, and market-responsive processes. Government engagement in such forums helps bridge the gap between technical standards and public policy, ensuring regulatory approaches are informed by engineering realities. While governments do not seek special status within these processes, they face distinct challenges in engaging effectively, ranging from limited resources and technical complexity to the need for flexible modes of participation. Communication, education, and coordination are critical to lowering these barriers and enabling constructive input. Equally, the technical community benefits from engaging with policy stakeholders to better understand societal impacts and regulatory contexts. Jennings underscored the importance of continued dialogue and relationship-building across both policy and technical communities, and welcomed efforts like the IAB’s IGF session as a valuable step in fostering mutual understanding and collaboration.

During the open discussion, representatives from the Indian and Australian governments raised questions and shared reflections on their experiences with IETF meeting participation, highlighting both the barriers they face and opportunities to enhance engagement. The discussion included feedback on the effectiveness of existing policymaker support programs. There was also a call for greater involvement from the technical community in the ongoing WSIS+20 review process and broader Internet governance discussions. Emphasis was given for governments to actively seek and rely on technical guidance from bodies such as the IETF and IAB to ensure that policy decisions are informed by sound engineering principles and aligned with the operational realities of the Internet.

The follow-ups from these discussions are summarized in the Key Takeaways and Calls to Action above.

 

IGF 2025 WS #395 Applying International Law Principles in the Digital Space

Updated:
Session Report

The workshop examined how established international legal frameworks apply to state conduct in digital spaces, and explored the evolving interpretations of state responsibility, human rights obligations in the digital realm, and the application of international humanitarian law to information and disinformation operations in pre- and conflict situations.

Panel of speakers:

Chantal Joris (Senor Legal Adviser, Article 19) discussed how international law — including International Criminal Law, International Human Rights Law, International Humanitarian Law, corporate responsibility frameworks, etc. — applies, interacts, and harmonizes in the digital space.  There is consensus that what applies offline also applies online, but in reality it is a patchwork of legal frameworks and their interpretation causes challenges and fragmentation.

Taysir Mathlouthi (EU Advocacy Officer, 7amleh) shared first-hand experiences and observations of how these laws interact in practice, and the remaining gaps in protection and accountability. This is particularly evident in relation to the sharp rise in racist hate speech and de-humanisation directed at Palestinians where the reach of Palestinian content is limited and through discriminatory censorship practices of Government requests for takedowns. She highlighted the obligations for companies under the UNGPs to assess impacts and to mainstream safeguards against non-discriminatory practices and to ensure that digital spaces remain open to Palestinians.

Nieves Molina-Clemente (Chief Adviser, Danish Institute for Human Rights) focused on accountability frameworks and how the blurred lines between State and corporate actors leads to a growing fragmentation and gap in accountability and victims’ access to remedy. International law establishes a framework for prevention and remedy, but crimes committed by digital means are treated with exceptionalism in the law. Attempting to create new laws may lead to new legislation that is not human rights-based and may even be more repressive in a way that the response is as problematic as the lack of response. What we lack is a willingness to enforce the law, not necessarily new laws.

Francisco Brito Cruz (Law Professor at Fundação Getúlio Vargas Law School, Brazil and OHCHR B-tech consultant) spoke about the tension within the law regarding corporate and platform accountability versus the protection of users’ human rights and the need to protect the balance between the prohibition for incitement and freedom of speech. Both action and inaction can produce violations by states and companies. The recent Brazilian court decision shows how the judiciary is trying to build accountability after the attempted coup and the tech sector defying the rule of law, but it’s difficult to build due diligence without state capacity as a regulator.

Mikiko Otani (ex-Chair of CRC/ICJ Commissioner/Chair of the Principles’ Experts Group) focused on the specific obligations of States and corporate actors to safeguard the rights of groups uniquely affected by digital technologies — such as children. The impacts of online harms on specific groups, in particular children, are disproportionate and children’s lives are increasingly shaped by the digital environment. International law clearly recognises children’s rights online. It’s however important to bring in various perspectives, voices and regional perspectives to avoid fragmentation and siloed approaches where rights of particular groups are tackled separately.


Key takeaways from debate:

1. The fragmentation of international law: we are not in the golden age of treaty making, so we will have to do with existing law. And different existing international laws do provide — or are evolving towards — regulatory frameworks to protect individuals and communities from abuses in the digital space. But these frameworks remain fragmented and are being developed separately creating accountability gaps and difficulties for victims to access reparations.  For some emerging areas, like AI, neuro-technology and biological experimentation, we need some deeper analysis and assess if legislation from the past is sufficient legislation for the future.

2. Accountability of state actors: the lines between state and corporate accountability are blurred and current frameworks still have not totally caught up, though there are efforts to address this. State and state representatives should be held accountable for their use of digital platforms and cyber activities.

3. Violations of human rights may occur by the action or by failing to act and preventing wrongful acts. Both states and companies have responsibilities to ensure that digital services comply with human rights, health safety and other regulations and avoid forum shopping by seeking the most favourable setting for their conduct. In this context, remedies are key – not only around corporate decisions, but also for state decisions.

Call to action:

1. We need political commitment for the enforcement of international law in a way that pulls together all areas of existing international law to be progressively interpreted to protect individuals and communities from human rights abuses in the digital space.

2. The human rights due diligence responsibilities as defined in the UNGPs are clear, but we have to turn corporate accountability into platform accountability by building a method based on what human rights due diligence means in the digital context.

3. Legal scholars and practitioners should pool their expertise to reconcile human rights and international law principles to ensure that international law and human rights are upheld in digital and cyber activities. Better and progressive interpretation of international law obligations and good faith compliance should result in safer technology.

This discussion forms part of a broader project co-implemented by the Danish Institute for Human Rights and ICJ under the Digital Democracy Initiative. The project has formed a group of experts, drafting a set of principles to seek clarity how international law should be progressively interpreted, and to address ambiguity and contradictions.

IGF 2025 WS #300 Information Integrity through Journalism & Alternative Platforms

Updated:
Session Report

On 24 June 2025, the Office of the OSCE Representative on Freedom of the Media (RFoM), International Media Support (IMS), NIC Brazil, and Deutsche Welle Akademie jointly held a hybrid workshop at the 20th Annual Meeting of the Internet Governance Forum (IGF) in Lillestrom, Norway, focusing on information integrity through journalism and alternative platforms. The session was organized as a multi-stakeholder dialogue, bringing together Denmark’s Tech Ambassador Anne Marie Entgoft Meldgaard, Renata Mieli (Special Advisor for the Ministry of Science and Technology in Brazil), Beatriz Barbosa (Coalition for Rights on the Net), Jan Lublinski (DW Akademie), Magnus Ag (IMS), and Maxence Melo (JamiiAfrica), to bring different perspectives in the discussion that were moderated by Julia Haas, Adviser to the OSCE RFoM.

Linked to the first theme of the IGF, “Building digital trust and resilience”, the session aimed at exploring concrete solutions for supporting information integrity through quality journalism, while addressing the challenges and dominance of big tech companies in the online information ecosystem, and exploring alternative platforms and public interest technologies.

Denmark’s Tech Ambassador Anne Marie Entgoft Meldgaard opened the discussion underlining the central role of journalists for democracies, recalling that democracy is a process happening every day, and not simply during the act of voting. Citizens need to be able to have informed discussions, exchange views and opinions on important matters for the society, and for this, journalists’ work as well as a healthy and sound information environment strengthening democratic debates are essential.

Among the numerous reflections shared during the workshop, the main takeaways were:

  1. It is central to highlight and protect the core functions of journalism in democracies, which are to inform, to enable societal dialogue, and to take those in power to account. Journalism plays an essential role for information integrity, which has to be understood as a positive concept focusing on building trust, agency, and diversity of information, rather than just as the action to combat disinformation. Local context plays a key role in this regard.
  2. Information integrity cannot be achieved without a meaningful and inclusive multi-stakeholder approach including civil society actors, media organizations and state bodies – and tech actors. Participants acknowledged the complexity of multi-stakeholder work, and highlighted the need to discuss different approaches, and to avoid government and corporate capture. Participants also acknowledged the urgent need for the media sector to align on an agreed advocacy agenda, and to develop better partnerships and strategies in the sector.
  3. There is a fundamental incompatibility between the current structure – and infrastructure – of the online information ecosystem, dominated by a few big tech players, and information integrity. Big tech companies control with unprecedented influence the way news and information are distributed, to whom, when and how. Their business model undermines media visibility and viability, creating media dependencies on platforms and a fragmented information landscape – which can, and often has been, exploited by malign actors.
  4. In this context, participants acknowledged the need to ensure fair renumeration and compensation for journalists and media outlets, and mentioned different models such as copyright remuneration system, bargaining agreements, and platform taxation. However, a main challenge concerns the complexity and the potential danger to define what is journalist content, who is a media outlet, what should be remunerated by platform taxation etc, which are a necessary step when it comes to the distribution of funds collected via compensation mechanisms. The role of states in this regard is essential, they need to carefully design regulatory framework fostering media freedom and the public interest without reinforcing state capture or reinforcing monopolies and dependencies for financial resources, to the detriment of smaller local media.
  5. The session also explored avenues to counter the trust crisis that independent journalism is facing, in particular among young people, including through media innovation. While participants acknowledged that technical and regulatory solutions alone cannot address this trust issue, the crucial role of media (freedom) literacy was emphasized.
  6. Alternative platforms are key examples highlighting how local solutions can foster meaningful civic engagement, while maintaining high journalistic standards. The platform JamiiAfrica from Tanzania is a successful example of such an alternative model, built on information integrity, localization, and the public interest. It proposes multiple services such as fact-checking and discussion forums and is partnering with 46 community radios in Tanzania. Reaching 4 million of people daily, JamiiAfrica demonstrates that alternatives to big tech dominance are possible, while maintaining democratic values and journalistic standards. It also shows the importance of understanding local contexts before developing new tools, as there is no one-size-fits-all model.
IGF 2025 Day 0 Event #265 Using digital platforms to promote info integrity

Updated:
Session Report

This session, organised and moderated by TikTok, focused on how four organisations and individuals (UNHCR, IFRC, Information Society and a TikTok clinician creator) use TikTok to promote information integrity, while also exploring the complexities and challenges of this work. Key themes included information integrity, partnerships, and the evolving digital landscape. 

Speakers highlighted that they are using digital platforms like TikTok to communicate educational content, community and advocacy messages, as well as to disseminate information quickly in the case of humanitarian or high-profile events. They also discussed the importance of working with experts, including technical experts and those with local knowledge, to ensure that information coming out is trustworthy and credible, especially in times of conflict. Speakers noted the challenge of navigating disinformation, which they counter by tapping into local knowledge, anticipating and assessing risks before communicating and putting out credible and accurate information quickly. Speakers also explained the importance of protecting trust in institutions and the importance of resourcing trust and safety in tech companies.

IGF 2025 Open Forum #39 From Research to Action: Cybercrime & Justice in Africa

Updated:
Session Report

The open forum session #39 “From Research to Action: Cybercrime & Justice in Africa” was co-organised by UNICRI and ALT Advisory. During this session, UNICRI’s research report “Access to justice in the digital age: Empowering victims of cybercrime in Africa” was launched, and its findings were presented by Tina Power, the main author of the report.  Thanks to the solid expertise of the speakers, Michael Ilishebo, Sandra Aceng and Tina Power, participants learnt from about the common trends in cybercrime and online harms targeting African countries, the challenges national law enforcement agencies face in conducting investigations, and the obstacles victims encounter in reporting cybercrime and online harms and in seeking fair redress. The threats posed by the abuse of cryptocurrency services and AI systems were referred to as growing concerns for law enforcement investigations.

The following are the main takeaways of the session:

  • Gender-sensitive responses must be embedded in existing and new efforts to tackle cybercrime and online harms targeting women and girls disproportionately within the African continent.
  • The right legal framework and legislative instruments to address cybercrime and online harms need to be coupled with transformative training for the criminal justice sector as a whole, from law enforcement personnel to prosecutors and judges.
  • Cybercrime and online harms with a personal component, and not merely financial, are as important to prevent and counter as those impacting financial gain, particularly in the support of victims.

Speakers also discussed recommendations and next steps, identifying the following as the main areas of priority:

  • A continental approach should be pursued to engage with technology companies and push for accountability mechanisms within the African continent.
  • A sustainable and inclusive support for cybercrime and online harms' survivors should be implemented throughout African countries (support in rural areas, multi-language support,...), guaranteeing gender-responsive measures.
  • African countries should undergo legislative audits to understand their gaps and needs in terms of legislation, and related capacity-building needs of the criminal justice sector in terms of cybercrime and online harms.

This session represented a unique opportunity for UNICRI to gather the community’s feedback on the challenges to tackle cybercrime and online harms across the African continent, as well as the obstacles for cybercrime victims. The active participation of speakers and participants helped identify priority areas and opportunities for multi-stakeholder collaboration.

This session, the research report presented and future programmatic work fall within UNICRI's workstream on Cybercrime and Online Harms, which aims to explore the interplay of different cyber threats and harmful behaviours, seeking to develop inclusive and rights-based solutions to address the convergence of cybercrime and online harms, including terrorism and violent extremism online, gender-based violence, child abuse and exploitation, and hate speech. UNICRI addresses these threats through action-oriented research on niche thematic areas, capacity-building activities involving technology companies, technical assistance to Member States and policy-making.

For those interested in the report “Access to justice in the digital age: Empowering victims of cybercrime in Africa”, it is accessible here: https://unicri.org/Publication-Access-Justice-Digital-Age-Empowering-Victims-Africa.

IGF 2025 Open Forum #16 AI and Disinformation: Countering the Threats to Democratic Dialogue

Updated:
Session Report

The Open Forum 16 “AI and Disinformation: Countering the Threats to Democratic Dialogue” was organised by the Council of Europe. It enabled participants to explore the pressing issue of countering disinformation in the age of artificial intelligence (AI). It was highlighted that countering disinformation remains a top priority for the Council of Europe, which has recently adopted the Framework Convention on Artificial Intelligence, Human Rights, Democracy and the Rule of Law — the first legally binding international treaty on AI. Additionally, the non-binding Guidance Note on Countering Online Mis- and Disinformation sets out recommendations built around three pillars: fact-checking, platform design rooted in human rights, and user empowerment, providing a solid foundation for future work in this area.

The discussion focused on how AI can both challenge and facilitate the safeguarding of a healthy digital information ecosystem. Speakers reflected on the evolution of disinformation from pre-AI “artisanal” efforts to the current era of large-scale “automated” dissemination. It was noted that AI holds the potential to accelerate the fragmentation of shared narratives across various sectors, including journalism and government intelligence. Key risks include persistent disinformation, at-scale radicalisation, and biases embedded in AI models. The need for systemic, inclusive, and empowering approaches to strengthen the information ecosystem was emphasised.

Speakers also addressed the surge in deepfakes and AI-generated content, highlighting their potentially severe consequences, especially in conflict contexts. Disinformation campaigns were found to be now cheaper and more effective, creating a vicious cycle in which AI-generated falsehoods are further amplified by other AI systems. Reference was made to the phenomenon of “LLM grooming” — a tactic where malicious actors deliberately feed large language models with mis- and disinformation. It was noted that this problem is even more acute in non-English contexts, where chatbots accuracy is lower, and where press diversity is more limited.

The Open Forum provided for the opportunity to also focus on the recently adopted Council of Europe Framework Convention on Artificial Intelligence (adopted on 17 May 2024) and the principles it establishes to safeguard human rights, democracy, and the rule of law, while supporting innovation. Information was provided also on the ongoing work of the Council of Europe Committee on Artificial Intelligence (CAI), which is developing a risk and impact assessment methodology to guide ethical and responsible AI deployment by developers and other stakeholders. Panellists shared relevant national practices to tackle AI-generated disinformation and showcased initiatives designed to enhance AI literacy, empowering citizens to critically assess AI-generated content.

Positive examples included also bottom-up approaches to work with ethical AI, promoting self-regulation and annual transparency reporting. Speakers emphasised the importance of enhancing resilience against AI-generated disinformation starting with education, particularly for children, who are both vulnerable to, and potential unwitting spreaders, of false information. It was noted that early education empowers children to understand algorithms and use AI creatively and critically. Education should be seen as not only a protective measure but as a long-term investment in democratic resilience.

Participants in the Open Forum engaged in the Q&A session, further addressing key issues raised during the discussion, including: the benefits of effective education and strategies to strengthen digital literacy; the role of fact-checkers; the use of AI chatbots to promote media literacy; incentives for providers to prioritise trustworthy information; and co-regulation models that foster truth-seeking as a market incentive.

Overall, the panel underscored the dual nature of AI as both a challenge and a potential ally in the fight against disinformation. Strengthening regulatory frameworks, promoting literacy, and fostering ethical self- and co-regulation were identified as key steps to building a more resilient information environment.

 

IGF 2025 Day 0 Event #16 IGF LAC Space

Updated:
Session Report

Since 2016, the IGF LAC Space session has served as a key meeting point for the diverse stakeholders of the Latin American and Caribbean Internet ecosystem, within the framework of the Internet Governance Forum (IGF). This space has fostered the exchange of best practices, updates on relevant issues, and the strengthening of regional collaboration, while also promoting ongoing reflection on the region’s achievements and challenges.

The most recent edition, held on June 23 during the IGF 2025 in Lillestrøm, Norway, took the form of a roundtable discussion. The first part focused on reflections regarding the evolution of Internet governance in the region, while the second addressed its future, particularly in light of the upcoming review of 20 years of the WSIS.

Moderated by Paula Oteguy (LACNIC) and Rocío de la Fuente (LACTLD), the session featured distinguished representatives from various sectors: Raúl Echeverría (ALAI), Ernesto Majó (LACNIC), Verónica Ferrari (APC), Nigel Cassimire (CTU), Carolina Aguerre (CETyS), Renata Mielli (CGI.br), and Paloma Lara Castro (Derechos Digitales). This diversity of voices enabled a comprehensive and multifaceted discussion.

During the session, participants highlighted the region’s positive track record in implementing the multistakeholder model, citing examples such as CGI.br, the creation process of LACNIC, and regional forums like the LACIGF and the Caribbean IGF, all of which reflect Latin America and the Caribbean’s capacity for dialogue and coordination.

Looking ahead to the WSIS+20 review and the future of Internet governance, speakers emphasized the need to broaden and strengthen stakeholder participation in existing spaces. This is essential for better understanding local needs, aligning efforts around shared objectives, and enhancing the capacity for collaboration in the joint development of actions and public policies. In this context, the São Paulo Guidelines were highlighted as a key reference, and there was broad consensus on the importance of integrating the Global Digital Compact into the WSIS+20 review to prevent duplication of efforts.

The audience also played an active role during the “open mic” segment, adding dynamism to the discussion. Topics raised included partnerships within the regional Technical Community for the development of critical infrastructure, concerns over Internet shutdowns in the region, the LACIGF’s mandate and its potential strengthening through intersessional working groups, and the release of the fourth edition of the Caribbean Internet Governance Policy Framework.

IGF 2025 WS #288 An AI Policy Research Roadmap for Evidence-Based AI Policy

Updated:
Session Report

Session Focus and Objectives. This session aimed to raise awareness about the Roadmap for AI Policy Research, developed through international multistakeholder collaboration to identify key principles, research priorities, and governance strategies ensuring AI remains ethical, transparent, and inclusive. The session also launched the Global AI Policy Research Network (GlobAIPol), inviting diverse stakeholders to join this movement and share practical knowledge on contributing to ethical, transparent, and evidence-based practices that shape inclusive and trustworthy AI policies.

Background. The history of Internet Governance offers valuable lessons as we face the current landscape of AI Governance. We find ourselves at a moment when global society enthusiastically embraces genAI tools, much like the early days of widespread internet adoption, where AI ecosystems remain largely untested and unregulated. However, we have also reached a critical point where we can identify and document the risks, harms, and impacts of widespread AI adoption. Addressing AI's multidimensional and complex challenges and opportunities requires informed action. For Responsible AI governance that responds to actual needs as defined by those who experience them, we must bridge the gap between research and practice to ensure robust, evidence-based AI policy.

Keynote by Professor Virginia Dignum. AI is shaping societies in profound and often invisible ways, affecting rights, agency, and global power dynamics. Scientific research is essential to navigate complexity, anticipate consequences, and anchor policy in evidence and accountability. This is not just a technical challenge, it is a societal imperative. Despite growing awareness, policy responses remain fragmented, reactive, and dominated by short-term interests. Responsible AI must go beyond technical fixes. It requires inclusive governance, contextual understanding, and accountability. AI does not happen to us! AI is designed by humans. We make the choices: Who should decide? Which values should be considered? Whose values? How to prioritise? Ask Question Zero: Is AI the best option here? Ask why before asking how. The Time is to Act Now! AI is shaping our collective future, how we act today will define who benefits, who is heard, and who is left behind. We must shift from fragmented, reactive policy to coordinated, evidence-based strategies rooted in ethics and justice. Scientific research must lead this transformation, interdisciplinary, inclusive, and globally connected. This is not just about technology, it is about power, equity, and the kind of societies we want to build. Join the Global AI Policy Research Network (GlobAIPol) to shape responsible AI policy. We invite others to collaborate, contribute, and commit to the Roadmap for AI Policy Research.

Intervention by Alex Moltzau reflecting on the European Union (EU) perspective on bridging policy and research. The EU demonstrates promising approaches to creating effective feedback loops between policymakers and researchers, demonstrated by the planned European AI Office's planned growth from 97 to 140 staff by the end of 2025. This expansion supports key initiatives including establishing a scientific panel, and implementing related acts. The EU supports regulatory sandboxes and codes of practice, assuring frameworks remain grounded in empirical evidence by providing controlled environments for testing AI applications. International collaboration is highlighted through the European AI Office's €5 million generative AI initiative with Africa. This approach reflects the EU's understanding that effective AI governance requires evidence-based policy development that crosses regional boundaries.

Intervention by Dr. Eltjo Poort, Vice President Consulting, CGI, the Netherlands, on AI policy impact on IT consultancy and systems integration. IT consultants and systems integrators land in the intermediary position between AI providers and deployers. However, they face operational complexities from diverse regional policies when working with multinational clients. Effective AI governance requires principles-based policies rather than prescriptive technical specifications, giving space for frameworks to evolve in parallel with rapidly advancing technology, simultaneously preserving regulatory coherence. Policy frameworks must prioritise understandability and practical guardrails that guide rather than delay innovation, as unclear regulations often cause stakeholders to halt innovation. Industry involvement in developing codes of conduct (as shown by example of CGI's engagement with the EU AI Act) demonstrates how technical expertise can support policy making.

Intervention by Dr. Jason Tucker, Adjunct Associate Professor Ai Policy Lab, Umeå University and Researcher at the Institute for Futures Studies, Sweden on AI and global health. Such claims as "AI is transforming healthcare" dominate public discourse. However, the reality is more nuanced. While some AI applications show promise in specific areas, benefits are not always equally distributed across healthcare systems or patient demographics. Healthcare had remarkable innovations throughout history, supported by national and international pharmaceutical regulation developed just over a century ago, e.g., today's confidence in paracetamol's safety comes from rigorous regulatory oversight that patients and clinicians now take for granted. Rather than treating AI as a "magic pill" solution, the healthcare sector requires systematic evidence-based research that builds upon existing regulatory frameworks keeping in mind AI's unique challenges. This approach stimulates healthcare AI development to prioritise patient outcomes over technological novelty.

Discussion. Well-designed regulation adjusted to local realities stimulates better innovation rather than delaying it. Everyday safety measures like baby seats and speed limits are some of the demonstrations of this. Digital innovations from around the world and global stakeholder cooperation provide essential learning opportunities for everyone. A unified global AI governance structure is not the best solution. Different countries face specific priorities that require diverse legislative approaches harmonised with local values. Regulatory sandboxes offer testing environments where diverse sector stakeholders can collaborate to address the current evidence deficit in AI regulation. Some of the critical challenges include military AI applications, surveillance practices, privacy-interoperability tensions, and fundamental infrastructure needs around capacity building and energy costs. Rather than focusing primarily on what type of AI to deploy, we must first ask ourselves why we use AI in the first place (what current problem does it help to solve that other methods cannot). We must concentrate on multidisciplinary approaches, resilient academic institutions, and personal responsibility in policymaking and implementation processes.

Session takeaways:

  1. Regulation remains essential. However, it requires greater commitment to an evidence-based approach. Policymakers are encouraged to dismiss the perception that policy making is set in stone. AI regulation requires agile and adaptable approaches.
  2. Interoperability issues should not drive attempts to create a universal AI governance structure. Multiple, complementary frameworks will better serve diverse regional needs, as well as technological and social contexts.
  3. Effective AI policymaking is not only about technology. It also includes social issues such as equity, inclusion and broader societal impacts. The inclusive approach, involving diverse stakeholders, building institutional resilience, and strengthening multidisciplinary collaborations is essential for developing ethical, sustainable and forward-looking policy frameworks.
IGF 2025 WS #294 AI Sandboxes: Responsible Innovation in Developing Countries

Updated:
Session Report

The “AI Sandboxes: Responsible Innovation in Developing Countries” workshop convened during IGF 2025 explored sandboxes as tools for AI governance. The session brought together a diverse group of stakeholders from governments, civil society, the private sector, and technical communities. The goal was to explore how AI sandboxes can be leveraged to promote innovation while ensuring responsible and inclusive governance, particularly in the Global South. The discussion revolved around the potential of sandboxes, challenges to implementation, best practices, and cross-border cooperation, with a focus on sectors such as health.

Sophie Tomlinson, Director of Programs at the Datasphere Initiative, opened the session by sharing some of the governance challenges posed by rapid AI integration. She introduced a Mentimeter to engage attendees and invited them to share their views and knowledge of sandboxes. Mariana Rozo-Paz, Research and Project Management Lead at the Datasphere Initiative, provided a conceptual and practical overview of sandboxes. She described them as collaborative, safe spaces where stakeholders such as regulators, the private sector, and civil society can experiment with technologies against existing or evolving regulatory frameworks. Rozo-Paz differentiated between regulatory, operational, and hybrid sandboxes, noting their roots in fintech and their expansion into domains like health and transportation.

Meni Anastasiadou, Digital Policy Manager at the International Chamber of Commerce (ICC), highlighted the role of AI in transforming industries and improving productivity. She shared how small and medium enterprises (SMEs), are often unequipped to handle fragmented regulatory environments. Anastasiadou presented ICC’s Four-Pillar Governance Framework for AI: harmonization with existing international agreements, simplification of compliance, regulatory flexibility to attract investment, and fostering trust. She highlighted the value of sandboxes as a space where all stakeholders can safely test and iterate, likening them to engineers testing planes before flight.

Alex Moltzau, Policy Officer at the European AI Office, reflected on his experience working on privacy sandboxes in Norway and now helping implement AI sandboxes across the EU. He discussed the European Commission’s current efforts to coordinate regulatory sandboxes via the AI Act, with a particular focus on ensuring free access for SMEs. Moltzau stressed that sandboxes can help provide evidence-based policy development and that learning through experimentation is crucial for responsible AI innovation. He also pointed to emerging plans for cross-border sandboxes under the Interoperable Europe Act and encouraged global stakeholders to provide feedback on upcoming EU consultations.

Jimson Olufuye, Chair of the Advisory Council at AFICTA, offered a regional perspective from Africa, particularly Nigeria. He emphasized that fewer than 10 African countries have developed national AI strategies. Sandboxes, he argued, could accelerate both regulatory learning and product development. Recalling a recent co-creation lab in Abuja organized with the Datasphere Initiative, he noted that Nigeria’s regulators, including the Nigerian Data Protection Commission and the Communications Commission, are beginning to adopt sandbox methodologies in data protection and fintech.

Thiago Guimarães Moraes, a researcher at Vrije Universiteit Brussel, emphasized the importance of piloting through what he referred to as “sandboxing the sandbox.” He recommended that regulators start small, leveraging internal expertise and international partnerships to manage resource constraints. Moraes also called for greater civil society involvement, noting that individuals affected by AI systems must be represented before, during, and after sandbox operations.

Morine Amutorine, Africa Sandboxes Forum Lead at the Datasphere Initiative, expanded on regional barriers in Africa. Of the 25 national sandboxes mapped across the continent, 24 are in finance. Regulators are enthusiastic but often lack clarity on scope, legal authority, and funding models. Amutorine outlined Datasphere’s support programs and work on sandboxes, including co-creation labs, technical coaching, and exploration of shared-cost funding models across regulatory bodies.2 She stressed the importance of identifying clear legal mandates and sectoral engagement early in the sandbox process.

Jai Ganesh Udayasankaran, Executive Director at AeHIN, provided insights from the health sector in South and South-East Asia. He described three key use cases for sandboxes in health: bringing private sector applications into public Universal Health Coverage (UHC), validating interoperability with national health data standards, and managing responsible cross-border health data sharing.3 He also noted the diversity of terminology across the region such as regulatory sandbox, testbed, and living lab, and emphasized the need for convergence and harmonization. He opined that apart from the traditional role of sandboxes being regulator-owned gatekeeping mechanism they could function as collaborative environment where innovative solutions from new and emerging technologies can be co-created in coordination and cooperation with the relevant stakeholders.

Natalie Cohen, Head of the Regulatory Policy for Global Challenges unit at the OECD introduced the OECD’s 2021 Recommendation on Agile Regulatory Governance and stressed that while sandboxes are valuable tools, they are not suitable for all contexts. Policymakers must clearly define goals, eligibility criteria, evaluation metrics, and exit strategies. Cohen noted that sandboxes are most effective when they support early commercialization and regulatory learning, but they require significant funding, staffing, and legal clarity. She also warned of potential market distortions if sandboxes inadvertently favor large companies over SMEs, urging governments to consider financial support and data access for smaller players.

The workshop confirmed that AI sandboxes are rapidly evolving into critical tools for AI governance, particularly in developing countries seeking to balance innovation with accountability. While enthusiasm is growing across regions and sectors, participants highlighted the need for legal clarity, inclusive participation, transparent evaluation, and sustainable funding models. Cross-border collaboration and trust-building were underscored as essential for sandboxes to truly fulfill their promise. As global frameworks like the EU AI Act move forward, work on sandbox capacity building will remain vital to ensure that sandboxes are not only technically sound but also socially legitimate and responsive to local contexts.

1 See, e.g., Datasphere Initiative (2025). Sandboxes for AI: Tools for a new frontier. https://www.thedatasphere.org/datasphere-publish/sandboxes-for-ai/

2 See Datasphere Initiative (2025). Africa Sandboxes Outlook: Thinking outside the box in the age of AI.
https://www.thedatasphere.org/datasphere-publish/africa-sandboxes-outlo…

3 See, e.g., Asia eHealth Information Network (26 February 2025).
Exploring sandboxes in the health sector: Why, when, and how to support responsible innovation?
https://youtu.be/bmY2ZVCf_KI?. See also Digital Health Convergence (2025). Digital Health Convergence
Workshops. https://digitalhealthconvergence.net/convergence-workshops &
Digital Health Convergence (2025). GAPS 2.0 A call to action towards strengthening digital health ecosystem in Asia.
https://digitalhealthconvergence.net/gaps-framework?section=2

IGF 2025 WS #484 Innovative regulatory strategies to digital inclusion

Updated:
Session Report

 

This workshop, prompted by the work of the South African G20 Digital Economy Working Group’s priority on Digital Inclusion, examined the evolving challenges of universal meaningful connectivity, access and digital inclusion, particularly in the Global South. The workshop brought together experts representing Research ICT Africa, the International Telecommunications Union, GSMA, Internet Society, the Association for Progressive Communications and Resilient Capital Ventures LLC. Participants highlighted the shift from supply-side infrastructure solutions to demand-side constraints to digital inequality, emphasising that simply providing network coverage is insufficient to achieve genuine digital inclusion. The discussion revealed that whilst 98% of unconnected populations live in areas with mobile coverage, significant barriers remain around affordability, digital literacy and education to enable meaningful usage.

Speakers identified demand-side barriers as the primary obstacles to digital inclusion. Whilst these constraints are often attributed to affordability, they extend far beyond cost considerations. As shown by the After Access surveys, the main barrier to internet access remains the cost of devices, with entry-level smartphones requiring 99% of average Sub-Saharan African income. Even when individuals gain access to devices, many cannot use them meaningfully. Microenterprises, for instance, may only utilise WhatsApp despite having broader connectivity potential for business-related services. There are important socioeconomic and locational dimensions to this inequality, with rural women often facing the greatest barriers to digital inclusion.

Participants advocated for Universal Meaningful Connectivity as a vital policy objective, defined as enabling everyone to enjoy a safe and enriching online experience at an affordable cost. This framework acknowledges that 2.6 billion people, conservatively but possibly 4 billion, remain unconnected globally, creating an urgent imperative for inclusive approaches. The dimensions of digital inequality were characterised as separating a privileged few with connectivity, skills, and opportunities from marginalised populations still excluded from digital participation.

An important statistic highlighted was that only 4% of unconnected populations live in areas without mobile coverage, meaning 96% have theoretical access but remain disconnected. This disparity highlights that coverage alone cannot solve digital exclusion. The persistent gender gap in connectivity, which has stalled with no recent progress, demonstrates how social norms and structural barriers continue to impede access even when technical infrastructure exists.

Speakers highlighted the need for regulatory frameworks that encourage ecosystem diversity. Using the metaphor of UMC and digital inclusion as a jar to fill, conventional mobile operators represent large stones, and smaller, “differently shaped” operators require regulatory support to fill gaps. Wholesale access emerged as a significant barrier to affordable connectivity, with successful models from New Zealand and South Africa demonstrating how regulatory intervention can unlock competition and incentivise smaller operators.

Speakers advocated for moving beyond traditional commercial models, pointing to the Global Digital Compact’s call for investment in local networks and socially driven models. This represents a shift from transactional approaches to transformative services that support social inclusion. The discussion highlighted successful examples, including 20 community networks operating in Kenya, demonstrating the viability of alternative connectivity models.

Participants identified fundamental issues around risk assessment in digital inclusion financing. Traditional investment models focus on commercial returns whilst failing to account for social benefits or alternative collaborative financing structures. The lack of reliable data compounds these challenges, making it difficult to assess both risks and potential returns from inclusive connectivity initiatives.

Digital inclusion cannot be achieved through siloed, sectoral approaches but requires addressing transversal human development challenges. This perspective recognises that digital exclusion often correlates with broader issues of poverty, education and geographic marginalisation.

Speakers provided a critical analysis of current approaches, arguing that layering supply and demand-side solutions onto extractive economic systems will not achieve meaningful change. It was highlighted how public interest regulation has shifted over 25 years, with people increasingly treated as consumers rather than citizens with rights to digital inclusion.

The workshop emphasised the critical role of community-based organisations, including libraries, post offices, and community networks. When equipped with sufficient connectivity and computers, local libraries contribute effectively to digital inclusion by addressing not only physical access but also digital literacy, online safety, and privacy concerns.

The discussion revealed a tendency to focus on capacity building for end users rather than supporting intermediary organisations to build their own networks. Participants suggested this represents a missed opportunity to create sustainable, locally owned connectivity solutions.

Participants called for regulatory frameworks that enable market entry for diverse operators whilst preventing states from abdicating their responsibilities for digital inclusion. This includes addressing wholesale access barriers and implementing policies that support community networks and alternative connectivity models.

The session concluded that no single solution exists for digital inclusion challenges. Success requires examining the specific needs of target populations and implementing comprehensive strategies that address affordability, accessibility, capacity, and capability simultaneously.

Speakers emphasised the need for different mindsets, skills, and tools when approaching digital inclusion. This transformation must extend beyond technical solutions to encompass social, economic, and political dimensions of connectivity and digital participation.

The session highlighted that achieving meaningful digital inclusion requires fundamental shifts in how connectivity is conceptualised, financed, and delivered. Moving beyond infrastructure-focused approaches to address demand-side constraints, social barriers, and alternative models will be essential for connecting the remaining 2.6 billion people globally. The discussion underscored that true digital inclusion is not merely about providing access but ensuring that all individuals can participate meaningfully in an increasingly digital world.

 

IGF 2025 Day 0 Event #248 No One Left Behind: Digital Inclusion as a Human Right in the Global Digital Age

Updated:
Session Report

This international session brought together a diverse panel of representatives from government, academia, international organizations, and civil society to explore the global challenge of digital exclusion. The discussion began by acknowledging that although global internet coverage has expanded significantly, approximately one-third of the world’s population still remains offline. However, coverage alone is no longer the main issue — the focus has shifted to achieving “meaningful connectivity,” which encompasses affordability, accessibility, trust, local relevance, and digital literacy.

Keynote speakers included Norway’s Minister of International Development, Irene Mbari-Kirika from Kenya’s inABLE, senior representatives from regulatory authorities in Europe and the UN, as well as a Nordic researcher.

The conversation highlighted the systemic nature of digital exclusion, showing how factors such as disability, income, geography, age, education, and language intersect to limit access and participation. For example, from a geographical perspective, the global community must consider the digital divide between countries. Artificial intelligence was cited as a concrete example of a technology that may exacerbate existing digital inequalities, particularly affecting the Global South, since leading research in this field is heavily concentrated in the United States and China.

The Nordic-Baltic paradox was also discussed: highly digitalized societies still face persistent digital exclusion among specific population groups. These include the elderly, immigrants, rural communities, people with disabilities, and those with low education or income. Even with advanced infrastructure, these groups often lack the necessary support and digital competence to fully engage.

Speakers stressed that digital inclusion is not merely a technical challenge — it is a question of equity, dignity, and human rights. Regulatory frameworks, universal design, accessible public infrastructure, and open-source digital identity systems were presented as critical tools to close the digital divide.

From a regulatory perspective, it is essential to set clear objectives that guarantee equal access to services and products for people with disabilities. Regulations should include concrete deadlines and ensure the implementation of effective enforcement mechanisms, while also taking into account the use of recognized standards. European standards were cited as an example, as they have gained increasing global traction.

From a human rights perspective, it was emphasized that digital services are deeply intertwined with i.e. education, employment, and freedom of expression. As such, those who are digitally excluded are also denied access to education – an equal right for all – and are prevented from fully participating in society.

It was also suggested that greater cross-sector cooperation is needed at the local, national, and international levels, given that digital policies are significantly more complex than those in the telecommunications sector, whose primary objective has been to establish connectivity.

The conference concluded with a call for universal digital accessibility standards, a stronger role for companies and civil society in supporting users, and the need to embed accessibility into education and technology development processes. Inclusivity must be intentional and global in both design and enforcement, ensuring that those who comply with accessibility goals can compete on equal terms with companies operating from countries without such requirements. All participants were also encouraged to read the UNDP Digital Inclusion Playbook 2.0 from cover to cover.
 

Key Takeaways

  • Digital inclusion is a human right — it is essential for access to education, employment, health, and democratic participation.
  • Meaningful digital access requires more than infrastructure — it must address skills, affordability, trust, and accessible design.
  • Low- and middle-income countries, especially in Africa, are uniquely positioned to lead with inclusive digital development from the outset.

Call-to-Action Points

  • Embed accessibility and universal design principles in policy, law, and education to create long-term structural change.
  • Support local innovators and inclusive technology startups with funding, training, and international visibility.
  • Maintain analog alternatives and equip libraries, NGOs, and municipalities to provide digital support and training for underserved groups.
IGF 2025 WS #110 AI Innovation: Responsible Development & Ethical Imperatives

Updated:
Session Report

Key Takeaways

1. Multifaceted Ethical Imperatives in AI Development

AI advancement extends beyond technical innovation, intersecting deeply with ethical challenges. Data biases in training models lead to unfair outcomes, while algorithmic opacity in deep learning raises accountability issues, particularly in critical sectors like healthcare and finance. Additionally, malicious uses highlight the need to embed ethics throughout the AI lifecycle—from data collection to deployment.

2. Urgency of Global Collaborative Governance

AI's borderless nature necessitates cross-national cooperation, as no single country can address its complexities alone. Developed nations often prioritize innovation speed, while developing countries focus on equitable access and risk mitigation. International frameworks must set common standards for AI safety, security, and ethics, integrating diverse stakeholder inputs.

3. Balancing Innovation with Responsible Development

While AI drives progress, irresponsible development risks job displacement, privacy violations, and environmental harm. Policymakers must incentivize innovation while enforcing regulations to ensure ethical compliance, fostering a landscape where AI's benefits are maximized without compromising societal well-being.

Call to Action

1. Strengthen Cross-Sector Ethical Review Mechanisms

Research institutions, tech companies, and governments should establish interdisciplinary ethics boards—including ethicists, technologists, and community representatives—to review AI projects at all stages. For example, financial AI services must undergo pre-deployment audits for data bias and algorithmic transparency, with public reporting to build trust.

2. Accelerate Capacity Building in Developing Regions

Developed nations and international organizations should collaborate to bridge the AI resource gap through initiatives like funding research facilities, offering scholarships, and organizing training workshops. This fosters an inclusive AI ecosystem, integrating diverse perspectives to drive global innovation.

3. Advocate for Holistic International Governance Frameworks

Governments must lead efforts within forums like the IGF to craft global AI governance frameworks covering safety, data protection, and ethical guidelines . Civil society and the private sector should contribute practical insights, ensuring frameworks adapt to rapid technological advancements.

Context and Framing

Co-organized by CAST UN Consultative Committee on Information Technology (CCIT) and Internet Society of China (ISC), this workshop convened global experts to address AI’s ethical challenges. Moderator Mr. Dai Wei (Deputy Secretary-General of Internet Society of China & Deputy Director of China IGF) opened by stressing AI’s "transformative power" and the non-negotiable need for "ethical imperatives and global inclusivity."

Prof. Gong Ke (Chair of CCIT) framed AI’s dual nature: while revolutionizing sectors from healthcare to agriculture, its opaque algorithms risk deepening global inequities. He advocated tripartite action: (1) Policy safeguards for equitable technology access, (2) Harmonization with UNESCO’s ethics framework, and (3) Cross-border stakeholder collaboration to transcend geopolitical divides.

Mr. Huang Chengqing (Vice President of Internet Society of China & Director of China IGF) positioned AI as a tool for human welfare, citing China’s Global AI Governance Initiative and emphasizing industry self-regulation. He cautioned against "innovation without ethical scaffolding," urging balanced development that prioritizes social well-being over unchecked technological advancement.


Expert Perspectives

  1. Guilherme Canela De Souza Godoi (Director for Digital Inclusion, Policy and Transformation & IFAP Secretary, UNESCO)
    UNESCO’s mandate bridges innovation and human rights, asserting that ethical AI and technological progress are synergistic rather than contradictory. The organization’s 2021 Ethics Recommendation – ratified by 194 states – provides a human-rights-based framework grounded in 80 years of tech-ethics evolution. Current priorities include implementing Readiness Assessment Methodology in 30+ countries to evaluate governance capabilities, establishing training programs for civil servants, and addressing exclusion risks for linguistically/physically marginalized groups. Crucially, Godoi emphasized that "innovation failing to serve all communities is fundamentally illegitimate," advocating for multilingual AI systems and disability-inclusive design.
  2. Prof. Yik Chan Chin (Associate Professor, Beijing Normal University)
    Generative AI poses acute risks in education: algorithmic black boxes propagate unreliable content, intellectual property violations undermine academic integrity, and uneven access accelerates "digital poverty" between nations. Comparative analysis revealed divergent approaches. To counter these challenges, Chin urged multistakeholder dialogues on long-term cognitive impacts, strict age-gating for AI tools, and data ownership reforms preventing corporate monopolization of educational resources.
  3. Prof. Ricardo Israel Robles Pelayo (Professor of Escuela Bancaria y Comercial, Mexico)
    Mexico’s hasty AI integration exemplifies systemic risks: in education, tools exacerbate student anxiety and erode critical thinking; in justice, algorithms trained on biased data automate discrimination within fragile judicial systems. Pelayo critiqued the trend of "delegating human judgment to machines". His solution centers on legally mandating critical thinking as an ethical mediator – requiring human oversight to contextualize AI outputs through moral deliberation and rights-based assessment.
  4. Dr. Daisy Selematsela (University of the Witwatersrand: Library)
    Academic libraries face dual pressures: AI promises enhanced accessibility (personalized research support, speech-to-text tools for disabled users) but threatens job displacement, metadata interoperability, and collection security. Budget constraints heighten these tensions, particularly in Global South institutions. Selematsela proposed a balanced framework: leveraging AI for repository management (automated cataloging, content summarization) while implementing strict encryption protocols and algorithmic transparency measures. She stressed that "libraries must remain human-curated spaces," with AI augmenting – not replacing – librarians’ roles in knowledge stewardship.
  5. Ms. Zhang Xiao (Vice President of China Internet Network Information Center (CNNlC), member of the lGF Multistakeholder Advisory Group (MAG), Executive Deputy Director of China lGF)
    Governance and innovation are interdependent forces – where ethical guardrails enable responsible advancement. Drawing lessons from internet governance, Zhang advocated adapting multi-stakeholder models to AI’s "vertical" societal penetration. Her proposal centered on three pillars: (1) Developing shared vocabularies around human-centric metrics, (2) Prioritizing capacity-building to foster public awareness of AI rights, and (3) Creating interoperable standards that respect cultural diversity while preventing harmful applications.

    Synthesis and Conclusions

    The dialogue converged on three imperatives:

Inclusion as Cornerstone: Prevent AI from exacerbating educational/resource disparities through equitable access policies.

Global Governance Alignment: Anchor national regulations in UNESCO’s framework while allowing regional adaptations (e.g., China’s pedagogical guidelines).

Ethical Innovation Protocols: Embed human oversight in high-risk domains – especially justice and education.

IGF 2025 Open Forum #81 What Gets Measured Gets Addressed: How the US Measures Internet Use

Updated:
Session Report

What Gets Measured Gets Addressed: How the U.S. Measures Internet Use

Open Forum #81

Workshop Room 4

June 24, 2025

1:30-2:30PM CET (7:30-8:30AM ET)

 

Summary: This Open Forum brought together U.S. Government agencies and a broad range of stakeholders to discuss how Internet use is measured in the United States, where gaps remain, and how Internet measurement initiatives are evolving to produce more comprehensive and actionable data. Speakers from the National Telecommunications and Information Administration (NTIA) and the United States Census Bureau (Census), both situated within the U. S. Commerce Department, emphasized that measuring Internet use isn’t just a technical exercise, but key to making thoughtful policy, advancing connectivity, and supporting economic empowerment.  

Presentations focused on longstanding efforts like the NTIA Internet Use Survey and the American Community Survey (ACS), as well as newer initiatives like Project LEIA (Local Estimates of Internet Adoption). Speakers emphasized that, while there are robust systems for measuring Internet use, continued innovation is needed to keep pace with changing technology and user behavior.  

 A lively Q&A and open discussion followed, as NTIA and Census speakers fielded questions from the technical community, civil society, and the private sector. The forum highlighted the need for measurement of localized data and emphasized the role of cross-sector collaboration in shaping the future of digital connectivity.  

Case Studies & Initiatives: 

NTIA Internet Use Survey: NTIA has supported nationwide data collection on Internet use since 1994 by sponsoring supplements to the Current Population Survey (CPS), a monthly survey administered by the U.S. Census Bureau which is primarily known as the source of the United States’ official labor statistics. Tens of thousands of households are interviewed for the CPS every month, providing a large nationally representative sample of American households.  

NTIA has sponsored the Internet Use Survey 17 times since 1994, and the next edition is slated to be sent into the field in late 2025. NTIA’s Internet Use Survey tracks metrics such as types of devices used (e.g., smartphones, desktops), Internet access technologies, and online activities. The NTIA Data Explorer tool allows users to analyze data across years, devices, and locations. The underlying data are openly available for download and sample code is posted on GitHub. 

Census Bureau American Community Survey (ACS): The ACS includes Internet and computer access questions as part of its demographic survey across all U.S. households. ACS data show trends like increasing smartphone adoption, and persistent urban-rural disparities in Internet use. 

Project LEIA: Launched in 2024, Project LEIA addresses a critical data gap: producing reliable Internet adoption estimates for every U.S. county, including those too small for direct ACS sampling. Project LEIA works by using machine learning and statistical modeling to combine ACS data with other indicators like income and broadband availability. 

Discussion Highlights: 

Participants raised several key issues during the open discussion. 

  • Training and Capacity-Building: Participants highlighted the need for training and capacity-building resources to help developing countries measure Internet use. 

  • International Measurement Tools: One speaker highlighted Internet Measurement Day, an Internet Corporation for Assigned Names and Numbers (ICANN) initiative to provide tools to countries on how to measure their country’s progress on Internet connectivity, routing security, and international interconnectivity. 

  • Data Gaps and Opportunities: Participants noted that existing surveys do not fully capture key factors like digital skills or infrastructure quality. Others highlighted the need to track how Internet infrastructure supports next-gen technologies like AI and virtual reality. 

  • Open Government Data: NTIA emphasized that U.S. Government data on Internet connectivity and use is widely used by state government offices, nonprofits, and the private sector. It’s made public to inform decision-making across sectors. 

  • Public-Private Partnerships: A recurring theme was the importance of collaboration between government agencies and private stakeholders to ensure that data collection efforts lead to meaningful policy outcomes. 

  • Access vs. Use: While Internet access is well-tracked, understanding how people actually use the Internet, especially in places like households, schools and other public institutions, remains a challenge. 

  • Energy Use & Environmental Issues: Attendees asked whether the U.S. Government collects data on energy and environmental metrics like carbon dioxide emissions from data centers. Census said this information is not part of these surveys, but other sources do modeling in this area. 

IGF 2025 Networking Session #74 Mapping and addressing digital rights capacities and threats

Updated:
Session Report

The session was opened by the moderator with a brief introduction to Oxfam’s work on rights in a digital age and addressing the issue of digital inequality – a concerning growing gap between those who benefit from digital technologies and those who don’t. In mid-2024, Oxfam launched ReCIPE – a multi-year project co-funded by the European Union that aims to promote fundamental rights in the digital age in partnership with civil society organisations (CSOs) from 10 countries working with some of the most vulnerable people in society, for whom the risks – as well as the opportunities – related to digital technologies are the greatest. The moderator shared general points on the overall methodology and demographics of a multi-country assessment conducted under the ReCIPE project to map the digital landscape, threats and opportunities in the target countries. The session then proceeded with a series of short presentations of the most relevant information extracted from the assessment and other primary research recently conducted in Vietnam, Bolivia, Cambodia, Somalia, and Palestine.  

 

Tran Thi Tuyet, Program Manager from the Institute for Policy Studies and Media Development (IPS) in Vietnam, spoke about how the Vietnamese government's digital transformation agenda promises to change lives, with a commitment to "leave no one behind." However, barriers to access and participation remain for many Vietnamese people. For example, Tuyet pointed to research findings showing that 1 in every 220 smartphone users falls victim to online scams, with vulnerable groups being easily targeted by fraudsters due to limited digital literacy and technology skills. Tuyet also spoke about ongoing efforts to strengthen digital rights protection in the country, including CSOs supporting policy design and providing substantive contribution to policy development and implementation, while foregrounding the needs of vulnerable groups in these processes. 

 

Cristian Leon, Executive Director of InternetBolivia.org Foundation, and Lu An Mendez, Project Coordinator of Centro SOS Digital of InternetBolivia.org Foundation, presented the current situation in Bolivia, where there is a strong push towards digital transformation but no safeguards, regulation or adequate protection for human rights, which increases the exposure of women, LGBTIQ+ people and human rights defenders to violence, digital attacks and abuses of their personal data. In the assessment they conducted in Bolivia, 77% of respondents suffered a digital security incident and 62.50% experienced some type of digital violence in the last year; 77.7% of respondents also said that the digital violence affecting them may be related to their activities as human rights defenders. Mendez shared insights from ongoing efforts to establish a new network of CSOs, collectives and activists to provide support to victims of digital rights violations and carry out collective prevention actions. 

 

Theary Luy, Head of Program at the Cooperation Committee for Cambodia (CCC), spoke about how the country has seen rapid internet penetration and a significant impact of social media on how people communicate, engage and access information. But cyber-security and internet freedom as well as the urban-rural digital divide remain pressing digital rights issues in Cambodia. The assessment revealed that less than 30% of respondents had digital literacy skills, with rural youth and communities reporting the lowest skills. To help address the situation, CCC has engaged in digital rights and security capacity strengthening, through awareness campaigns and training for provincial-based organisations that work with rural and marginalized communities. CCC has also engaged in policy dialogue with key stakeholders to raise awareness on digital laws and provide civil society’s input on new policies’ development, including those on cybercrime and digital governance. 

 

Mohamed Aded Ali, Executive Director of Somalia Non-State Actors (SONSA), highlighted how regulatory barriers and digital security risks limit Somali CSOs’ and wider society to benefit from digital technologies. While the assessment revealed relatively high levels of internet access and digital literacy, digital rights awareness was low, and the use of robust digital safety practices and support systems limited. Based on the assessment results, SONSA has conducted a series of workshops to strengthen CSO’ digital safety, launched nationwide campaigns on tech-facilitated gender-based violence and online safety through radio, social media and community forums, and convened policy dialogues and roundtables connecting CSOs with regulators and duty bearers to align digitalisation frameworks with digital rights protections. 

 

A representative from MIFTAH, spoke about the current digital rights landscape facing Palestinians living under Israeli occupation. Based on interviews with Palestinian CSOs, the assessment revealed: widespread gaps in digital awareness and security capacity; a severe amplification of digital rights threats and violations since October 2023, with 54.4% of respondents reporting having reduced digital activity due to increased threats; institutional vulnerability due to limited resources, especially for small- or medium-sized organisations; and, a lack of effective legal and policy frameworks to protect digital rights. In response, MIFTAH has delivered training on digital rights for CSOs and community-based organisations from marginalised communities across the West Bank, (2) engaged with the Palestinian Authority regarding the new draft law on cybercrime taking international laws and conventions into consideration, and (3) worked in coalition with other CSOs to raise research-based recommendations advocating for urgent protection of Palestinians’ digital rights, including the need for CSOs to receive further support through digital security training. 

 

The session highlighted how, despite differences across countries, there are some common digital rights threats and issues and some important work ongoing by CSOs reaching some of the most vulnerable communities. Feedback from the audience underlined how those concerned with accountable digital governance must treat the need for CSOs to have the resources, tools and skills to safely use digital technologies in their own work and to support the communities they represent as a critical priority. There was also agreement about the need for more diverse voices in the shaping of digital policies, for greater collaboration between civil society and the technical community, and for technology companies – and the governments regulating them – to invest in adequate safeguards and accountability mechanisms that consider the growing digital inequality facing Global Majority communities.

IGF 2025 WS #173 Action-Oriented Solutions to Strengthen the IGF

Updated:
Session Report

On June 24, 2025, the Government of Canada and the Canadian Internet Registration Authority (CIRA) co-hosted a 60-minute workshop “Action-Oriented Solutions to Strengthen the IGF” at IGF2025 in Lillestrom, Norway. The workshop was moderated by Everton Rodrigues from NIC.br. Based on an interactive ranking activity via Mentimeter, the panelists and hybrid audience defined the following key action-oriented solutions to strengthen the IGF: 

  1. Recognize the current strengths of the IGF. The multistakeholder, non-decisional nature of the IGF is core to its success as a forum that is open to diverse views and forms of expression. Additionally, with its National and Regional Initiatives (NRIs), the IGF is truly a global ecosystem; with NRI inputs, the IGF reflects a variety of community perspectives to help foster a global dialogue on Internet governance. Therefore, discussions around strengthening the IGF should be conducted around the sentiment of making a good thing even better. 

 

  1. Consider a long-term or permanent mandate to strengthen the IGF. Allison O’Beirne provided three action-oriented solutions to strengthen the IGF: make the IGF permanent; improve the way the work of the NRIs is disseminated; and strengthen the IGF MAG. Audience members selected making the IGF permanent as their preferred action to strengthen the IGF, though the other two actions also received some support. 

 

  1. Change our approach to meaningful youth engagement. Youth are not just users of the Internet; they are content creators. Meaningful youth engagement at the IGF needs to consider the institution of youth in the digital space. Marko Paloski presented three action-oriented solutions to strengthen youth engagement, all of which received equal support from the audience: encourage intergenerational dialogue mechanisms; reserve seats for youth in MAG and IGF Leadership bodies; and integrate youth contributions into policy outcomes.  

 

  1. Create more long-term support to help participants from underserved communities engage meaningfully at IGF. On the issue of accessibility and inclusion, the panel emphasized the importance of accessibility mechanisms that the IGF already has in place, such as live translations and closed captioning. Saba Tiku presented the following three action-oriented solutions to strengthen accessibility and representation at the IGF (listed in order of preference from audience): long-term support to help participants from underserved communities meaningfully engage in IGF; consistent accessible formats with mobile-friendly tools; and more inclusive participation practices (ex. More youth-led sessions). 

 

  1. Diversify IGF funding and promote long-term commitments to IGF funding. Lastly, on the issue of improving the IGF’s financial sustainability, Byron Holland shared three action-oriented solutions to strengthen the IGF. Two of these solutions, diversifying the IGF funding base and promoting long-term commitments to IGF funding, received strong support from audience members. Increasing the accessibility of information about IGF also received some support from audience members as a way to further strengthen the IGF.  

 

In conclusion, the discussions highlighted several action-oriented solutions to strengthen the IGF’s organization, youth engagement, accessibility, and financial sustainability. By discussing and defining these recommendations with audience members, these solutions are multistakeholder in nature and can be considered as starting points for continuing to strengthen the IGF – making a good thing even better.  

IGF 2025 Networking Session #26 Transforming Diplomacy for a Shared Tomorrow

Updated:
Session Report

Session Report IGF „Transforming Diplomacy for a Shared Tomorrow” 

Participants: 

  • Moderator on-site: Sebastian Blum, Program Manager, Data Innovation Lab 

  • Speaker: Claire Sophie Patzig, Junior Data Associate, Data Innovation Lab 

  • Moderator online: Peter Weiss, Working Student, Data Innovation Lab 

Session description and introduction: 

We began by highlighting the promise of virtual embassies. Thanks to their digital infrastructure, they enable citizens to access consular services remotely, even in regions where physical embassies are not feasible due to conflict, political instability, or natural disasters. We then addressed how AI can support international negotiations by helping diplomats process vast amounts of information more efficiently, ultimately allowing for more strategic and evidence-based decision-making. These capabilities are particularly relevant in the context of high-stakes events such as the upcoming COP in Brazil. Finally, we presented our efforts in strengthening diplomatic capacity through the development of training tools for young diplomats. By simulating real-world diplomatic scenarios, these tools help prepare the next generation of diplomats for the complexities of an increasingly digitized world. 

Through the integration of these innovations, governments can enhance the efficiency of diplomatic workflows, improve the speed and accuracy of decision-making, and promote more effective international cooperation. After the presentation, we opened the floor to questions from the audience, which largely centered around two main themes: the responsible use of AI in government, and avenues for international collaboration. 

Participants raised important concerns around interoperability, data security, and the risk of bias in AI systems. We emphasized the need for clear governance frameworks, transparency, organizational adaption, new diplomatic profiles and inclusive design processes that involve diverse stakeholders, including civil society and actors from the Global South. Moreover, we introduced PLAIN, the official platform for data exchange within German government. Regarding collaboration, we stressed the importance of open-source solutions and the role of the Data Innovation Lab as an enabler of partnerships worldwide. Only through coordinated global efforts can we ensure that AI in diplomacy advances common goals rather than exacerbating geopolitical divides. 

Key Take-Aways: 

  • As the world shifts from traditional power struggles to digital influence, diplomats play a critical role in embedding democracy, human rights, and the rule of law into global tech governance, grounded in values recognized by institutions. 

  • Global majority countries must be meaningfully included. Advancing inclusive governance requires empowering these regions with skilled diplomatic representation, user-centered approaches, and a stronger voice in global technology rule-making. 

  • The integration of AI into diplomacy isn’t a distant ambition - it’s already reshaping how states engage with the world. Initiatives like the Data Innovation Lab are helping foreign ministries build the analytical skills and infrastructure needed to act faster, collaborate better, and make more informed, data-driven decisions. 

Session call-to-action-point 

  • To meet the challenges of digital transformation, foreign ministries and international institutions must not only adapt - but collaborate. It is essential that the tools, insights, and innovations developed across governments are made accessible to partners and allies. Only through openness, cooperation, and shared digital capacity can we ensure that diplomacy remains effective, inclusive, and future-ready.

IGF 2025 Lightning Talk #34 Digital cooperation for sustainable heritage preservation

Updated:
Session Report

This session highlighted the critical role of digital cooperation in sustainable heritage preservation, showcasing innovative approaches that address challenges such as language barriers, limited visibility of local heritage, and accessibility for people with disabilities. One example is the "Heritage In..." project, which demonstrates how open-source tools, open data, and community engagement can be combined to digitally catalog and share local cultural assets in a scalable, customizable, and cost-effective way.

This project propose the integration of public open data from archives, libraries, and collaborative platforms like Wikipedia, with knowledge contributed by local communities, recognizing the essential role of residents and experts in preserving cultural heritage. Utilizing modern ICT technologies—including QR codes, mobile applications, augmented reality, and artificial intelligence—such initiatives enable the creation of multilingual, inclusive heritage experiences that can be rapidly developed using adaptable templates and generative AI tools. The approach is applicable across diverse heritage types, including botanical, geological, and astronomical, and has been implemented in various urban contexts.

The session emphasized the importance of multi-stakeholder cooperation involving civil society, public institutions, academia, and local communities, supported by robust infrastructure and open data policies. This cooperation is fundamental to ensuring sustainable and globally scalable heritage preservation efforts. The open-source nature of these tools removes financial and technical barriers, allowing cities and communities worldwide to adopt and adapt similar projects.

Such digital cooperation frameworks directly contribute to achieving Sustainable Development Goal 11.4, which focuses on protecting and safeguarding the world’s cultural and natural heritage. By democratizing access to heritage preservation through technology and collaborative governance, these initiatives help maintain vibrant, inclusive, and accessible cultural heritage for future generations.


Digital multi-stakeholder cooperation—anchored in open-source technologies, open data policies, and community participation—is essential for sustainable heritage preservation. Encouraging cities and communities to endorse projects, like the "Heritage In..." example, can foster resilient, inclusive, and innovative preservation strategies worldwide. This approach is vital for fulfilling SDG 11.4, as it bridges local knowledge with global resources, ensuring cultural heritage remains a shared and enduring legacy enabled by digital innovation and collaborative efforts.

Methodology and tool for reference (https://heritagein.info) is ready for reuse.

IGF 2025 Open Forum #3 Cyberdefense and AI in developing economies

Updated:
Session Report

This open forum addressed the pressing challenges that developing countries face in confronting AI-driven cyber threats. A diverse panel of experts—including cybersecurity leaders, policymakers, and diplomats—explored how artificial intelligence is transforming cybersecurity and what this means for resource-constrained nations.

An expert panel explored how AI is reshaping cybersecurity for developing economies, emphasizing that AI both enhances and complicates threat landscapes. Key concerns included limited access to advanced AI technologies, a growing skills gap, and overreliance on major powers. Panelists called for greater international cooperation, urgent capacity-building, and flexible policy strategies. While AI offers potential for leapfrogging traditional barriers, it also poses new risks of dependency. The forum highlighted the need for inclusive, adaptive approaches that integrate cybersecurity, diplomacy, and development priorities.

Panel Composition

  • Olga Cavalli (Dean of the National Defense Faculty of Argentina and Director of the South School on Internet Governance)

  • Ram Mohan (Chief Strategy Officer, Identity Digital; former ICANN board member)

  • Christopher Painter (former U.S. cyber diplomat)

  • Wolfgang Kleinwächter (Professor Emeritus, University of Aarhus)

  • Philipp Grabensee (attorney; former chair of Afilias)

  • Luis Adrián Salazar (former ICT Minister, Costa Rica)

  • José Cepeda (European parliamentarian, Spain, via video)

Key Themes and Insights

  • AI as a Cyber Threat Multiplier:
    AI-driven cyberattacks, such as phishing, are becoming more convincing and scalable. While AI enhances threat detection and response, it also increases the complexity and volume of cyber threats.

  • Limitations of Existing Strategies:
    Current national cybersecurity strategies, while valuable, need urgent updates to reflect the rapidly changing threat landscape. However, foundational cybersecurity principles should not be neglected.

  • Access to AI Technologies:
    The concentration of large language models and advanced AI tools in the hands of a few major powers creates a new technological divide. This limits developing nations’ ability to secure themselves, increasing global cyber vulnerabilities.

  • Call for Diplomatic Action:
    There was a shared sense of urgency around enabling access to AI for developing nations through diplomacy and international cooperation, as traditional policy cycles are too slow to keep pace with AI development.

  • Human Capacity as a Bottleneck:
    The most significant constraint for developing countries is the lack of skilled professionals. Capacity-building must include both technical and policy training to enable nations to use AI effectively and participate diplomatically.

  • Opportunities for Leapfrogging:
    AI’s knowledge-intensive nature offers a chance for countries to bypass infrastructure-heavy models. However, as Costa Rica’s experience shows, cyber threats only become a priority when they directly disrupt essential services.

  • Challenges of Multilateral Participation:
    With limited diplomatic resources, developing nations struggle to engage in the growing number of forums on AI and cybersecurity, forcing tough decisions about where to allocate attention.

  • Regulatory Complexity:
    Drawing parallels with negotiations on autonomous weapons, the panel noted the difficulty of establishing binding international AI regulations. Informal cooperation and knowledge-sharing were suggested as more effective interim solutions.

  • Strategic Disagreements:
    A core tension emerged between evolutionary vs. revolutionary approaches. Ram Mohan advocated for abandoning outdated models, while Christopher Painter stressed adapting existing frameworks.

  • Technological Sovereignty vs. Dependency:
    The dilemma of pursuing AI partnerships with major powers vs. maintaining technological independence reflects broader issues of sovereignty in the digital age.

The panel concluded that cybersecurity in the AI era is inseparable from global cooperation, resource equity, and sustainable development. Success depends on building technical expertise, navigating geopolitical realities, and addressing human needs—all within a rapidly evolving technological environment.

IGF 2025 WS #69 Beyond Tokenism: Disability-Inclusive Leadership in IG

Updated:
Session Report

Summary of discussion

1. The importance of accessibility in digital technologies, highlighting that it is crucial to design interfaces that are adaptable to people's needs.
2. Discussion of the WSIS+20 and Global Digital Compact, emphasizing the need for disability-inclusive language and implementation in these frameworks.

3. The impact of training initiatives in South Asia and through the Internet Society online course on disability leadership in Internet governance and digital rights.
4. Case study of the Internet Society and the organization's commitment to accessibility, including the implementation of the Accessibility Operational Framework and the importance of accessibility champions. Can this be a model for other Internet organizations?
 5. The value of data-driven approaches to understand disability inclusion in internet governance such as text analytics of disability-inclusive language in IGF transcripts.

6. The need for enhanced collaboration and knowledge-sharing among stakeholders, including transnational advocacy networks.
7. The barriers faced by persons with disabilities in participating in internet governance, including lack of awareness, logistical challenges, and limited exposure to broader discussions.

Wrap-up thoughts

Stakeholders emphasized the need for sustained efforts to increase disability leadership in internet governance. They highlighted the importance of collaboration, capacity building, and accountability in achieving this goal. The session concluded with a call to action for stakeholders to work together to create a more inclusive, empowered and accessible digital environment.

 

IGF 2025 WS #343 Revamping decision-making in digital governance

Updated:
Session Report

IGF 2025 WS #343 Revamping decision-making in digital governance 

The workshop had as a central objective addressing the gaps and opportunities of the global digital governance ecosystem, especially regarding the governance architecture and cooperation. Having as background different processes and frameworks, such as the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS), the Global Digital Compact (GDC) and the Internet Governance Forum (IGF), the session addressed three main questions, the answers to which developed as follows: 

1. How to update the WSIS Action Lines to better reflect emerging and pressing issues and a proper integration with the SDGs?

As a general understanding, the speakers agreed that the WSIS Action Lines, as they were created, are sufficiently broad. They also kept technology agnostic and, therefore, stood the test of time. Thus, there is no need to rewrite the Action Lines, and we should only recognize and adapt their application to the new contexts that emerge. Renata Mielli (Government, GRULAC) mentioned that, although a revision is not necessary, there are issues that need to be updated as they were not so predominant 20 years ago. As examples, she mentioned AI and its impacts, issues of data governance, disinformation, environmental impacts of ICTs, digital public infrastructures, human rights online, among others. Jennifer Chung (Technical Community, Asia-Pacific Group), although agreeing that the language in the Action Lines could be sharpened, raised concerns regarding possible updates to its text. The question that remains in this regard is how we can make reference to emerging technologies and new concerns without jeopardizing the good context already established by the Action Lines. 

2. What are the gaps within the WSIS framework and between its different parts, such as the IGF and the WSIS Forum? Does the governance structure follow an adequate multistakeholder approach, for instance as expressed by the São Paulo Multistakeholder guidelines?

The speakers highlighted the lack of integration between the different governance spaces - e.g. WSIS Forum, IGF and even the Commission of Science and Technology of Development (CSTD). Nowadays, there is no awareness and recognition of what each one of them is discussing in their own fora. In this sense, although concerned with the same topics, these fora are held independently and without a better coordination with each other. On this behalf, Timea Suto (Private Sector, Eastern European Group) also emphasized that the implementation leaders of frameworks such as the Action Lines should be aware of what is being discussed in each of the forums. Jennifer Chung (Technical Community, Asia-Pacific) on the other hand, understands that the IGF and the WSIS Forum have different purposes and would benefit not necessarily from a coordination, but from a better communication and a crosspolination, i.e., an awareness about the inputs and outputs of each of those forums. Jordan Carter (Technical Community, WEOG) suggested that a multistakeholder coordination group could help the UNGIS drive the WSIS.

3. How to strengthen the IGF to better respond to the challenges of an improved WSIS process, combined with the GDC implementation and follow-up, and especially to avoid duplication of efforts and promote better coordination?

The speakers pointed out to both internal and external structures that need to be strengthened. It is worth mentioning the need for a consolidation of the MAG’s institutional knowledge, since there is a constant rotation of the members and such knowledge gets lost as a consequence of the group’s big turnover. There are also calls for more resources and funding of the Secretariat and its intersessional work. The speakers also emphasized the need for coordination and avoiding duplication and overlapping of governance processes, a call for a permanent mandate of the IGF, and greater participation of decision-makers in such space. Among those aspects, Jennifer Chung (Technical Community, Asia-Pacific Group) highlighted that avoiding duplication of governance spaces would also be beneficial to the participation of stakeholders in these different spaces, including in terms of financial resources to do so. Jordan Carter (Technical Community, WEOG) stated that granting a permanent mandate for the IGF would be a way to overcome the uncertainty of a temporary forum, and, therefore, it would allow the community to dedicate more resources to the IGF - not only financially, but also of time and engagement. He also stated that the strengthening of the IGF could help build better connection with decision-making spaces. Timea Suto (Private Sector, Eastern Europe Group) emphasized that the WSIS+20 review process should recognize the important evolution of the IGF ecosystem, including the NRIs and other intersessional work. She also called for a better communication of IGF outcomes to different audiences.

The audience inputs presented concerns on the collaboration between the regional and global IGFs and whether this should be formalized in the Action Lines or remain a community-led process; on the credibility of the governance forums vis-a-vis the implementation of its outputs; and on the need of greater participation of technology developers. As highlights from the speakers’ answers to those concerns, it is worth mentioning: the relationship and mutual influence between the regional and global IGFs occur in an organic way that a written prescription would maybe jeopardize. However, is it relevant to recognize the value of the NRIs' activities. It is also important to organize and foster more spaces for decision-makers (specially government-related) to push forward the implementation of IGF discussions in the national spheres.

Summary of key takeaways:

  • The WSIS Action Lines were elaborated in a broad and technology-neutral way, so that they can be adapted and applied to the constant technological innovations.

  • The main gap within the WSIS Framework and between its different parts (such as the IGF and the WSIS Forum) is the lack of coordination, either regarding the procedural aspects or the subjects that are discussed in each of these fora. 

  • Aspects that need to be worked on to strengthen the IGF: (i) the need for coordination with other digital governance spaces; (ii) rethink procedural aspects, including the MAG operation; (iii) obtain a more robust funding; (iv) establish a longer or permanent mandate; (v) improve the mechanisms for sharing IGF outcomes, so that more people and the right audience are reached, including decision-makers; (vi) increase coordination between global governance and local and regional governance, such as greater interaction with the NRIs.   

Call-to-action points:

  • Work towards greater alignment between the WSIS Action Lines and the SDGs. 

  • Create integration and coordination mechanisms between the WSIS Forum and the IGF. 

  • Share the outcomes that arise from the global forum with regional and local decision-makers in an effective way, in order to seek effective implementation of ideas and proposals arising from the IGF debates.

IGF 2025 Day 0 Event #174 Giganet Annual Academic Symposium

Updated:
Session Report

GigaNet Annual Symposium at IGF 2025 – Summary Report

Opening Remarks
The GigaNet Annual Symposium, held on Day 0 of the Internet Governance Forum (IGF) 2025 in Oslo, commenced with welcoming remarks from Sophie Hoogenboom, Chair of the GigaNet Programme Committee. She acknowledged the hybrid nature of the event and thanked participants and contributors for their presence and intellectual engagement, especially under time constraints following the IGF In Saudi-Arabia. The event aimed at fostering inclusive, interdisciplinary research dialogue linking scholars with global policymakers on issues pertinent to the sustainable development goals (SDGs).

 


Panel 1 (09:00–10:10): From the Tunis Agenda to WSIS+20 – Pioneering Sustainable Development with LEO Satellites
Moderator: Jamal Shahin
Presenters:

  • Jonathan Liebenau, London School of Economics, “The Evolution of Low Earth Orbit Satellites: Historical and Economic Perspectives”
  • Joanna Kulesza, University of Lodz, “International Law and LEO Satellites: Jurisdiction, Sovereignty, and Human Rights”

Moderated by Jamal Shahin, this opening panel explored the governance, economic viability, and legal challenges surrounding Low Earth Orbit (LEO) satellites as emerging critical Internet infrastructure. The panel was developed by Berna Akcali Gur and Joanna Kulesza, with two featured speakers presenting interdisciplinary perspectives.

Jonathan Liebenau (London School of Economics) began with a historical and economic analysis of LEO satellite evolution. He contextualized LEOs within broader infrastructure governance shifts from public monopolies to liberalized private networks post-1980s. Liebenau stressed that understanding LEO viability requires examining "spillover effects" beyond market price metrics, how infrastructure supports national economies, with distinct outcomes for digitally intensive versus traditional sectors. Using examples such as Starlink, OneWeb, and Amazon’s Project Kuiper, he contrasted business models and their dependencies on government contracts, regulatory environments, and revenue structures, concluding with the need to regulate for public interest, mitigate rent-seeking, and tailor governance to national priorities.

Joanna Kulesza (University of Lodz) offered a legal and sovereignty-focused presentation on LEOs in the context of international space law. Highlighting the inadequacies of existing frameworks such as the Outer Space Treaty, she demonstrated how rising private-sector control and new national laws (e.g., in the US, Luxembourg, UAE) challenge traditional jurisdictional paradigms. She discussed critical concerns such as extraterritorial data access, data localization, cybersecurity, and the implications of cross-border data flows. Kulesza also introduced an ongoing multi-stakeholder initiative and input paper for the WSIS+20 review, advocating for harmonised legal frameworks that ensure transparency, inclusion, and protection of rights—especially for marginalised communities and in contexts of military, surveillance, and data sovereignty tensions.

 


Panel 2 (10:15–11:30): Mapping the Politics of Global Technology Governance – From Domestic Coalitions to Global Norms
Chair: Trisha Meyer
Discussant: Olga Kyryliuk
Presenters:

  • Roberta Haar*, Maastricht University, ‘’The United States, China and Strategic Technologies: Domestic Coalitions, Foreign Policy and Multilateral Cooperation’’  
  • Apolline Rolland* and James Shires, Virtual Routes, ‘’Tomorrow never dies: how "emerging technologies" shape cybersecurity futures’’
  • Dennis Redeker*, Mariëlle Wijermars* and Nicola Palladino, "Digital Constitutionalism in Global Digital Governance: Identifying Actor-Principle Networks between 321 Digital Bills of Rights"

Panel 2 of the symposium, part of the EU Horizon Europe REMIT project, explored long-term shifts in multilateralism and digital governance. Led by Trisha Meyer as chair, the panel featured three research papers and a discussant, each addressing how domestic coalitions and evolving geopolitical dynamics shape global technology norms.

Dr. Roberta Haar, PI of the REMIT project, opened with an overview of the consortium’s second-year progress. The research spans six work packages analysing emerging strategic technologies through geopolitical, normative, and policy frameworks. Her own paper examined U.S. foreign policy under the Biden administration using the Advocacy Coalition Framework (ACF), identifying three ideological coalitions—new isolationists, multilateralists, and "flexilateralists." Despite Biden's rhetoric, policy outcomes largely mirrored Trump-era protectionism, especially concerning China and AI. The analysis revealed that computing power and strategic technologies significantly influenced U.S. policy shifts, with multilateralist voices increasingly marginalised.

Dennis Redeker and Mariëlle Wijermars presented a network analysis of 321 global digital bills of rights over 30 years. They identified four normative coalitions: (1) human rights and self-governance, (2) inclusionary rights, (3) security and legitimate purpose, and (4) content governance. Civil society actors dominated the first two, while governments led the latter two. Europe was the most active region, with limited representation from the Global South.

Apolline Rolland discussed how "emerging technologies" shape cybersecurity futures. They critiqued evaluation models like the Gartner Hype Cycle and TRLs, arguing these approaches often prioritise hype over substance and obscure critical legacy infrastructure needs. Their work called for more inclusive and flexible models that reflect the socio-political context.

Discussant Olga Kyryliuk emphasised the growing disconnect between multistakeholder ideals and real-world implementation. She called for actionable frameworks and institutional reforms to ensure inclusive and enforceable governance in a geopolitical context marked by fragmentation and digital empires.

 


Panel 3 (11:30–12:15): GigaNet Frontier Papers – Part 1
Moderator: Sophie Hoogenboom
Presenters:

  • Chelsea Horne, American University, American University, USA: “Growing Up Governed: Parental Controls, Child Online Safety, and the Politics of Internet Regulation”
  • Vagisha Srivastava, Georgia Institute of Technology, USA: “Cashless India: A Paradox of Inclusion, Surveillance, and CBDC innovation”

Panel 3 presented two forward-looking papers examining distinct but convergent themes in global technology governance: digital platform regulation and central bank digital currency (CBDC) development.

Paper 1 – Chelsea Horne (American University):
Horne explored the intersection of parental controls, privacy settings, and internet regulation, with a focus on the U.S. policy landscape. She argues that privacy settings are far from symbolic: they are key battlegrounds in digital governance. Her data shows parental controls have re-emerged in legislative discourse, especially post-2018 (Cambridge Analytica, GDPR), with concerns shifting from online safety to crime prevention. A typology of privacy controls across platforms like TikTok, YouTube, and Meta revealed disparities in approach, TikTok led in granularity while YouTube lagged. Horne contends that platforms often shift the responsibility for child safety to parents under the guise of offering choice, raising critical questions about regulatory accountability, design ethics, and the true function of parental controls whether as genuine safeguards or corporate posturing.

Paper 2 – Vagisha Srivastava (Georgia Institute of Technology):
Srivastava examined India's CBDC (digital rupee) as a case of state-driven innovation caught between inclusion rhetoric and geopolitical strategy. Tracing the evolution from Aadhaar and UPI to the 2022 CBDC pilot, she argued the digital rupee lacks a clear domestic use case and instead serves strategic purposes: preserving monetary sovereignty, bypassing SWIFT-like dependencies, and countering crypto currencies. Her qualitative findings suggest minimal retail adoption due to entrenched UPI usage and institutional design flaws (e.g., no offline access, complex tax compliance). While India frames the CBDC as an inclusion tool, Srivastava contends its real driver is digital sovereignty, a point absent from official discourse.

Both papers underscored a critical tension: the shifting burden of responsibility—from platforms to parents, and from government to users—and how regulatory narratives obscure deeper power dynamics in digital infrastructures.

 


Panel 4 (13:30–14:40): WSIS at a Crossroads: Reform, Retire, or Reinvent?
Moderator: Jyoti Panday (Internet Governance Project, India)
Speakers:

  • Avri Doria, IETF and former ICANN Board member, 
  • William Drake, Columbia University CITI, USA 
  • Pari Esfandiari, Global TechnoPolitics Forum, UK
  • Alex Klimburg, The Hague Centre for Strategic Studies, NL
  • Milton Mueller, Georgia Institute of Technology, USA

This panel explored the future of the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS) in the context of evolving digital governance challenges, including AI, platform power, and geopolitical fragmentation. The central question debated was whether WSIS should continue, be reformed, or be ended altogether.

Alexander Klimburg warned against dismantling WSIS without a viable alternative, highlighting its indirect but vital role in legitimising multistakeholder internet governance and ICANN's operations. He cautioned that ending WSIS could trigger severe geopolitical consequences, including national internet fragmentation and challenges to the DNS root.

Pari Esfandiari emphasized that WSIS should not be abandoned but reimagined to meet today’s realities. She called for stronger accountability, deeper inclusion of underrepresented voices, and alignment with emerging issues like AI and planetary computing, positioning WSIS as a unique formal multistakeholder venue.

William Drake stressed that WSIS was never just about ICANN—it was about bridging the global digital divide and fostering digital development. He dismissed the idea that WSIS is obsolete and argued for maintaining it as a coordination mechanism for various UN bodies engaged in digital development efforts.

Avri Doria agreed with the need for reform but rejected blanket continuity or abolition. She advocated for a functional audit of WSIS action lines to assess relevance and effectiveness, retaining only those that still deliver value.

Milton Mueller, in contrast, argued for ending WSIS, calling it an outdated, largely symbolic forum unable to address today’s geopolitical and economic realities. He instead favored strengthening bottom-up multistakeholder governance, especially a more independent IGF.

A lively discussion followed around WSIS's symbolic versus substantive value, its role in legitimizing inclusive governance, and how its legacy might evolve. While consensus rejected outright termination, most agreed that WSIS must either meaningfully reform or risk fading into irrelevance.

 


Panel 5 (14:40–15:00): GigaNet Frontier Paper – Part 2
Moderator: Nadia Tjahja 

Presenter:

  • Mark W. Datysgeld, Jaqueline Trevisan Pigatto, Laura Gabrieli Pereira da Silva: “Reframing Internet Governance: The Struggle of Multistakeholderism in the Face of Multilateralism”. 

In this paper, Dr. Jacqueline Pigatto and co-authors explored the growing tension between multistakeholder and multilateral models in internet governance. Analysing the UN’s Global Digital Compact and NETmundial+10, the study highlights how stakeholder participation has become increasingly fragmented and often sidelined in final decision-making. Using a mixed-methods approach, the research critiques the shift from bottom-up processes to state-led, sovereignty-driven models and questions whether we are transitioning from “internet governance” to broader “digital governance.” The authors revisit their earlier tripolar framework—focusing on the U.S., EU, and China—but acknowledge its limitations and suggest expanding it to include actors like Brazil and India. The discussion emphasised a legitimacy dilemma between inclusivity and enforceability and underscored the need for hybrid governance models. Key recommendations include institutional innovation, better integration of stakeholder voices, and dynamic dialogue to ensure governance frameworks remain transparent, participatory, and effective in the face of rapid technological change.

 


The panel discussions were followed by a closing Open Mic Session with the GigaNet Steering Committee.


 

IGF 2025 WS #152 A competition & rights approach to digital markets

Updated:
Session Report

Summary Report: A competition & rights approach to digital markets

Monopoly and competition issues are key to human rights, and the Internet governance community must analyze them together. The technocratic point of view from which this topic is recurrently analyzed is only one side of the equation; the other side is the social dimension. Often, power is the foundation of abuse. Citizenship is currently tech-mediated. This means it affects how we communicate and interact among ourselves, inform about public interest issues, and coordinate individually and collectively to participate in the public arena.

With major digital platforms dictating the rules about how we experience the digital civic space, the possibilities in which we can exercise our human rights are impacted. The way people use the platforms is not a choice; the platforms monetarily gain from polarization and disinformation, and society loses in terms of democracy. Power translates into other kinds of power, particularly the economic one. Users cannot have a free space for debating if the main digital platforms in which they express themselves are part of the debate and continue to bias the conversation. The monopoly of digital platforms has a real impact on the distribution of information. This has a clear impact on democracies, affecting the communities’ political life and shared truth.

Competition authorities have the attribution and power to prevent these abuses. For example, the Digital Markets Act (DMA) is a regulation that has a pure economic objective: to reduce the market power of gatekeepers (digital platforms that meet the criteria to be considered as such). But this indirectly has an effect to restrain their power in non-economic ways. The regulation intends to ex ante prevent them from abusing their position of power. As a society, we need less capacity for them to abuse consumers and users in non-economic ways.

There is no one-size-fits-all solution for contexts, particularly from the Global South. But different ingredients can be added to provide alternatives to overcome the economic power of these enterprises. Trials and errors are important to learn about what works. We need to create better possibilities for the users to be able to choose which platform is better, also in terms of how this platform respects their human rights.

We need to rethink a business model if said model is incompatible with human rights. We need to raise concerns about the monopoly of who holds the information that we are being fed. It is an opportunity to rethink business models in the pursuit of human rights. We need models that place importance on the value of information sharing and are less dependent on revenue. To solve the impacts, there must be holistic approaches.

Cooperation and dialogue between authorities are necessary, particularly between data protection and competition authorities. Also, with consumers and other sectors. To bring not only economic lenses to this topic. Civil society needs to speak in market language because private sector conversations have an impact on human rights.

IGF 2025 Open Forum #78 Shaping the Future with Multistakeholder Foresight

Updated:
Session Report

Speakers: 

  • Anriette Esterhuysen (on-site), Senior Advisor, Association for Progressive Communications (APC), South Africa, African Group
  • 'Gbenga Sesan (on-site), Executive Director, Paradigm Initiative, Nigeria, African Group
  • Julia Pohle (online), Research Group Co-Lead, Berlin Social Science Center, Germany, Western European and Others Group (WEOG)

 

Moderators:

  • On-site: Philipp Schulte, Senior Policy Officer, Federal Ministry for Digital Transformation and Government Modernisation (BMDS), Germany, Western European and Others Group (WEOG)
  • Online: Lars Radscheidt, Policy Advisor, Deutsche Gesellschaft fuer Internationale Zusammenarbeit (GIZ) GmbH, Western European and Others Group (WEOG)

 

 

After the moderator, Mr Schulte, welcomed the guests and delivered the introductory remarks, Julia Pohle presented Strategic Foresight as a method to assist policymaking. Through foresight, future scenarios are developed. These scenarios do not have to be realistic, but they must be plausible. Commissioned by the German Federal Ministry for Digital Transformation and Government Modernisation (BMDS), a task forces with 15 experts developed scenarios on the future of Internet governance in 2040. The task force reflected the various communities of the multi-stakeholder approach in Internet governance, thus enabling a variety of discussions and robust outputs. To mitigate Eurocentric biases, Ms Pohle conducted interviews with specialists from various world regions, including Anriette Esterhuysen and ‘Gbenga Sesan. Based on Jim Dator’s methodology, the overarching themes of the scenarios were Growth, Collapse, Discipline, and Transformation. Each theme provided an initial set of contextual assumptions to guide the development of the scenarios. The resulting scenarios facilitate discussion of what is and isn't desirable. They also shed light on the risks and opportunities ahead.

 

Following her personal experiences, Anriette Esterhuysen reflected on the methodology. When she first encountered the method in South Africa in the late 1990s, she found the process “immensely frustrating”, partly due to the necessary level of abstraction. Today, Ms Esterhuysen called for more critical thinking, suggesting that the concept of multi-stakeholderism and how it has evolved should be analysed in depth. She also emphasised that focus group discussions are key to successful foresight. Ultimately, she concluded that strategic foresight is highly valuable for anyone involved in negotiations, whether geopolitical or multi-stakeholder.

 

In terms of methodology, Gbenga Sesan emphasised how scenarios developed using strategic foresight can serve as a guiding tool. Scenarios can be used as a guide for how to react to the events outlined in them. Regarding the report resulting from the BMDS's foresight activity, Mr Sesan recommended updating the scenarios further to incorporate the most recent political developments, many of which are significant. Lastly, he emphasised a key benefit of foresight: it enables policy makers and stakeholders to be optimistic and consider positive futures rather than being confined to short-term actions.

 

A key finding of the foresight exercise was that states play a dominant role in almost all scenarios. Julia Pohle flagged that geopolitics and geoeconomics are key factors in the future development of Internet governance. Anriette Esterhuysen argued that this is not a new development. 'States have always had a profound impact on governance inclusivity and should not be seen as undermining multistakeholder ideals.' However, what may be a new development is the diminishing space for meaningful multi-stakeholder participation in policy formats. Ms Pohle added, 'In all these scenarios, we ended up writing possible futures where multi-stakeholder processes are either being hollowed out or completely undermined by corporate and state actors. So, in all these scenarios, multi-stakeholder governance has somehow outlived its promises.'

 

In order to future-proof the multi-stakeholder approach to Internet governance, it must become more engaging. This includes meaningful and forthright policy discussions, which, as Ms Esterhuysen put it, 'may spur controversial debates, but make the governance model more concrete and courageous'. She stated that 'the IGF needs renewal and redesign to tackle difficult questions without seeking consensus on everything'. She proposed 'more participative methodologies, including scenario games, rather than traditional panel formats'.

 

Philipp Schulte said that the role of the state is not to exclude other stakeholders from governance mechanisms. Instead, he said, 'the state should act as a gardener, ensuring that all stakeholder groups can perform their roles effectively.'

 

To conclude the Open Forum, Mr Schulte asked each panellist to suggest an action that the German government should implement. Ms Pohle suggested a foresight exercise on the fragmentation of the global, open Internet, as she has observed the practices of major technology companies in creating digital barriers and closed ecosystems. She also called for government representatives to be involved in the next stakeholder process from an earlier stage, so that the scenario developers could understand how their contributions might be received and turned into action, and so that the government could better understand the origins of the scenarios. Ms Esterhuysen proposed that the government play a more active albeit enabling role in multi-stakeholder governance. Mr Sesan reiterated that envisioning a positive future must go hand in hand with actionable items that lay out a clear path from where you are to where you want to be.

 

A full session transcript can be found here: Open Forum #78 Shaping the Future with Multistakeholder Foresight | Digital Watch Observatory

IGF 2025 Day 0 Event #252 Editorial media and big tech dependency: The material conditions for a free and resilient news media

Updated:
Session Report

Increasing ownership (and thus power) concentration throughout digital infrastructures poses questions to how societies can ensure freedom of information and expression, healthy information spaces and resilient societies, especially in times of unrest and crises.

While the media used to largely own their distribution infrastructures, news delivery is today distributed through a range of platforms. News media rely on terrestrial and sub-marine fiber cables, content delivery networks, cloud services, web architecture, social media platforms, and increasingly on AI-services.

Private companies are owning most of the digital infrastructures that news media rely on, and hence, that freedom of expression and information rely on.

Many of these private companies operate across sectors. Different points of the digital infrastructure are points of control, and when ownership over several points is concentrated in the hands of a few, their infrastructural power can be used to shape the flow of information at the most fundamental level. For example, blockages, due to corporate or government pressure, can be used to silence, censor and supress actors and viewpoints, and shape public discourse. Ownership concentration at the infrastructural level also allows the aggregation of highly sensitive consumption data that can be abused. Companies can for example be forced to share information with governments, posing risk to journalists, activists and citizens. Surveillance at the infrastructural level, not just the software level, is far more difficult to detect and resist.

Countries that dominate cable ownership can also put pressure on or disrupt global information flows. For smaller countries, the lack of ownership or control can create dependencies that reduces sovereignty over their information spaces.

Monopoly tendencies in these structures have translated into political influence, and ownership concentration throughout digital infrastructures creates potential vulnerabilities along the overall infrastructure for news production and distribution, especially as we are approaching a point where it becomes impossible to operate sustainably without these services.

The backdrop of the globally increasing private ownership concentration over public necessities - which freedoms and resilient democratic societies rely on - is years of deregulation and non-intervention. Lately, attempts at turning this trend also affecting the digital infrastructural domain has been met by political pressures aiming to prevent collective agreements and future global policies on emerging technologies. The infrastructure of the internet, however, needs to support the public good, not just private power.

Regulation is often reactionary, politics are often national, and democracy is by its nature slow. The major technology companies, however, are global, and technologies are developing rapidly at a much higher rate than previous technologies. Hence, cooperation is needed to ensure an ecosystem where technology companies are made to play by a global playbook, rather than specific rules for specific countries.

Responsible collective policy and a move against corporate consolidation is necessary to ensure democratic and ethical information technologies and spaces for future sustainable information societies. Examples of global initiatives to ensure free information spaces, is UNESCO’s “Internet for Trust – Guidelines for the Governance of Digital Platforms”, “Guidelines for the governance of digital platforms: safeguarding freedom of expression and access to information through a multi-stakeholder approach” and “Recommendation on the Ethics of Artificial Intelligence”. When implemented, such guidelines benefits from with a network of regulators from all over the world to contextualize the guidelines and ensure that specifities of regions and countries are considered.

Digital infrastructures need to be regulated in a way that ensures that universality, human rights and freedom of expression lie at the base of every decision. Policy should encourage a diverse ecosystem of infrastructure providers and media organizations. Also, transparency and accountability must lie at the front of every conversation we have about private and public maintenance of digital infrastructures. Infrastructure owners need to be held to high transparency standards, to ensure, for example, insight into how data flows.

Independent editorial news media that follow responsibility and ethical systems are vital to uphold freedom of information and expression, and they need to be safeguarded. Their traditional business model has collapsed and many experience lack of funding. Furthermore, media policy need to facilitate technological development.

Solutions for technology companies to support rather than challenge editorial media should be explored and put in place, such as a fixed scale of fees that are predetermined, or negotiation frameworks that ensures fair negotiations.

Cooperation within the media realm across geographies would also be beneficial in this regard, to establish a global free, fair and efficacious ethical system, providing a global fast lane to trust where citizens can complain and expect transparency and accountability.

We also need to immediately start building alternatives. We need to invest in alternative digital infrastructure, community owned networks, independent hosting and decentralized platforms. There are already options in this space which can be supported and  utilized. Principles and economic models for new alternatives need to be established at all levels. While this is not an easy task, it comes down to a political will to prioritize, as in other societal and economic arenas. 

IGF 2025 WS #106 Promoting Responsible Internet Practices in Infrastructure:

Updated:
Session Report

Executive Summary

The Internet infrastructure ecosystem is a foundational, but fragile, component of the global networked economy. The current state of this infrastructure is characterized by fragmentation, opacity, and legacy systems that undermine ethical and secure Internet operations. Participants in the meeting discussed critical challenges facing these infrastructure providers, including outdated technology, lack of accountability, governance gaps, and jurisdictional inconsistencies.

While Internet infrastructure operators are being called to take a more proactive role in combating harmful activity and enhancing trust, they encounter persistent obstacles such as vague regulations, commercial pressures, and geopolitical constraints. There was broad agreement that achieving a safer and more ethical Internet requires an inclusive, open, approach that ensures underserved communities are supported and that ethical values are embedded in infrastructure governance.

Key Themes and Discussion Points

1. Understanding the Internet Infrastructure Ecosystem

WSIS Alignment: C2 (Information and Communication Infrastructure), C6 (Enabling Environment)

The Internet infrastructure ecosystem is complex and often misunderstood.  A user’s request to view a website is typically processed by 4 or 5 entities who are generally unrelated to each other.  This process makes alignment on policy, regulatory, security and combatting harmful activity difficult.  To outside observers, it often appears that one participant in this process is simply avoiding accountability for an issue, when the reality is that the participant has no ability to address the issue.

Participants also discussed how underserved regions may be burdened by outdated and unsustainable systems. Entities in underserved regions may not have the resources to purchase the most current hardware or software, or entities providing equipment and software at lower costs may not provide the most current versions.

Key Takeaways:

  • Visibility and modernization across infrastructure layers are urgently needed.
  • Environmentally unsustainable and legacy hardware increase security and upgrade challenges.
  • Fragmentation in infrastructure design and governance results in uneven capacity and accountability.

2. Defining and Implementing Responsible Internet Practices

WSIS Alignment: C6 (Enabling Environment), C10 (Ethical Dimensions)

Infrastructure providers must extend their responsibilities beyond the DNS layer, with support from governments through incentives and clearer policy frameworks. However, real-world implementation is challenged by legal ambiguities, commercial disincentives, and inconsistent cross-border laws.

Key Takeaways:

  • Ethical responsibility should inform infrastructure decisions, not just commercial interests.
  • Cross-jurisdictional legal fragmentation limits cohesive global responses.
  • Proactive frameworks need to be built into infrastructure operations to mitigate harmful activity and promote responsibility.

3. Enhancing Cooperation and Multi-Stakeholder Collaboration

WSIS Alignment: C1 (Role of Governance Authorities), C11 (International and Regional Cooperation)

Participants emphasized that stakeholder collaboration—particularly between operators, governments, and civil society—is crucial to addressing complex issues like harmful activity and censorship. However, trust-building is hampered by regulatory barriers, commercial competition, and legal uncertainties.

Key Takeaways:

  • Multi-stakeholder trust and collaboration are essential for a resilient Internet.
  • Existing legal and competitive constraints hinder open dialogue.
  • Unified policy and regulatory frameworks are needed to enhance cooperation.

4. Security and Harmful activity Mitigation in Practice

WSIS Alignment: C5 (Building Confidence and Security in the Use of ICTs)

Ethical operators are already taking steps to mitigate threats such as phishing, botnets, and malware. Yet, the response capacity remains uneven across regions, especially where infrastructure is outdated or lacks institutional support.

Key Takeaways:

  • Harmful activity mitigation is essential for maintaining trust and security online.
  • Timely and coordinated responses are critical but hard to achieve without infrastructure modernization.
  • Capacity-building initiatives are needed in underserved regions to ensure equitable security and infrastructure resilience.

5. Inclusivity and Ethical Dimensions

WSIS Alignment: C3 (Access to Information), C8 (Cultural Diversity), C10 (Ethical Dimensions)

Creating a more inclusive Internet requires greater representation of community voices in decision-making. Rising digital authoritarianism and centralized control threaten Internet openness and equity.

Key Takeaways:

  • Infrastructure decisions are dominated by narrow, commercially focused groups.
  • Global disparities must be addressed through inclusive, community-informed governance.

Conclusion and Next Steps

The meeting concluded with a consensus on the urgent need to strengthen ethical responsibility and inclusivity in Internet infrastructure governance. Stakeholders called for coordinated action aligned with WSIS principles, particularly in promoting an enabling legal environment, enhancing trust and security, and ensuring inclusive digital development.

Recommended Actions:

  • Develop frameworks for ethical governance of infrastructure, emphasizing inclusivity.
  • Encourage international regulatory harmonization to ease cross-border collaboration.
  • Support capacity building in underserved regions to ensure equitable security and infrastructure resilience.
  • Facilitate regular multi-stakeholder forums for shared learning and collaborative problem-solving.

WSIS Action Line Summary Alignment

Theme

WSIS Action Line(s)

Infrastructure Visibility & Modernization

C2 (Infrastructure), C6 (Enabling Environment)

Responsible Governance

C6 (Enabling Environment), C10 (Ethical Dimensions)

Stakeholder Collaboration

C1 (Governance), C11 (International Cooperation)

Harmful activity Mitigation & Security

C5 (Security)

Inclusivity & Ethical Representation

C3 (Access), C8 (Cultural Diversity), C10 (Ethical Dimensions)

 

IGF 2025 Launch / Award Event #96 Empower the Global Internet Standards Testing Community

Updated:
Session Report

Full session recording on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=o7yIxdqWxx0

Introduction to the international community for testing internet standards

Wout de Natris (international coordinator, internet.nl) explained how the idea for the launch of an international community of practice came about. At the launch of internet.nl in 2013, the Dutch Internet Standards Platform made this tooling open source and available for everyone to use. Both source code and API are used by other organizations internationally and there has been one-on-one interaction between the internet.nl-team and international users. However, broader collaboration between users of the tooling was lacking. Since there is merit in creating a broader cooperative body to exchange information on and experiences with the tooling and to perhaps coordinate on next steps in the future, the idea came about to launch an international community that is open to all who are interested in the development and adoption of modern internet standards.

 

Introduction to the internet.nl tooling

Wouter Kobes (Netherlands Standardisation Forum) introduced the internet.nl tooling, which helps to get insight into whether modern internet (security) standards are in place, to make organisations aware that these standards have to implemented, and – importantly – to give implementation guidance. A dashboard function is available for testing large number of domains and on a regular basis, creating reports a planned scanning.

The source code is available on an open source basis: https://en.internet.nl/copyright/. It has already been picked up in other countries, for example Brazil (top.nic.br), Denmark (sikkerpånettet.dk), Germany (https://internet-standards.de/), and by the European Commission (https://ec.europa.eu/internet-standards/).

 

On the importance of modern internet standards

Alena Muravska (RIPE NCC) shares her perspective on the importance of internet standards. As a regional internet registry, RIPE NCC’s primary task is registration: the allocation of IP addresses and autonomous system numbers.

Registration is one of two things that make the internet function: the other is standardisation. Open standards allow for interoperability and promote scalability and the creation of resilient networks. This in turn allows for the creation of new services that can be accessed worldwide. Open standards development relies on the participation on a broad spectrum of parties; the IETF plays an essential role in this process.

Policy makers show a growing interest in open internet standards and governments can play a key role in supporting open internet standard adoption, for example through national IPv6 roadmaps and the “apply or explain” approach on RPKI by the Dutch Standardisation Platform. At the same time, more political roadmaps without substantial involvement of the broader (technical) community typically do not work as well. On a European level, the NIS2-directive puts internet standards in the spotlight: while the directives on the deployment of modern internet standards have been phrased in a technology-neutral and flexible manner, this reflects governments interest in the development and implementation of modern internet standards.

The testing community can play a key role in monitoring the deployment of modern standards and in this way contribute to the overall quality of the internet structure. The community launched today allows for collaborative learning and collective efforts of organizations involved in testing internet standards.  

 

Experiences with the tooling around the world

Gilberto Zorello (NIC.br, Brazil) shared his experiences with the internet.nl tooling. The Brazilian equivalent of internet.nl is called TOP (Teste Os Padrões; Test the Standards) and is part of the Safer Internet Program; the recommendations of internet.nl fully align with the objectives of this program. The TOP initiative started in December 2021 and is funded by NIC.br, which also works on dissemination across the country by organizing lectures, providing technical training on specific topics (for example RPKI and IPv6) and meetings with internet service providers. Planned actions include a competition rewarding companies that configure their website following TOPs recommendations, and the inclusion of internet standards in the national ICT monitoring.

Daishi Kondo (University of Tokyo, Japan) shared his research on the deployment of modern email standards (SPF, DKIM, DMARC). The research paper is available via https://tma.ifip.org/2025/wp-content/uploads/sites/14/2025/06/tma2025_paper36.pdf. An important observation is that Japan does not have national policies on the use of modern internet standards, such as the “apply or explain” list that is used in the Netherlands. It is important for parties participating in the global internet standards testing community to be aware of such differences between countries.

 

Questions from the audience

Santosh Pandit (online) asked whether the community plans to support the journey towards post-quantum cryptography and its use at internet.nl?

Wout de Natris commented that this is sure to come up in the near future. Wouter Kobes added that this will be added in due time to internet.nl, when standards for this subject have been sufficiently developed.

A person from the audience on site asked whether there will be a task force of group for the collaboration on standards development between governments.

Wout de Natris replied that the idea behind the community right now is that all organisations with an interest on testing internet standards can join, including people from the technical community, government agencies and research institutions. There is a set of standards in the current program, but this will develop in the future. One of the goals of the community is to organise internation coordination on development.

 

Official launch of the international community

Wouter Kobes officially launched the international community, which focuses on strengthening digital cooperation between countries and organisations, to create a more secure digital environment and heightened trust for all internet users. The deployment of internet standards that the tool promotes empowers not only digital security but also leads to a more resilient infrastructure and promotes more peaceful and inclusive societies.

Organisations interested to join the international community can send an email to [email protected].

 

IGF 2025 Open Forum #35 Addressing International Crimes Enabled by Cyber Operations

Updated:
Session Report

Report - Addressing International Crimes Enabled by Cyber Operations

 

1. Introduction

This session, co-hosted by the Office of the Prosecutor of the International Criminal Court (ICC-OTP) and Microsoft, discussed accountability for core international crimes (i.e., genocide, crimes against humanity, war crimes, and aggression) enabled by conduct in cyberspace. It was noted that international law, including international criminal law, is technology neutral, and that the Rome Statute is capable of applying to cyber-enabled international crimes just as to crimes carried out by kinetic means. Panellists opined on the forthcoming policy of the ICC-OTP, and the ways in which the policy can strengthen the investigation and prosecution of cyber-enabled international crimes. The following themes emerged during the discussion.

2. The draft policy of the ICC-OTP

Given the ICC’s limited resources, the panel discussed which cases the ICC might sensibly prioritise under the policy. It was suggested that the Court may be advised to start small. Attribution is hard, especially in the case of cyber-attacks involving sophisticated State actors that are capable of hiding their tracks. By contrast, a case about offences against the administration of justice under Article 70 of the Rome Statute might be a good place to start, for example a case involving the hacking of the ICC’s systems (as happened in 2022); falsifying evidence before the court; or intimidating witnesses. This kind of case would be easier than, for example, a major malware attack involving cross border and covert elements.

It was suggested that another priority area for the ICC could be cyber operations that cause widespread harm to critical infrastructure, such as hospitals. In these cases, there is a substantial risk to human life and wellbeing. Disruption to online services can cause major humanitarian consequences. Prosecuting this kind of case would send a signal to the international community that there can be accountability for highly egregious cyber operations.

The ICC-OTP’s proposed policy highlights that cyber-enabled crimes under the Statute may be highly varied, ranging from sophisticated malware attacks to incitement to genocide. As one example, the Human Rights Center at UC Berkeley have recently submitted to the ICC-OTP information alleging the commission in West Africa of the war crime of outrages on personal dignity, through members of the Wagner group filming atrocities on their phone and disseminating them widely. It was observed that some States (for example, France, the Netherlands and Germany) have successfully prosecuted similar cases in relation to fighters in Syria filming dead or maimed bodies.

3. The ability and appetite of States to prosecute

States are the first port of call under principle of complementarity; if they are not able or willing to act, then the ICC may act. Nevertheless, some States are not yet set up to bring these kinds of prosecutions - for example, they may not have jurisdiction under their domestic law. Some States, such as Estonia, have universal jurisdiction over international crimes under their domestic law, and the panel discussed the benefits of more States providing for universal jurisdiction in their laws. It was noted that prosecution by States also requires strong partnerships with other States, and that trust is important when requesting evidence from other States. Organisations like the Genocide Network can help to promote cooperation between States.

It was observed that in the prosecuting authorities of at least some States, cybercrime units are housed separately from international crimes units. It was agreed that there is a need for a more joined up approach, both within and between States, as these units can each learn from each other in relation to the prosecution of cyber-enabled international crimes. States are likely to find the ICC’s leadership in this area useful, and the ICC’s paper will offer valuable guidance on these emerging approaches. The importance of making training available to investigators, prosecutors and judges in relation to these kinds of cases, particularly in relation to the handling and analysing of digital evidence, was also noted.

4. The role of private sector actors

The session discussed the various roles that the private sector can play in supporting the investigation and prosecution of cyber-enabled international crimes. Technology companies can help with detection of digital traces of malicious cyber activity. For example, Microsoft has a Digital Crimes Unit that carries out Advanced Threat Intelligence, machine learning and analytics, which are invaluable at the early stages of an investigation. Technology companies’ unique technical abilities, including tracking and correlating malicious cyber activity and global telemetry, can be crucial for the technical part of attributing a malicious cyber operation to perpetrator. Public-private partnerships can help, and are growing in this area - for example, Europol and Microsoft recently formed a partnership, which embeds technical expertise into Europol and streamlines the processes for evidence sharing.

It was noted that while private companies can be valuable as partners to investigators and prosecutors, these companies may also provide services (such as cloud or AI services) that contribute to the commission of international crimes. The example was given of the growing use of IT services used by militaries in conflict. The importance of human rights due diligence on the part of technology companies was underlined, as was the role that the ICC’s policy can play in putting the private sector on notice of the risk of complicity in international crimes.

It was observed that not all companies are well set up to share evidence with prosecutors, and that sometimes social media platforms delete valuable evidence of potential international crimes because the content violates their community standards. More needs to be done to encourage all actors to work together on the preservation and sharing of digital evidence of atrocities. It was also argued that strengthening cooperation on cyber-enabled international crimes must incorporate human rights protections, and that the ICC should take care not to over-extend cooperation with States on issues beyond the Rome Statute. Civil society organizations have long raised concerns about the adoption by some States of an overly broad approach to what constitutes a ‘cybercrime’, including in negotiations on the UN’s Cybercrime Convention. It was also recommended that the ICC should avoid fragmentation, for example by keeping in touch with, and learning from, relevant discussions in other fora, such as conversations about ‘cyber torture’ under international human rights law.

5. Wider benefits of the ICC-OTP's draft policy

It was agreed that the scale, seriousness and sophistication of malicious cyber activity is increasing, and that these threats affect everyone. The ICC-OTP’s proposed policy will have wider benefits beyond the ICC – in enhancing the legitimacy of international efforts to tackle malicious cyber activity; in encouraging States to think about how they can prosecute cyber-enabled international crimes themselves; in promoting partnerships between public and private actors in this context; and in providing civil society organizations with a policy that they can use in their advocacy for greater accountability for international crimes.

IGF 2025 WS #479 Gender Mainstreaming in Digital Connectivity Strategies

Updated:
Session Report

 

Key note Presentaion: Challenges according to the APC Research on Integrating Gender in Policy and Regulation Guidelines for Community-Centred Connectivity Models 

Ms.Maathangi Mohan

  • Community Networks are built and managed by the community.  Operate in underserved regions- locally driven. Allow the community to control the digital infrastructure. Strengthen education and healthcare systems
  • Community Networks are gaining global recognition.
  • Community Networks are not automatically inclusive. Women remain underrepresented, underpaid, and underserved, especially in infrastructure design and implementation.

Community Networks Regulation Status: 

  • Kenya introduced a Community Network Service Provider License in 2021 and has a national gender policy that mentions digital inclusion. However, gender was not integrated into the licensing framework itself.
  • Nigeria does not formally recognise CNs in policy, making both technical and gender-inclusive efforts difficult to scale.
  • South Africa’s CN licensing framework is under review, but gender has not been systematically considered as part of the regulatory process.

Why the Gender gap?

  1. Policymakers and regulators often lack the tools, data, and training to understand how gender operates within connectivity models. In many cases, there's limited awareness of what CNs are, let alone how to design them for inclusion.
  2. Opportunity- even if motivated, there is still no clear way of where Gender fits in, even in funding opportunities
  3. Motivation - Gender and women's inclusion are still viewed as a secondary or optional layer, overshadowed by other main agendas of connectivity.

In Eastern Cape, South Africa, Zenzeleni Networks operates in a region where over 70% of adults are women. Yet, strategic decision-making roles are still male-dominated. Women contribute by managing charging stations or fee collection (often unpaid) and face social norms that make speaking up in forums difficult or unsafe.

There are self-help groups in India, but still, gender inclusion is a challenge, for example, in e-commerce, financial planning, and control

Most women are left with tasks like caregiving.

  1. Licenses and policies should have gender inclusion mechanisms embedded in them.
  2. Introducing gender based initiatives (e,g women-only projects)
  3. For financial institutions, there should be subsidies for smartphones (devices) for low-income earners.
  4. Educational institutions should mandate ICT training programs through institutions and Community Networks hubs

As we bridge the digital divide, the gendered digital divide should be considered. Gender should not be an afterthought.

Recommendations

  • ICT ministries: Require gender impact assessments in licensing, simplify application procedures to enable women-led collectives, and allocate Universal Service Funds specifically to inclusive CNs.
  • Gender ministries: Set participation quotas, fund women-only training hubs, and address safety and online gender-based violence that deters access.
  • Finance and Planning: Provide multi-year subsidies for low-income women to access smartphones and connectivity, recognising the need for long-term investment in social infrastructure.
  • Education ministries: Ensure public digital training programs are gender-inclusive and partner with CN hubs to reach women in rural areas.

Crucially, the keynote emphasised that inclusion is not the same as access.
True inclusion means ownership, safety, and agency in digital spaces, and this does not happen by default. It requires intentional design, institutional change, and investment in the lived realities of the communities most often left out.

Section one: Framing the Challange

Lilian Chamorro. -  Challenges that women face when trying to build and sustain connectivity infrastructure

  1. It is difficult for women to participate in the maintenance or implementation of a network.
  2. Low self-confidence in most women
  3. Access to technological knowledge - those with access may often feel ashamed to be part of the entire process (connectivity process)
  4. Stereotypes - people have normalized the low ability of women in technology.
  5. Women are rarely found in tech workshops
  6. Low access to tech devices, or no appropriate technological tools that solve some of their problems.

Waqus Hassan (GDIP) - Why is the Gender Aspect Still Missing from Connectivity Conversations

From a holistic level, factors affecting gender inclusion are;

  1. Lack of accurate data or information
  2. There is a low awareness capacity

From observation:

  • Connectivity strategies are still primarily developed from an infrastructure mindset; it has always been connectivity with broadband.
    • Providing access is not synonymous with inclusion. Infrastructure does not mean equitable access. There are structural barriers throughout the whole ecosystem that prevent women from using the internet despite having access.
    • Infrastructure development should include online safety and equality
    • There should be a change in  mindset, access should be a means, not an end goal
  • Digital gender empowerment is still considered a social issue that requires a certain COST to be solved. But, it is and will never be just a social issue because there is undeniable evidence that it is actually a socioeconomic issue. For example, GDIP’s research found out that the exclusion of women from the digital economy in developing countries cost them a staggering $1 trillion in GDP over the last decade and if current trends continue, another $500 billion could be lost over the next 5 years. Therefore, we pursue with the governments that the digital gender divide is not just a women empowerment issue —it is an economic crisis.

Recommendation:

Gender should be integrated in connectivity policies (ICT Policies, broadband policies) and take concrete actions on it.

Dr Emma Otieno - What is at stake if we don't mainstream?

  • There have been conversations on global and international levels not to leave anyone behind. Why? Because we have agreed both at the global and national level  the last person is connected.
  • The subject of digital transformation should be inclusive, e.g, in ITU, ICANN, and so on.
  • Why regulation exists is to create an enabling environment so that the government can achieve its broader socio-economic goals. 
  • Leaving no one behind from a regulatory perspective, we must pursue goals and regulations that will ensure we reach 100%..
  • Statistics show 2 categories of connectivity gaps 
    • Coverage Gap
    • Usage Gap
  • For the two categories, women are still lagging behind. Licensing of Community Networks should also include supporting Women.

Ivy Tuffor Hoetu -  What is at stake if we don't mainstream?

Blindspots. We persuasive technology is gender neutral and will benefit everyone equally which is not the case. Most of the time the focus has been on connectivity matrix without disaggregated data. 

  • The needs are diverse, but the solutions should be specific 
  • There should be equitable access and gender neutrality to benefit everyone
  • When gathering information, data should be analyzed based on gender specific needs, such as Children, Persons with disabilities, and Women.
  • Policies have been generalized (they need to address specific needs)
  • Issues should also be addressed holistically
  • Data collected should be disaggregated.

Additional Points from Audience

  1. Supports collaboration of Community Libraries and information centers to help bridge the digital gap.
  2. Empowering women through digital skills using their local language. 
  3. Collaboration- with community business, gender based or women-led businesses
  4. Mastercard reports that most small and medium enterprises are led by women.
  5. Impacting digital skills in these local businesses.

Section 2: Framing the Solution

Ms Maathangi Mohan

Actions necessary to establish women-led connectivity models, In practice,

  • Has worked with self-help groups in India
  • Supported artisan-led cooperatives to access digital information.
  • To  address connectivity gaps, they have managed to have a shared hotspot system where women watch tutorials, such as network troubleshooting tutorials, and support each other

Recommendations: 

  1. Licensing frameworks for community networks need to explicitly accommodate non-registered collectives and informal women’s groups
  2. Funding mechanisms should figure out what works in the Community. These shouldn’t just be one-time grants, but multi-year funds that allow for experimentation, failure, and iteration.
  3. Women’s participation in connectivity must be recognised as infrastructure work, not just social empowerment. That could mean:
    1. Paying stipends to local women managing WiFi or maintenance
    2. Recognising digital caretaking as a form of labor
    3. Embedding CN responsibilities into cooperative governance and not leaving it to individual champions

Ms Lilian Chamorro.

  1. Establish financing funds for technology and training for special conditions for women's participation e.g in closing gaps in the basic use of technology devices and technological literacy fcilitate access to devices
  2. Adaptive methodologies that transcend the technical approach for the community network and consider women's needs in support of the community
  3. The diversification of roles in communicative areas promotes the promotion of women with support, and men should be involved in the administration and financial aspects of sustainability.
  4. Support participation of women in leadership roles in the community without neglecting the care work that comes with community work.
  5. Promote participation of women in inclusion spaces, make the fields visible sp that they can serve as a reference for other women in traditional masculinised scenarios.
  6. Reflect on care, how to approach it, recognising its value and establishing a mechanism for distribution
  7. Create women's circles to express their conditions, opportunities, difficulties, not only about technology but also about participation in the life of the community

Waqas Hassan

  • Launched in 2024, the Digital Gender Inclusion Strategy marks a landmark achievement, supported by GDIP and other partners. PTA adopted a collaborative, evidence-based process, conducting multi-stakeholder workshops, expert interviews, and gathering primary data, including a large-scale public perception survey and an IVR survey reaching over 100,000 respondents. To drive implementation, six working groups now focus on priority areas critical for women’s digital adoption: Research and Data Collection, Affordability, Access, Safety and Security, Digital Literacy, and Inclusion, guided by a steering committee led by the Minister. GDIP jointly coordinates the implementation with PTA, with mandates that also include drafting policy and promoting community networks. This whole-of-society approach has already delivered impact: according to the GSMA Mobile Gender Gap Report 2024, Pakistan’s mobile internet adoption gap has narrowed to 25% from 38%—the largest reduction among surveyed countries—demonstrating the power of coordinated public-private action.

Dr. Emma.

  • In terms of having frameworks. Most Africa countries are doing well, To  meaningfully measuring them and looking at them as contributors to social and economic development is what is lacking. 
  • What we have not been intentional in terms of putting in these clauses in the policy regulation strategy? We are putting them as aspects of satisfying compliance. What is lacking completely is the intentional and meaningful tracking measurement of policies. What is the output, outcome, impact, and what is the pain point, how can we sustain etc
    • We must start to implement gender intentional digital infrastructure designs in terms of intentionally measuring, tracking, monitoring impact and feeding back to ensure we are not leaving anyone behind.
    • We must bring on board PPPs. The whole ecosystem partnership

Ivy Tuffor Hoetu

  • We need a communique. To move and go with cross-sectoral collaboration to address gender specific needs.
    • Stakeholder framework. We need to conduct extensive consultation -  involve women-focused activists, consumer advocates, to understand their specific gender needs. We can think of focus groups. We are moving from equality to equitable distribution and targeting them specifically
  • What IGF has done in the past is to involve members of parliament in this discourse and has made an impact in my country Ghana.
    • We need to involve eg, education ministries, finance ministries, the private sector, etc so that when they sit down to formulate sector-specific policies, they can have a budget and target contributing to the ICT sector. 
    • ICT is a cross-sector issue and is affecting every sector, and contribution towards building the ICT infrastructure should come from all sectors
IGF 2025 Day 0 Event #197 Ethical Networking: Sustainability and Accountability

Updated:
Session Report

Session title: Ethical Networking: Sustainability and Accountability
Date: June 23, 2025
Time: 00:40 - 00:43 (UTC)
Workshop Organiser: Pirate Parties International

Chairperson/Moderator: Mattias Bjärnemalm (Onsite), Bailey Lamon (Online)
Rapporteur/Note Taker: Alexander Isavnin

List of Speakers and their institutional affiliations:
• Daphne Tuncer, Institut Polytechnique de Paris
• Marc Bruyere, Civil Society
• Maurice Chiodo, University of Cambridge, Ethics in Mathematics Project
• Dennis Muller, University of Cologne, Ethics in Mathematics Project
• Alexander Isavnin, Free Moscow University, Pirate Party Russia
• Keith Goldstein, Pirate Parties International, University of Potsdam
• Sara Hjalmarsson, European Pirate Party

Key Issues raised:

• Ethical networking requires interdisciplinary collaboration, which was represented by the mathematicians, engineers, sociologist, and political scientists who participated in this session.
• Technology design must consider long-term sustainability, as minor technical design choices today can significantly affect energy consumption in the future.
• Educating young people on ethics is crucial for responsible technology use.
• Ethical oversight of technologies varies significantly across different global regions.
• Engineers should integrate ethics and sustainability at the core of technological development.
• Societal impact assessments must be made alongside the technology development process.
• Ethical networking demands inclusive international perspectives and dialogue, such as the practice of meeting at the IGF.
• Citizen oversight is essential for governance of data-driven systems.
• Continuous monitoring of technological impacts is critical to prevent misuse, and accountability mechanisms must include long-term enforcement measures.
• Dedicated resources and time are needed for ethical impact assessments and community engagement.
• Human failures are a primary concern in sociotechnical evaluations.
• We must conduct more interdisciplinary studies that examine how humans interact with machines, how they are able to learn state of the art technology, and what types of educational interventions will motivate the adoption of new technology.
• Practical research tools like surveys are valuable for understanding these human factors.


There were no formal presentations during this session.

The session began with the broad question about how to align network practices with ethical principles. Daphne Tuncher emphasized the need to make underlying assumptions explicit, noting that network research narratives “are just taken for granted” and arguing that we must “reserve time” to question them. She also warned that fast systems can hinder reflection: “We tend to value high speed as something good… but to some extent, I believe this is not really aligned with ethical principle where we require time to think.”

The next discussion focused on emerging technologies, and how ethics cannot be added later. Dennis Muller stressed that “ethics is not an optional extra or a bolt-on,” calling for “a fundamental systemic shift” in design processes. He argued that developers must balance technical success with social good at every stage: “Technical success must be balanced with success from an ethical and sustainability perspective.”

The third discussion addressed IGF’s role. Maurice Chiodo described the IGF as an organization that “breaks down the silos between the technical and non-technical experts” and spreads insights across communities. Marc Bruyere added that IGF should forge stronger ties with standards bodies like the IETF and W3C, urging “more participation from the IGF community” in those forums.

The final discussion discussed the way forward and potential next steps. Sara Hjalmarsson asked the speakers to sum up how they proposed evaluating how to learn about the human element in systems. Maurice Chiodo highlighted that socio-technical evaluations must assess not just failures of the technical or human components but also the human-machine interface itself. He called this “the primary site of miscommunication and error.” Keith Goldstein agreed, advocating surveys, quantitative, and qualitative methods to capture human experiences. The speakers recommended creating working groups that mix technical and social science experts. They suggested surveys/questionnaires to track human factors in networks. They also proposed case studies to document ethical failures. They called for ethics training as part of engineering curricula.

There were two questions from the audience. The first question asked how to democratize ethical networking so that ordinary citizens can meaningfully oversee data-driven public systems. Dennis Muller observed that “we need to respect the different cultures and different regions of this world.” Alexander Isavnin added that “technology cannot insure you in something. You are your own insurance. You have to communicate, you have to oversight, you have to think about what’s going on with your data. IGF is a good starting venue but your participation is also really important.” The second question probed how global North–South power dynamics influence networking ethics. Alexander Isavnen explained that while “Internet and these technologies could shorten the gap between what we call West world and the others, or North and South,” they can also be “easily abused by the government so technology alone cannot close gaps.”

Overall the speakers indicated a limitation involved the lack of dedicated budgets to make impact assessments. Ethics must be a core competency for all stakeholders, but it is too often secondary. Bridges must also be made between academics and standards organizations like the IETF and W3C. They urged the IGF to publish periodic policy briefs. They also recommended local IGF chapters engage with communities on these issues.
 

IGF 2025 Day 0 Event #161 Preparing Your Internet to Power the Digital of Tomorrow

Updated:
Session Report

Session Title:
IGF 2025 Day 0 Event #161 – Preparing Your Internet to Power the Digital Economy of Tomorrow

Date: 23 June 2025
Time: 10:15–11:15
Workshop Organiser: Réseaux IP Européens Network Coordination Centre (RIPE NCC)

Speakers:

  • Frank Stien (Nkom), Norway
  • Zdravko Jukic (HAKOM), Croatia
  • Sofia Silva Berenguer (Number Resource Organisation – NRO)
  • Adiel Akplogan (ICANN)
  • Rodrigue Guiguembde (Smart Africa)

Onsite Moderator:
Chafic Chaya, RIPE NCC

Online Moderator:
Dany Wazen, UNDP

Rapporteur:
Ulka Athale, RIPE NCC

Session Description

As the global digital economy expands, Internet infrastructure must evolve to meet increasing demands for connectivity, scalability, and security. The next generation of digital services, from AI-driven applications and IoT networks to financial technology and cloud computing, requires a resilient, scalable, and secure Internet core to function efficiently.

This session explored critical infrastructure upgrades, the latest technologies, best current practices, and governance strategies necessary to prepare for a digital economy powered by the Internet.

Experts discussed how network operators, policymakers, and businesses can collaborate to enhance the scalability, security, and resilience of Internet infrastructure in a rapidly evolving digital landscape.

Discussions:

Frank Stien from the Norwegian regulator spoke about how robust digital infrastructure is foundational to future growth in AI, IoT, and digital services. Norway is focused on cybersecurity and regulatory compliance, including the Cyber Resilience Act. He highlighted work with operators on redundancy to ensure that densely populated areas are served by at least three independent transmission networks, along with efforts on proactive spectrum management.

Speaking on behalf of HAKOM, Croatia’s national regulator, and BEREC, Zdravko Jukic emphasised the importance of balance. While regulation often seeks to avoid infrastructure duplication, redundancy is essential for resilience. BEREC plans to issue recommendations to balance economic viability with redundancy. He cited how Croatian mobile operators enabled international roaming during floods in Slovenia to ensure crisis connectivity, noting that such cooperation can be lifesaving.

Adiel Akplogan (ICANN) explained that the multistakeholder model is critical to sustaining a stable, secure, and resilient global Internet infrastructure. ICANN’s role in coordinating the DNS's unique identifier system has benefited from this model in addressing emerging issues such as abuse and privacy. Multistakeholder collaboration has led to durable solutions for complex challenges.

Sofia Silva Berenguer (NRO) addressed routing security, highlighting RPKI as a routing security mechanism managed by Regional Internet Registries (RIRs) to protect against BGP hijacks. She noted that RPKI adoption hovers between 50% to 60%, indicating the need for more awareness among operators and regulators, as well as increased capacity building.

Dany Wazen (UNDP) emphasised efforts to accelerate sustainable digital development in support of the SDGs. He outlined three key focus areas for partnership with RIPE NCC under the UNDP Digital for Sustainable Development initiative (D4SD): scalability (promoting IPv6), security (RPKI), and sustainability (supporting Internet Exchange Points (IXPs).

Rodrigue Guiguembde stressed the need for capacity building at multiple levels. End users must be empowered to act online as cautiously as they would offline, while CERTs and operators must develop the technical expertise needed to address evolving digital challenges. He emphasised that partnerships are not optional, they are essential. Investment in physical infrastructure (like data centres and fibre optic cables) must be matched with investments in collaborative partnerships for development.

Key Takeaways:

  1. Security and Scalability Must Go Hand-in-Hand: to be embedded into infrastructure design to ensure resilience and prevent trade-offs.
  2. Multistakeholder Models Drive Practical Outcomes: Collaboration among governments, ISPs, and the technical community is crucial for achieving policy and technical interoperability.
  3. Regional Collaboration Enables Strategic Investment:
    Cross-border initiatives and policy harmonisation foster shared best practices and encourage investment in capacity building and digital infrastructure.

Call for Action:

  1. Embed Critical Infrastructure Protocols in Public Policy: Governments are encouraged to adopt IPv6, RPKI, and DNSSEC as baseline requirements for national networks and public procurement, ensuring secure and future-ready infrastructure.
  2. Institutionalise Collaborative Infrastructure Planning: Regulators and ministries should establish multistakeholder advisory groups, including technical experts and relevant actors, to support agile, operationally grounded regulation.
  3. Invest in Capacity Building Across All Levels: Inclusive capacity development is essential for government officials, network operators, and policymakers to keep pace with infrastructure and governance evolution.

 

IGF 2025 WS #53 Leveraging the Internet in Environment and Health Resilience

Updated:
Session Report

IGF 2025 - Summary Report
WS #53 – Leveraging the Internet in Environment and Health Resilience


Session Title: WS #53 – Leveraging the Internet in Environment and Health Resilience
Date: 25 June 2025 | 12:45 - 14:00 CET
Location: NOVA Spektrum, Lillestrøm – Workshop Room 2 (Hybrid)
Organised by: Dynamic Coalition on Data Driven Health Technologies (DC-DDHT)
Number of Speakers: 12 (4 in-person, 8 online)
Approximate Attendance: 50+ participants (on-site and remote)

 

Session Overview

This workshop, held in a hybrid format, explored how the Internet and digital technologies can support more resilient health and environmental systems, particularly in the context of increasing climate risks and public health emergencies. The session gathered experts from different regions, professional backgrounds, and stakeholder groups - ranging from public health and civil society to technology and governance. All twelve invited speakers contributed to the discussion, being 4 present in-person and 8 online. 3 of the 12 interventions were supported by slide decks.

The workshop featured a brief introduction followed by keynote speeches, an expert “lightning round” and an open discussion with audience input. Two live questions - one on the quality of data for epidemiological modelling, and the other on the importance of empathy in technology-supported care - sparked relevant exchanges during the interactive portion of the session.

 

Discussion Highlights and Stakeholder Perspectives

Diverse Regional Contributions: Participants shared experiences from West Africa, the Caribbean, Europe, North America, and Asia-Pacific. Emphasis was placed on how both formal institutions and grassroots actors are leveraging digital tools for crisis response and resilience-building. Community-based digital strategies were presented alongside national systems.

Digital Tools in Use: Speakers referenced ongoing digital deployments such as REACH (Bangladesh), SORMAS (West Africa), and BreezoMeter (Global), showing how digital technologies are already embedded in public health-environment workflows. However, concerns were raised about scalability and equity in deployment. 

Data Quality and Interoperability: A recurring concern, especially among Global South participants, was the lack of reliable and complete data for health-environment integration. The audience question on epidemiological data quality reinforced this, with speakers noting that poor data coverage can lead to misaligned interventions or delays in risk detection. Education and literacy was highlighted as an answer to this concern. Participants also stressed the importance of interoperability between systems, especially in cross-border or low-infrastructure contexts.

Equity and Access: Several speakers raised concerns about the digital divide, not only in terms of internet access but also in digital literacy, representation in system design, and inclusion in governance processes. It was noted that many of the communities most vulnerable to climate and health impacts are excluded from the design and implementation of digital solutions intended to support them.

Governance, Empathy, and Algorithmic Design: Building on the second audience question, the discussion explored the role of empathy, ethics, and human-centered values in the design of digital tools. Multiple speakers noted that value-driven algorithms, rather than engagement-driven models, are needed to support public interest outcomes. The role of governance frameworks in ensuring accountability and transparency in digital health and environmental data systems was also emphasised.

 

Remote Participation and Feedback

Remote speakers and audience members engaged actively, with interventions successfully integrated throughout the session. Remote participants contributed to both structured remarks and the open discussion, particularly around data standardisation and ethical design. No significant technical barriers were reported. After the session, informal feedback from participants (both in the room and online) expressed appreciation for the balanced regional representation, and the opportunity for audience interaction, though is is a point that could be further emphasised in future sessions as there was a delay of 10minutes during the interventions that cut short the time for open discussion.

 

Conclusion

The session demonstrated a clear consensus on the potential of internet-based technologies to support health and environmental resilience, while also underlining persistent barriers to equity, data quality, and participatory governance. Speakers agreed that meaningful progress in this space will require inclusive capacity building, governance innovation, and sustained support for community-led solutions. Therefore:

  • Resilience is co-produced: digital systems must embed community perspectives and ethical frameworks at their core.

  • Digital health tools must not reinforce existing inequities: rather, they should be designed to bridge them.

  • The Internet must be governed as a public good, with global cooperation guiding innovation toward sustainable and just outcomes.

This discussion is expected to inform ongoing work by the Dynamic Coalition on Data Driven Health Technologies and may feed into follow-up collaborations, particularly around AI governance in public health contexts.

IGF 2025 Lightning Talk #65 Enhancing Digital Trust: From Rigidity to Elasticity

Updated:
Session Report

At the Internet Governance Forum 2025, hosted by the United Nations from Monday to Friday in Lillistrom, Norway, domestic and foreign experts have talked about the necessity of a resilient digital trust framework, China’s efforts towards which purpose have received welcome.

In today’s world, digital technologies are reshaping economic and social life at an unprecedented speed and scale. However, alongside the opportunities come growing challenges to digital trust. Emerging technologies are rapidly evolving and becoming deeply integrated. Differences in digital governance philosophies, legal frameworks, and technological capabilities among countries and regions are becoming evident, calling for a resilient digital trust framework. The rapid proliferation of data has also brought unprecedented challenges, including privacy violations, the misuse of personal information and data breach. It is imperative that we establish a robust global data compliance system to address these challenges and ensure that data serves humanity in a responsible and ethical manner.

For decades, the Internet has benefited from open standards and multistakeholder governance. In fact, open Internet standards helped IT augment or replace parts of traditional telecom and now fuels the convergence of IT Information Technology with OT Operational Technology. However, it is important to remember that open standards for Internet were mostly successful at the network layer, which is intended to be application agnostic. Adding that it has proven harder to reach the same level of multistakeholder consensus at the application level, where Internet governance and AI governance may take different paths.

China has undertaken extensive efforts and explorations in advancing the development of a resilient digital trust framework, listing examples that It has been continuously improving its policy and regulatory system for digital governance, while also placing emphasis on maintaining policy flexibility.

IGF 2025 Lightning Talk #245 Advancing Equality and inclusion in AI

Updated:
Session Report

The session presented measures that can be taken to operationalise safeguards and remedies against discrimination in use of AI systems, engage with groups most at risk and equip human rights supervisory bodies.

The use of AI and algorithms may perpetuate, reinforce and even create inequality and discrimination. This can happen for a variety of reasons, such as, biased or unrepresentative training data leading to racial profiling in policing or higher errors in face recognition technologies.

To avoid discrimination while allowing AI to increase efficiency and automation of tasks, equality needs to be promoted in and through the use of AI and informed by the views of those impacted. To make this possible, there needs to be regulation as well as guidance on how to apply the regulation in practice combined with strong oversight.

Key points:

  • AI systems pose risks to equality, including gender equality, non-discrimination, online and offline, across public and private sectors.
  • The European legal instruments, such as the Council of Europe and the European Union laws on AI, digital services, data protection and anti-discrimination, provide a good roadmap for AI systems to be consistent with human rights, including non-discrimination and promotion of equality.
  • National human rights bodies, and civil society organisations are key partners to address discrimination, advancing equality, and supporting victims of algorithmic discrimination.

Call to action:

  1.  It is an opportunity to use the tools in existing European regulations to assess the impact of AI on human rights and equality to ensure better and more sustainable AI systems that ultimately build more just societies.
  2. If prevention fails and discrimination by AI systems occur, ensure access to remedies to restore rights and provide justice for those being discriminated. Human rights institutions, equality bodies and CSOs can play an important role here to inform victims of their rights and to request testing of AI systems which requires they have access to documentation of the AI systems.
  3. Provide practical guidance on how to carry out human/fundamental rights impact assessments on AI systems before deployment of AI systems.

 

IGF 2025 Online Safety Standards and Regulation: Toward Coherent, Rights-Based Approaches 

Updated:
Reflection on Gender Issues
IGF 2025 [Opening] IGF Parliamentary Track: Welcome and introduction

Updated:
Reflection on Gender Issues